Vilnius University

Future graduates of the Bachelor Programme in Business Management and Administration study the theory of economics, information and communication technologies, the basics of scientific research, management, financial accounting, organisation of production, economics of business and services, econometrics, civil and labour law, international economics, etc. Practical training is not planned. This programme of business management and administration is intended for individuals who have acquired a secondary education and would like to become managers, business administrators, accountants, and bookkeepers.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Journalism Study Programme is to train professional news journalists who are able to collect, evaluate and categorize the information, to use different genres and media for preparation and creation of content for various channels of communication. Learning outcomes: A graduate of the Journalism Study Programme is able: 1) to seek and find information necessary for decision making, to plan and organize personal and group work; 2) to adapt to changes in professional environment, to work innovatively, to find solutions in atypical work situations; 3) to analyse key factors of changes in professional environment; 4) to critically valuate information and to predict the changes; 5) to generate and implement new ideas; 6) to communicate innovative information creatively; 7) to analyse structures of organizations and means of mass media, methods of journalism and to evaluate activities of mass media; 8) to analyse relations between politics and mass media, economic processes and tendencies of mass media; 9) to organize effective communication to achieve work objectives; 10) to be able to communicate with representatives of various organizations and different social strata; 11) to create original and professional journalistic works in writing, audio-visual as well as sound and multimedia formats; 12) to present creatively and to analyse facts and events in politics, economics, cultural and social life; 13) to perform complex analysis of media content as well as factors behind them, to evaluate critically the processes that take place in information sphere and to apply communication research methods; 14) to define and to estimate the impact of mass media to society, to evaluate critically the impact of mass media to different social groups and civic community; 15) to find argumentation for ethic decisions and opinions in journalist work methods; 16) to select appropriate sources of publications and to publish in socially responsible way. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, work in groups, training, practice, literature analysis, case analysis, project preparation, creative writing. The academic activities are carried out in modern premises as well as in specially designed and fully equipped professional radio and TV studios. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Examination can be either written or written and oral. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (insufficient) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory courses – 160 ECTS. Future holders of a bachelor’s degree in social sciences study communication theory, genres of journalism, audio-visual media, voice development and rhetorics, law of mass media, interviewing techniques, journalism of politics, business, culture, etc. Professional practice – 20 ECTS. The curriculum includes three professional practices. During the training skills on collection, processing and evaluation of information, team work, and other are developed. Bachelor thesis – 20 ECTS. Optional courses: Students may choose to specialize in written, audio, video or multimedia expression and techniques. The students can also choose subjects that best suit their needs from extensive list of General University Courses (15 ECTS). Distinctive features of a study programme: This program is the only one in Lithuania training professional news journalists. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can start their professional careers working in media organizations, PR companies, government institutions, and non-governmental organizations that require knowledge and skills of professional journalism and communication. Access to further study: Graduates may continue their studies on postgraduate level in Humanities and Social Sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the presented study programme is to enable the students to acquire solid theoretical and practical foundations of Translation Studies, develop the inter-lingual competence of a translator, encompassing the abilities to perceive the systems of the source and target languages, understand the social nature of the language and its development; develop a systemic understanding of the source (LT, EN, FR, PL, RU, etc..) and the target languages (LT, EN), reveal the importance of terminology in translation and the principles of their functioning in the target language, encourage the striving of the students to develop a critical and creative approach towards a translation task, the principles of text creation, writing and presentation, maintain the principles of self-assessment both in relation to independent work and any general tasks related to translation practice. Learning outcomes: Upon the completion of the programme, a graduate is able to translate texts of different genres from the first foreign language into Lithuanian and from Lithuanian into the first foreign language, also from the second foreign language into Lithuanian; is able to understand, analyse and assess the systems of the source and the target languages; the nature and the development of the language as a social phenomenon and communicate properly in the languages of studies (e.g., EN, FR, IT, RU, etc.), understand the significance of terminology in translation and the principles of their functioning in the target language, to analyse and critically assess the entirety of these issues. Having the skills of information technologies, a graduate is able to use modern translation tools, has the information mining competence, is able to critically analyse and assess any retrieved information and manage the possibilities of different technical aids (data bases, etc.) as well as organise his work and independent studies, understands complies with the translator’s professional ethics. The studies are student-oriented. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars, practical classes, internship and professional placement, as well as independent work. Apart from classical lectures, active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups (about 16 students) using student-oriented methods such as brainstorming, group discussions, presentations and reading (individual and in pairs). A lot of attention is devoted to independent studies: essay and term paper writing, using IT, feedback and peer-review. Students have internship at the university and professional placement outside the university (in translation bureaus, publishing houses, editorial offices, schools, etc.). A report is submitted at the end of the work placement period. The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic or literary research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. The written (or written and oral) examination provides only a part of the final grade. The student accumulates the remaining part by submitting essays and research papers, taking tests, delivering presentations as well as doing other assignments. The specific proportions and the grade calculating formula depends on the learning outcomes aimed by the specific course. The internship included preparing a work placement report. In the case of the final thesis, the assessment covers the thesis itself, its presentation and defence. To assess the student's achievements, the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) is used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme consists of three blocks of courses: (i) general philological courses (e.g. introduction to linguistics; introduction to literary theory;(ii) compulsory courses developing the competences foreseen by the programme, i.e. theoretical and practical courses aimed at the development of the native language and two foreign language skills – the English language and a second language as offered for each intake of students (e.g. Italian in 2016), and translation study modules; (iii) Elective courses of two types, namely, general university courses (GUC) and electives offered by the department. Translation practice is held in the eighth term. The programme is completed with a Bachelor’s paper. Specialisations: Optional courses: Students may choose various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme is of applied nature. It is arranged in such a way that students acquire theoretical and practical competences in the Lithuanian language and two foreign languages during the first two years of study, with the competence of (written) translation developed progressively each term. Much attention is paid to the academic writing competence in general, and to the methods of academic research and presentation principles of Bachelor degree paper. Practice and theory are complementary and balanced, this done with the view of the development of a broad spectrum of competences – both special and transversal - thus empowering the alumni in the job market. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: A graduate is a qualified translator and a specialist of interlinguistic communication. He/she can work in translation agencies, publishing houses, travel agencies, foreign country representations, public and private institutions, where there is a need for excellent native and foreign language skills and intercultural knowledge. Access to further study: Graduates of the Translation programme are able to continue their studies in a variety of second-cycle degree programmes in the Humanities or Social Sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified specialists knowledgeable in business and management, and with special legal knowledge, who are able to think conceptually, identify and solve various business regulation problems, creatively apply business administration and legal norms by providing professional consultations on various business issues and, by using professional thinking and integral scientific knowledge, able to make innovative solutions that increase competitive advantage and the value of companies. Learning outcomes: General competencies and learning outcomes: 1. Analytical and critical thinking: ability to analyse, see connections and evaluate information objectively and ethically 1.1 Will acquire the necessary business management and legal knowledge to understand and be able to analyse the ongoing processes in the development of added value and a business-friendly legal environment; 1.2 Will be able to apply creativity in the planning and organisation of business system elements; will be able to think critically in identifying, assessing and developing a range of business opportunities in the light of the changes in the economic and legal system and globalisation; 1.3 Will be able to apply legal norms to justify business organisation and administration decisions; 1.4 Will be able to model specific situations using mathematical methods. 2. Independence, learning and planning of professional career and development of personal skills 2.1 Will be able to independently collect, analyse general and special knowledge in the field of study, make decisions on the possibilities of their professional application. 2.2 Will be able to apply the acquired business administration and special legal knowledge, independently plan and find optimal solutions. 3. Communication skills: ability to communicate orally and in writing in the native and foreign languages 3.1 Will be able to pass knowledge to professional and non-professional audiences 3.2 Will be able to present reasoned, argumentative and fluent opinion, critically and logically present their ideas. 4. Interpersonal skills: ability of working in a group based on common human values 4.1 Will be able to demonstrate personal initiative, work in a team, plan time and organise their own and team work. 4.2 Will be able to administer essential business and management processes, manage them, take responsibility. Subject-specific competencies and learning outcomes: 5. Fundamental knowledge of management and business administration and law: understanding of the scientific discipline 5.1 Will know the basic paradigms and concepts of management and business administration. Gain fundamental knowledge of various social, business systems and business processes. 5.2 Will know the main theories, paradigms, concepts of legal science 5.3 Will know the essential and latest trends in management and business and law in a modern context 6. Competencies for carrying out research activities: knowledge of research methods and their application in professional performance 6.1 Will know the application of research methods to solve business administration and legal challenges. Will be able to raise and reveal hypotheses, formulate research objectives and tasks. Will be able to independently analyse and select research methods for analysing and evaluating business systems and socioeconomic phenomena in a constantly changing national and international environment. 6.2 Will be able to identify problems in business systems using appropriate, social, statistical, mathematical research methods and to record, select, analyse, summarize data from various sources and select the appropriate solution to the problem based on the acquired knowledge. 6.3 Will be able to integrate knowledge of different fields of science - management, business and law - in independent research (interdisciplinary thinking). 6.4 Will know how to solve optimisation problems using mathematical models, will interpret the obtained results. 7. Competencies in the application of knowledge and skills in professional performance 7.1 Will be able to analyse and apply the knowledge of theory in work practice - will acquire knowledge in management and business administration, legal knowledge on the basis of it will develop organisational and entrepreneurial skills necessary to establish, manage or develop business enterprises and their units. 7.2 Will gain special knowledge about the core of management and business administration, legal systems, the establishment of companies and the regularities of the development of business relations, the reasons for their change, the creation of the value chain, models, and the peculiarities of risk management in different business enterprises. 7.3 Will understand and be able to independently analyse the changes in the business environment, design and model business, identify, critically evaluate the processes taking place in the business enterprise by taking into account the economic development trends, changes in the legal environment. 7.4 Will be able to generate business ideas, anticipate or improve business strategy, create or participate in business projects. Will be able to research the possibilities of acquisition and rational use of resources, assess the company's business, operational and operational risks in order to adapt to market and consumer requirements. 8. Competencies in ethical performance: professional behaviour in relation to professionals in other fields and different cultures 8.1 Will be able to politely and objectively analyse, evaluate significant data and formulate conclusions with arguments. 8.2 Will be able to communicate ethically and tolerantly, develop relationships with business partners and consumers, take into account cultural differences and conditions for integration into other countries' business systems. Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Major study field units: Economic Theory I (Microeconomics), Economic Theory II (Microeconomics), Information Technology, Basics of Accounting, Business Statistics, Economic Theory (Macroeconomics), Entrepreneurship, Management, Social Responsibility and Ethics of Organisations, History of Economic Thought, Financial Analysis, Business Operations Management, Personnel Management, Project Management, Business Strategies, Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, Marketing, Business Risk Management, Labour and Social Security Law, Research Work (project), Management Accounting, Quality Management, Internship (15 credits), Bachelor’s Thesis (15 credits). Major study field elective units: Logistics, Fundamentals of Business Negotiation and Psychology, Population and Economic Development, Company Budget Management, Consumer Behaviour, Global Business Other study field units: Introduction to the Legal Framework, Introduction to Legal Institutions and Economic Analysis of Law, Business Mathematics, Business English C1, Civil Law: General Part, Law of Obligations: General Part, Law of Obligations: Contract Law and Tort Law, Tax Law, Legal Forms of Economic Activity and Company Law, Legal Liability for Infringements of Economic Activities, Legal Regulation of Financial Markets, Legal Means of Resolving Disputes, Intellectual Property. Other study field elective units: Public Procurement Law, Enforcement of Rights in Rem and Obligations, State Regulation of Economic Activities, Corruption Control and Prevention, Economic Criminal Law. Elective general university studies units – 15 credits. Specialisations: Optional courses: In the 4th and 5th semesters, students choose one subject out of three (in the 4th semester – Logistics, Fundamentals of Business Negotiation and Psychology, Population and Economic Development; in the 5th semester - Public Procurement Law, Enforcement of Rights in Rem and Obligations, State Regulation of Economic Activities). In the 1st, 2nd and 3rd semesters, students choose one GUS from the list of GUS of Vilnius University (vu.lt/en). In the 6th semester, students choose one subject out of three (Company Budget Management, Consumer Behaviour, Global Business). In the 7th semester, students choose one subject out of two (Corruption Control and Prevention, Economic Criminal Law). Distinctive features of a study programme: Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the programme can work both in private and public sectors: in law firms of advocates and bailiffs, in the offices of lawyers and insolvency administrators, in private businesses, state, public or budgetary institutions. Access to further study: Graduates can further pursue their studies in Master‘s programmes in such areas as economics, business and management. They are also eligible to enrol in postgraduate law studies after additional studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The purpose of the International Business study programme is to develop entrepreneurial-minded business professionals with the knowledge and ability to apply in practice the principles of responsible, sustainable and innovative business development, management and expansion in a context of globalisation, change and uncertainty. Learning outcomes: General competences of the study programme: 1.Be able to communicate and collaborate with business professionals and the society, be a leader who empowers the team to meet challenges, and be tolerant of diversity of opinions and cultures. 2.Be able to express oneself fluently orally and in writing in the native and foreign languages and communicate effectively in a business environment and in society. 3. Be able critically to evaluate business practices, and be aware of the moral responsibility for the impact of the results of their activities on the environment and on the socio-economic development of society. 4. Be able independently to develop and expand the competence of entrepreneurship, lifelong learning, and to carry out various project-based, creative, self-expressive and innovative activities in an ethical, sustainable and innovative way. Subject competences of the study programme: 1. Understand the theories of management, marketing, economics, finance that shape the entrepreneurial mindset, and be able to apply them to systematically analyse and evaluate the theoretical and practical aspects of business development, management and expansion. 2. Be familiar with the principles of innovative business development and organisational management, and be able to apply knowledge of business problem solving, assess external and internal factors of the business environment, and formulate proposals to improve problematic areas of business. 3. Be able to apply the newest knowledge of business management in various business sectors, critically analyse and comprehensively evaluate business development, management and expansion processes in the context of globalisation, technological change and uncertainty. 4. Be able to apply appropriate research methods to research the business environment and business processes, to summarise the results of the research, to make decisions, to assess the trends of changes in the business environment, and to see the prospects for business development, management and expansion. 5.Be able to find, process, interpret and apply business information data, develop solutions to business development and management problems, and forecast business development trends in the context of environmental changes. 6. Be able to analyse and assess business risks and make innovative strategic decisions for business development and sustainable growth in international markets using interactive methodologies based on creativity. 7. Be able to use and effectively manage business resources and instruments in accordance with the legislation governing business activities and the principles of sustainable development. Activities of teaching and learning: In order to develop subject competences, the International Business Study Programme applies innovative teaching methods based on modern didactics: challenge-based learning, competence development-based study content, modular studies, flexibility, interdisciplinarity, and student-centred learning. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main method of assessing learning outcomes is a challenge-based project or exam. Intermediate assessments use essays, oral presentations, tests, etc. The challenge-based project is written and the exams are written and oral. Students' achievement of the learning outcomes is assessed by a cumulative assessment from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study modules, internship: The International Business Study Programme consistently develops entrepreneurial competences, from the formation of an entrepreneurial mindset to the development, management and expansion of businesses. The acquired knowledge is applied in practice by developing challenge-based projects and finding innovative business solutions. In the first year, students study modules on the fundamentals of entrepreneurship, the business environment, sustainable economics, business communication, entrepreneurship management and mathematics for business. The second year is dedicated to modules on sales strategies, entrepreneurial marketing, entrepreneurial research, sustainable business development, business financing and entrepreneurship. The third year of study includes a module on strategic management and individual electives. Individualised studies provide the possibility to choose either courses at Vilnius University or semester studies at universities abroad. The studies are completed with a professional internship and a final thesis. Specialisations: Not available Optional courses: Leadership, family business, service business, insurance and business risk management, digital business, fintech, emerging markets, personal and employer branding, social entrepreneurialism, psychological features of personal finance decisions Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme covers the essential areas of business: management, economics, marketing and finance, providing a strong foundation for starting, developing and expanding a business. Challenge-based studies develop students' competences in teamwork, tolerance for diversity, creativity and the ability to solve complex business problems. Modular studies ensure flexibility, interdisciplinarity and student-centred learning. Entrepreneurship competences are developed by inviting business practitioners to lectures, by participating in business challenge competitions and by preparing the final thesis as a business case study. Students can choose to study in Lithuanian or English. Double degree opportunity - SolBridge International School of Business (South Korea). Students can take advantage of the Asia Track module. For students with work experience, it is recommended to choose study in sessions. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the International Business study programme can set-up innovative, sustainable businesses / startups, develop and expand family businesses, and pursue career in management, talent and diversity management, commerce and e-business, marketing, digital marketing and advertising, and business data analytics. Access to further study: Graduates are able to continue studies for Master's degree in the field of Business Management or Economics.

The study subjects encompass several directions: university education courses, special subjects and specific subjects in economics and management. The obligatory special subjects are the following ( in the order of appearance in the study programme): "Introduction into management information systems studies", "Information and communication technologies", "Software fundamentals", "Information system analysis", "Information systems development", "Database technologies", "Information systems (special courses)", "Project management", "Computer decision modeling", also elective subjects - "Information management", "Digital services", "Information systems security". The university education courses consist of mathematics, foreign languages, also the blocks of elective subjects in social sciences in then 1st and 2nd semesters. The core subjects in economics and management are "Economics theory", "Financial accounting", "Management", "Statistics", "Management accounting", "Marketing management".

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare professionals who have fundamental background in pure mathematics and information technologies, together with detailed understanding of demographical, economical, insurance, financial risks, and are able to apply theoretical knowledge to solve practical problems. Program graduates are capable of thinking abstractly, logically and critically, operating in various professional environments, and demonstrating necessary skills to pursue academic careers. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The first 2 years of study programme cover basic mathematical principles and methods of analysis, as well as practical and finance-related subjects: Core mathematics subjects - 60 credits, Informatics - 20 credits, Micro / Makroeconomics and Foreign language - 10 credits, Introductory course to Financial and Actuarial Mathematics - 10 credits, Optional courses - 10 credits. Year Three and the Autumn semester of Year Four focus on abstract, sophisticated mathematics (20 credits), and its applications (45 credits), including optional courses (20 credits) and Scientific writing and research course (5 credits). Internship and Graduation theses make up 30 credits. Among the above-mentioned optional courses (in total 30 credits) 15 credits are dedicated to General University Studies. Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: - Program syllabus is in line (covers 75–80% of required skills and competences) with the requirements of Lithuanian Society of Actuaries and International Actuarial Association; - Program strives to achieve a balance between pure mathematics, applications of mathematics in finance (including insurance) and management of (financial) risks as well as informatics. - Students are acquainted with the principles of scientific research; the brightest ones have multiple opportunities to participate in the research activities of the faculty (seminars, joint papers, etc.). Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Programme graduates are expected to be successfully employed as actuaries, financial analysts, consultants in the financial/insurance sector and in public administration, namely, in insurance companies, pension/investment funds, health care and social security organizations, general financial and risk management institutions, etc. Access to further study: Upon completion of the Bachelor programme, graduates may engage in further studies at the Master's level in Financial and Actuarial Mathematics as well as other programmes in Mathematics, Statistics or Economics.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop the students’ ability in econometric modelling, providing the students with knowledge of modern statistics and economics, which will be useful in data collecting, systemizing, analysing, interpretation and understanding of economic processes. To teach students applications of statistical methods in economics, finance and other areas related with uncertainty; critically evaluate statistical information and to explain it to the experts; to work individually and in team, constantly raise the level of knowledge. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study programme breakdown in credits is as follows: Statistics and Probability theory – 75 credits; Other Mathematics and Informatics – 45 credits; English language and Academic writing - 15 credits; Economics – 60 credits; General university subjects – 15 credits; Internship and Final bachelor work - 30 credits. Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: Essentially Econometrics means interdisciplinary studies uniting deep knowledge of Economics with modern practices of mathematical (stochastic) modelling. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the program may work in public institutions (Central bank of the Republic of Lithuania, Ministries of the Republic of Lithuania, Department of Statistics of Lithuania, etc.) and private institutions (market research companies, insurance companies, banks, etc.) as data and market analysts. Access to further study: Graduates of the program may continue their studies in Lithuania and abroad towards Master of statistics, economics and econometrics.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare social sustainability and change practitioners who, by applying knowledge of social responsibility and equal opportunities, urban and community development, public policy and development cooperation, and by using methodological tools and social theories, will be able to analyse the challenges of societal development and demographic change, to propose data-driven and practical solutions, and to create social innovations that contribute to the development of sustainable and empowered societies of the future. Learning outcomes: 1.1.Will be able to understand and apply the concepts of social sustainability by identifying, defining and critically assessing the problems of societal development and demographic change and proposing strategic solutions. 1.2.Will know and understand the foundations of other disciplines relevant to social sustainability (new technologies, social work and innovation, criminology, psychology, etc.), and will be able to systematically relate this knowledge to complex problems and changes in society. 1.3.Will know and understand the concepts and approaches of social responsibility and equal opportunities, multi-community development, public policy and development cooperation in order to promote human rights and empower communities. 2.1. Will be able to independently formulate a problem in social research on the development of society, and to reasonably select and justify appropriate research methods. 2.2. Be able to plan, organise and carry out research on social development (collecting quantitative and qualitative data, analysing the collected data and other available national and international primary and secondary sources), applying a variety of methods of statistical analysis and interpretation, and complying with the ethical and legal requirements of conducting social research. 2.3. Will be able to locate and critically evaluate, interpret and organise relevant information from national and international primary and secondary sources. 3.1. Will be able to understand and apply an interdisciplinary perspective to complex sustainability problems related to specific societal structures and institutions, and to analyse the causes and consequences of these problems. 3.2. Be able to explain, evaluate and anticipate local and global social processes in future societies, assessing trends in demography, migration, public policy and other relevant developments, and initiating practical solutions for sustainable development. 3.3. Gebės įgalinti bendruomenes kompleksinių iššūkių sprendimams bei kurti socialines inovacijas, taikant tinklaveikos ir partnerystės principus. 4.1.Will be able to collaborate constructively in interdisciplinary and intercultural groups, organise groups and teams to empower communities and build networks of partnerships. 4.2.Will be able to assess the possible social, ethical, legal, economic and political consequences of their actions, and understand their moral responsibility for their actions for the benefit of future societies. 4.3. Will be able to work in an intercultural space, reconciling different interests, collaborating constructively and reflecting on intercultural issues in order to analyse migration and demographic changes in societies and to propose sustainable solutions. 4.4. Will be able to understand and address complex societal issues by applying principles of human rights, equal opportunities and ethics. 4.5. Will be able to organise and plan their professional activities independently, reflect on their own and others' achievements, and take decisions to adapt to changes in the environment and society. 5.1. Will be able to communicate clearly in writing and orally, to argue coherently and reasonably, and to present information using appropriate means and methods. 5.2. Will be able to apply empirical and data-driven approaches to the design and implementation of sustainable and evidence-based social innovations for communities. 5.3. Will be able to apply the principles of academic integrity and literacy. Activities of teaching and learning: In order to develop subject and general competences, the study programme combines contact work (30%) and independent work (70%). The study programme "Sustainability and Future Societies" differs from traditional programmes in its innovative learning methods and assessment methods, which encourage students to actively participate in the learning process and acquire practical skills that will help them to plan their professional career both in Lithuania and abroad, including in developing regions where the need for these professionals is particularly high. Traditional lectures will be combined with interactive seminars, workshops and field trips, TED-style talks, simulations, observation of urban spaces and events, allowing students to put their theoretical knowledge into practice. Mobility internships and workshops with social partners will allow students to gain international experience and work on real problems related to sustainability and future societies. Real-life simulations and urban observations will allow students to improve their problem-solving, critical thinking and creativity skills. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The assessment system will be multifaceted and will include not only exams and written assignments, but also project work, presentations and active participation in workshops, reflection on one's own experience, social networking, podcasting, policy proposals, etc. In this way, students' theoretical knowledge will be assessed, but also their ability to analyse problems, generate ideas, work in a team and make informed decisions. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study period is 240 credits. It consists of: - 125 credits include sociology subjects (social research methodology, research design, research ethics, migration and demography, social change and other subjects) - 15 credits are allocated to subjects in other fields of study (philosophy, psychology) - 60 credits for individual studies - 10 credits for the bachelor thesis project - 15 credits for the internship - 15 credits for the final thesis Specialisations: - Optional courses: The aim is to ensure the development of competences relevant to each student's field of interest, so students have a total of 30 credits to choose from the subjects offered in this programme or choose alternatives offered by other KAPs on various topics. Opportunities for individualisation of studies also include during the mobility “window”, when students will be able to study partner universities or undertake internships at SHOUT HUB partner institutions. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme is characterised by particularly active cooperation with the social partners and the choice of teaching and assessment methods, as well as by its interdisciplinary nature. The programme is designed to involve a wide network of partners to ensure the objectives of the programme and to develop practical skills in networking, empowerment or working with communities. The social partners chosen range from foreign universities, with which several important international projects have been implemented, to non-governmental organisations, businesses and associations (national and international). Based on the methodology for mission-based practices developed in the international project SHOUT (funded by Erasmus), workshops with social partners are planned each semester. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The knowledge and skills acquired during their studies make the professional opportunities for graduates exceptionally broad and varied: - Sustainability experts, project developers and coordinators, team leaders, specialists, etc. in state and municipal social security, education, healthcare, social rehabilitation, law enforcement, etc. institutions; - non-governmental organisations or communities; - private and public companies providing social services; - youth centres and other organisations working with young people; - international organisations; - human rights advocacy and lobbying organisations; - education and training and cultural institutions; - publishing and media; - public relations and communication. - political, civil society and professional organisations; - social research centres and companies; Trained sustainability experts are expected to be able to work in both national and international non-governmental organisations representing and advocating for vulnerable social groups in society; national organisations implementing and coordinating sustainability policies at national level; in the business sector (as sustainability auditors or on a subcontract basis); and in applied research on sustainability issues. Access to further study: Graduates of the programme will have a strong foundation for further studies at the second cycle in the social sciences and humanities, or in interdisciplinary studies in English. Those who are proficient in Lithuanian will be able to continue their studies in the following programmes at the Faculty of Philosophy: Sociology, Social Policy, Applied and Theoretical Criminology, Environmental and Social Policy (in preparation) and Cross-Border Criminology (in preparation). European Studies (ARQUS joint programme in English), Business Process Management (in English), EVAF (in English), etc.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The main objectives of the programme are: 1) training of specialists with up to date knowledge in social theory and methodology and practical skills to analyse and model social processes in contemporary society; 2) developing of analytical and creative competences of sociological imagination and independent, open, and critical thinking; 3) promoting the norms of sociological professional ethics and principles enabling to interpret social processes as well as sociological research in the broader cultural perspective. Learning outcomes: A holder of a Bachelor's degree in Sociology: 1) has a good knowledge of the classical and contemporary sociology theories, methodology and research methods; 2) is able to comprehend societal structures and processes, approach and analyze social problems; 3) is able to organize and carry out quantitative and qualitative social research in compliance with the ethical requirements and quality standards; 4) is able to run quantitative and qualitative data analysis, use appropriate interpretation methods, and present the results of the social research; 5) knows how to find, analyze, systematize information from various sources; 6) is able to work independently and in a team, to communicate. Activities of teaching and learning: Teaching and learning methods: lectures, seminars, independent work, group work, essay, projects, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of assessment is an exam. However, several courses units may have the pass/fail evaluation system. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases of pass/fail evaluation. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme consists of three main modules of subjects: 1) classical and contemporary sociological theories; 2) qualitative and quantitative sociological research methods; 3) special fields of sociology such as identity, family, political, urban, media sociology, social economy etc. The study programme also includes a number of cross-disciplinary subjects like psychology, social anthropology, philosophy, criminology, economics, social policy, media studies. The last term is scheduled for the students’ internship. Access to professional activity: A graduate will have skills and competences to be employed by the companies of public opinion and market research, social research centers, think-tanks, agencies of advertising and public relations, marketing, non-governmental organizations, institutions of public administration or in the field of mass media, to teach at secondary schools or colleges. Access to further study: Master degree studies in sociology and other social sciences

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The main objective of the Social policy programme is to educate specialists of social policy who, invoking modern theories of social sciences, data sources and research methods, would be able to identify, analyse and evaluate local, national and international social problems, formulate social policy solutions, organize their implementation with a view of people’s welfare and social justice. Learning outcomes: Graduates: 1. Able to use adequate sources and literature for analysis of social policy phenomena, to select required data from local and international data sources, to apply relevant qualitative and quantitative research methods, to process the data with computer programs, to compare results with acquired knowledge and referring to theories, analytically to summarise and present results both verbally and in a written form. 2. Are capable of following the state-of-the art knowledge in the field of social policy; to align the newly acquired information with the old one and to employ it for the activity planning, and preparing of proposals. 3. Are able to propose reasonable models for interdepartmental cooperation and justify their advantages for the effective solution of social problems. 4. Are able to constructively participate in the discussions on social policy with reference to acquired knowledge and theories and by responding to opinions of others and imparted information to offer reasonable proposals and systematize information in a written or verbal report. 5. Are able to critically assess proposed or implemented policies in perspective of human rights, equal opportunities, social justice, equality and other democratic values; are able to identify transgression of these values, to assess the impact of these transgressions on different social groups, to formulate conclusions and to offer suggestions for problems’ solution. 6. Are capable to coherently explain the impact of various initiated and implemented policies on solution of social problems and for particular social groups. 7. Are able to operate social policy terminology when rendering information, ideas, problems and solutions both to the specialists and non-specialists in Lithuanian language and in at least one of foreign languages. 8 Are capable of reflecting basic social science (sociology, economics, politics, and law) theories and to apply them when explaining t phenomena of social reality. 9. Are able to analyse and to describe social, economic, political, cultural, demographical and legislation context, wherein the decisions of social policy are designed and implemented; to evaluate impact of globalisation on national social policy, to name main functions of supranational institutions and the importance of international documents on social policy. 10. Able to differentiate actors involved in the processes of development, organization and consuming of social welfare and to name roles they perform. 11. Are able to describe mechanisms of policy formation, implementation and assessment on national and international levels. 12. Are capable of describing the origin, essence and features of the welfare states and to coherently account for main differences of welfare state types; to identify the position of Lithuania among those typologies. 13. Are able to describe principles of functioning, mechanisms of governing, results of performance and problems that are solved by Lithuanian health, education and social security systems. 14. Able to critically analyse system of financing, distribution and redistribution and propose reasonable changes. 15. Are able to act professionally by adhering to the principles of social responsibility, public spirit, equal opportunities, human rights and ethical standards. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, group work, essay, practical assignments, reading of literature, case study, projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative assessment applied. The components of cumulative assessment enable to evaluate particular outcomes of studies that are indicated in a course unit. Each course unit or study module ends with an exam or with assessment of student’s individual work (essay or project work). Final mark is constituted of components which are stated in the description of a course unit or a study module (i.e., activity, interim assessments, individual work, or exam). The relative importance of different components is also stated in the description of a course unit or a study module. The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Public Policy, Political Process, Political Economy, Economy, Public Finance, Lithuanian Legal System, Economics of Social Policy, EU Social Policy Initiatives, Health Care: Policy and Practice, Employment Policy, Social Security, Social Policy of Local Government, Education System, Educational Sociology and Politics, Critical City Studies, Demography, Migration and Social Security for Ethnic Minorities, Human Rights, Policy of Equal Opportunities, Family Policy, Quality of Life and Personal Wellbeing, Social Research Methods in Social Policy, Media Content Analysis, Multidimensional Statistical Methods in Social Sciences, Social Projects and programs, Classical Ethics and Modern Leadership. Optional courses: Students have the opportunity to choose 10 modules (50 ECTS) from the list of 25 electives. Distinctive features of a study programme: The Programme is based on research-led teaching and orientated towards a critical application of social policy knowledge, skills and principles in practice, and responding to the needs of society and labour market. The contemporary social policy carries out its functions in the knowledge society, ever changing, multicultural global environment and labour market, in the situation when market relations more and more intervene into service organization. In this context generic competences of the Programme encompass instrumental competences, such as ability to analyze and systematize, interpersonal competences, such as capability of critical and self-critical thinking, interpersonal communication skills, ability to work in an intercultural environment, and systemic competences such ability to learn, initiative and entrepreneurship. The particular focus is on critical and self-critical thinking and the ability to organize and plan, as well as development of life-long learning attitudes and skills aimed at students’ empowerment to take responsibility for ones’ professional development. On the another hand, the structure of subject specific competences of the Programme are designed taking into account the need of today’s labor market as well as socio economic development of the society. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate will be able to work as policy analyst, administrator and project manager in public and private institutions of social welfare, health care, education, interior, non-governmental and political organizations, municipalities, trade unions, mass media and others. Access to further study: Master programmes in Social Policy and others (allied master programmes would be in the field of social science: economics, sociology, law, political sciences, management, and public administration).

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim is to prepare criminology specialists who are able to apply interdisciplinary criminological knowledge in crime and social deviance control prevention, conduct individual and group criminological research, analyze criminogenic problems in society and offer practical solutions, through which they would contribute to effective criminal justice strategies implementation. Learning outcomes: The graduates: 1.1. Will be able to identify and understand fundamental concepts of criminology, contemporary social theories and research methods, to define and identify the criminological problems, to select the appropriate theoretical and methodological approach and apply it to the analysis of the social problems of the criminal justice. 1.2. Will recognize and comprehend fundamental concepts and applied research methods of criminology related subjects (sociology, law, psychology and other sciences) and understand application of criminological knowledge. 2.1. Will be able to formulate a problem of criminology research, critically select and justify appropriate research methods suitable for that specific problem. 2.2 Will be capable of planning, organizing and execution of criminology research, gathering data, performing data analysis and properly interpreting it, by applying ethical and legal requirements of legal criminology research, whether conducted individually or in groups. 3.1 Will be capable of choosing and employing criminological information resources, analyze and systemize social and criminological material, using modern information communication technology. 3.2. Will be able to identify, analyze, determine and solve problems of social deviance, crime control and prevention and social criminal justice, related with specific social structure and institutions, analyze causes and consequences of such problems. 3.3. Will be able to explain, evaluate critically and predict local and global social processes and implement practical solutions based on the analysis of prepared and conducted criminological research results. 4.1. Will be capable of clearly communicating verbally and in writing as well as presenting criminological research findings in professional setting and with people that are not experts in the field. 4.2. Will be capable of communicating in local, national and international groups, connecting specialists of various fields of study. 5.1. Will be capable of expressing thoughts and ideas in a clear and concise way, substantiate analysis with arguments and empirical data. 5.2. Will be able to expand their knowledge and skills, analyze and evaluate critically his/her own professional performance and on this basis to adjust his/her own action. 5.3. Will be able to organize and plan individually his/her own professional work, make decisions and adapt to environmental changes. Activities of teaching and learning: The program anticipates lectures, seminars, practical training, consultations, individual work, professional internship. Lecture format does not only include traditional education methods (conventional lecture, video and audio recordings, illustrations, etc.) but also methods of active teaching: collective problem teaching, methodological discussions, group work, analysis of specific problematic cases, data analysis and interpretation, etc. Seminars are conducted in small groups (up to 25 students), employing student-oriented methods: group discussion, thought provocation, preparation and presentation of reports, individual and group work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: In most subjects, an accumulative score (final accumulation of work results at the end of a semester) is being used in order to ensure active student work and impartial study results evaluation. In applying accumulative score method (oral, written testing, presentation, case analysis, projects (individual and collective), report, discussion, critical analysis of a research article, etc.), student acquired knowledge and completed assignments throughout a semester are being evaluated. Each study subject is concluded with a final exam or final test. Exam are performed either in written or written/oral form. Student knowledge is evaluated on the scale of 1–10 (1 – very poor, 10 – excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Program includes 210 ECTS. 160 ECTS compulsory courses are studied throughout 1–7 semesters. Elective courses for a deeper specialization (35 ECTS of 110 ECTS students have to choose). General university-level courses studied throughout 2–4 semesters, total of 15 ECTS. Distinctive features of a study programme: BA in Criminology program incorporates integrated criminology, sociology, law and psychology science knowledge as well as other criminology-related fields of study. The program is oriented towards criminological knowledge and application of analytical skills in practice. Such interdisciplinary criminology program currently is not offered in Lithuanian, nor in neighboring Baltic states. Special attention is dedicated to training of acquired criminological knowledge, practical application of skills and abilities, interdisciplinary study integration, consistent deepening of criminological knowledge. Access to professional activity: Criminology program graduates will be able to work in criminal justice and crime control and prevention institutions: ministries and local government, public prosecutor's office, police and other law enforcement institutions (Special Investigation Service, Financial Crime Investigation Service, State Security Department), corrections and probation system, re-socialization and juvenile justice establishments, organizations, offering assistance for crime victims, scientific research centers, refugee reception and integration, human rights protection, corruption, drug control and prevention areas, private sector and non-governmental organizations, offering human rights protection and social services. Access to further study: Graduate students will have an opportunity to continue studies on a graduate level (sociology and other social studies MA programs) in Lithuania and abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare competent nursing professionals who would have the knowledge and skills of nursing science and practice, and who would be able to expand and develop their professional, leadership, and team-work competencies in order to achieve personal, family, community, and public health. Learning outcomes: 1.Social skills: 1.1 Ability to communicate and collaborate with patients and their relatives as well as colleagues and scholars while exchanging the information needed to ensure an effective nursing process. 1.2 Ability to work individually and within a team while solving complex health issues in clinical practice. 1.3 Ability to follow the principles of professional ethics and citizenship in practice; take responsibility for the quality of the activity. 2. Personal skills: 2.1 Ability to plan professional nursing activities as well as study individually and develop in one’s professional field. 2.2 Ability to make independent decisions and evaluate their impact on certain nursing situations. 3. Knowledge and its‘ application: 3.1 Knowledge of the development of the nursing profession, innovations in nursing and medicine science, national and international health care policies, nursing administration, principles of professional communication and cooperation, patients' rights, psychological methods relevant to nursing. 3.2 Ability to critically and systematically analyse and apply the latest knowledge of nursing theory and interventions as well as the basics of fundamental and clinical medicine. 4. Ability to conduct research: 4.1 Ability to independently gather the data on a scientific nursing research as well as analyse and interpret them. 4.2 Ability to summarise and present research results as well as apply certain recommendations in general practice nursing. 5. Special skills: 5.1 Ability to plan and carry out the process of nursing: gather the information (data) on nursing, identify nursing issues (diagnoses), formulate nursing objectives, plan nursing actions, and evaluate nursing results. 5.2 Ability to nurse patients of different ages, sex, races, nationalities, religious views, patients of various health conditions as well as families and community groups in an intercultural environment. 5.3 Ability to organise and carry out the trainings on the healthy and ill as well as organise preventative work. Ability to present the knowledge on professional activity and practical experience in a competent way, while informally educating on the nursing practice and performing the functions of the professional practice teacher (mentor). Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures will be given to the whole course, Clinical nursing situations are analysed, patients' health assessment questions, individual nursing needs and nursing plans are discussed during the practical classes in a small group. The lecturer works in one group of students during the practical work. Nursing professional practice is carried out at the VU's practical bases. All students have a clinical placements and works individually under the supervision of the placement mentor and lecturer at the faculty. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: - Innovative learning methods, oriented towards developing students' creativity, general and specific competences are applied in Nursing study program. - Theoretical knowledge is acquired during lectures, seminars, exercises and self-study. The various informative methods transmitted and consolidated in aim to raise awareness, independent thinking, evaluating facts, evidence and formulating attitudes. - Working in groups methods enables students to combine and use the special and general abilities they possess, learn to communicate and collaborate, think creatively, perform tasks related to problem solving, critically reflect, publicly present solutions. - Practical skills are developed in simulation classes, under the guidance of nursing teachers. Working in pairs focuses on on-the-spot data collection, learning using multimedia, medical and nursing equipment. - Professional nursing practices are carried out at the clinical university campuses. They ensure effective acquisition of knowledge and the development of practical skills. Facing real nursing situations and discussing aspects of patient health assessment, problem-solving skills are developed, emphasis is placed on multidisciplinary and interdisciplinary teamwork, information sharing, patient education and disease prevention. - Active teaching/learning methods are combined with tasks that encourage students to actively participate in discussions, share experiences, analyse and systematize the information. - Online data analysis, empirical research methods, preparation and presentation of a report empowers students with evidence and advanced practice based nursing in studies. - Self-assessment methods help the student to measure the progress of their achievements, receive effective feedback (practice diary, public presentations, discussions). Evaluating of study results: The main way of evaluating study results is the exam. Examinations and interim evaluations are conducted in writing or in verbal way. The study results are evaluated by a lecturer who has taught the subject. A commission to evaluate the study results may be formed at the request of a student. Students' knowledge during examinations is evaluated from 1 to 10 points. 10 points - the student has mastered the material studied, is able to analyse and summarize it, uses concepts and terms properly. In writing - at least 90% of the answers were answered. questions. 8-9 points - the student has mastered the study material very well / well, is able to systematize and summarize it, uses concepts and terms properly. At least 85% of the respondents answered in writing. questions (9 points) or 75 percent questions (8 points). 6-7 points - the student has mastered the study material satisfactorily, some of the concepts and terms are used inaccurately. At least 65% of respondents answered in writing. questions (7 points) or 55 percent questions (6 points). 5 points - the student has superficially mastered the material studied, does not use the concepts and terms accurately. In writing - at least 50% of the answers were answered. questions. 4-1 points - the student has not mastered the study material; terms and concepts are not used properly. Less than 50 percent answered in writing questions. In order to ensure the link between assessment methods and the object of assessment, there are various ways to apply: the level of knowledge and perception - tests, presentations; application level - problem-solving tasks; Analysis level - case study, case study; synthesis level - review of scientific articles; assessment level - research work, case study, presentations, reports. A cumulative assessment is used to measure student achievement, which enables a student to consistently pursue study results. The weight and number of cumulative scoring parts are presented in the description of each subject. The case descriptions contain a structure of the assessment number and their distribution during the course of the semester, the links of assessment tasks with the context of the subject, and individual tasks are indicated. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The program consists of compulsory, optional subjects (modules) and clinical practice. The program ends with the defence of the Bachelor's final thesis and a professional qualification examination. The curriculum is applied-oriented, focused on science-based nursing practice and the development of scientific work abilities. The study program consists of study subjects and modules, the volume of which is 5, 10, 20 or 30 ECTS. The bachelor's degree program in Nursing is 240 ECTS. The student's full workload is 6420 hours: 3336 hours of contact work (of which 924 hours for theory and 2412 hours for practice) and 3084 hours of autonomous work. The program consists of: - Physiology (5 ECTS); - Anatomy and histology (5 ECTS); - Organic chemistry and Biochemistry (5 ECTS); - Basics of biomedical physics and radiology (5 ECTS); - Sociology, Management and Health Law (5 ECTS); - Introduction to nursing and professional ethics (5 ECTS); - Microbiology, immunology, and virology (5 ECTS); - Pathology (5 ECTS); - Pharmacology (5 ECTS); - The basics of psychology and educational science (5 ECTS); - Introduction to professional practice (5 ECTS); - General nursing and practice (10 ECTS); - General and special therapeutic nursing (5 ECTS); - The practice of therapeutic nursing (10 ECTS); - General and special surgical nursing (5 ECTS); - The practice of surgical nursing (10 ECTS); - Midwifery, gynaecological, and child nursing (5 ECTS); - Midwifery, gynaecological nursing practice (5 ECTS); - The practice of child nursing (10 ECTS); - Mental health nursing (5 ECTS); - Community, home, and palliative nursing (5 ECTS); - Gerontology and geriatric nursing (5 ECTS); - Critical care, anaesthesiology, and intensive nursing (5 ECTS); - The basics of public health and dietetics (5 ECTS); - General and special therapeutic health nursing (5 ECTS); - Community, home and palliative nursing (5 ECTS); - The practice of geriatric nursing and nursing of the disabled (5 ECTS); - The practice of anaesthesia and intensive nursing (5 ECTS); - Scientific research methodology and Final Bachelor thesis I (5 ECTS); - Professional clinical practice I (30 ECTS); - Professional clinical practice II (20 ECTS); - Final qualification exam (5 ECTS); - Final Bachelor thesis II (5 ECTS); - Optional subjects (modules) (15 (5 ECTS)) Optional courses: Student can choose optional subjects (15 credits) during the 2nd, 4th and 5th semesters Distinctive features of a study programme: • The program focuses on the training of highly skilled and competent nurses, • The VU's Practical Bases provide the highest levels of medical studies and medical research, where nurses will have the opportunity to study in an interdisciplinary team and engage in top-level research activities • The material base is exclusive, the simulation and nursing intervention laboratories subscribed to scientific databases are at Vilnius University Hospital Santara Clinics. Access to professional activity: - After completing the four-year Bachelor's Degree Program, graduates will receive a Bachelor's Degree and a Professional Nursing Professional qualification. They will have access to employment at all levels of (primary, secondary and tertiary) personal health care facilities: hospitals, outpatient clinics, primary health care centres, and private health centres. They will also be able to work as mentors for nursing students in health care institutions. They will also be able to start independent nursing practice under the laws of the Republic of Lithuania. - The scope, rights, duties, competences and responsibilities of the nurses responsible for general care nurses are regulated by the Lithuanian Medical Standard MN 28: 2011 "Nurse of General Practice. Rights, Duties, Competence and Responsibility ", approved by the Minister of Health of the Republic of Lithuania in 2011. June 8 Order No V-591. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies at Lithuanian or foreign higher education institutions according to the programs of the second cycle (master's) at the same study field.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Light Engineering is a bachelor's study program focused to provide a high level of knowledge and practical skills that ensure the appropriate qualification of graduates for work in the Lithuanian light technology industry. The studies will aim to (1) provide and deepen of practical knowledge of general physics, mathematics and chemistry, (2) develop the ability to creatively apply theoretical knowledge for standard semiconductor and laser technology processes and the competence to use analytical and modeling methods for description and analysis of physical processes, and to develop (3) the technological and engineering skills required to work in the laser, laser technology, modern lighting, photovoltaic, photonics and semiconductor industries. Learning outcomes: 1.1 Know and systematically understand the essential fundamentals, theoretical and applied basics of the technology and concepts. 1.2 Be able to apply the knowledge of general physics in formulating, analyzing and solving emerging physical problems. 1.3 Be able to apply the theoretical specific knowledge to clarify the causes of technological and engineering problems as well find appropriate solutions. 2.1 Be able individually to plan, organize and carried out the activities assigned to him / her, to summarize and conclude. 2.2 Be able to find, learn and apply knowledge find in Internet, scientific articles and books; will be able to critically compare, analyze and systematize information from different sources. 2.3 Be able to perform standard laboratory procedures, synthesize materials and apply knowledge of chemistry and materials engineering in technological processes. 2.4 Be familiar with modern digital modeling methods, will be able to use software for process automation and control. 3.1 Be able to apply optical knowledge, practical and engineering skills to understand, analyze and develop the principles of operation of optical systems. 3.2 Have the knowledge of semiconductor physics required to understand the principles of operation of semiconductor electronic and optoelectronic devices, and have the skills to work with technological equipment. 3.3 Understand the principles of modern lasers, and will be able to characterize laser beams, will be able to manipulate them. 3.4 Be able to explain the principles of operation of new technologies based on the knowledge of general physics, will be able to adapt the methods and processes of other technologies. 4.1 Be able to understand the scientific literature in English; will be able to exchange information with specialists via oral presentation and/or writing reports. 4.2 Be able to work in a team taking responsibility for the task assigned to him. 4.3 Be able to work in multilingual groups and companies. 4.4 Be able to initiate research and commercial projects; will be able to understand, analyze, organize, plan and exploit the potential commercial benefits of the projects. 5.1 Be able to present results of his research to colleagues as well to non-scientists community. 5.2 Be able to exchange the information, ideas, problems and solutions by communicating with other specialties. 5.3 Be able to critically analyze his / her activities and properly assess the impact of his / her research on society life quality. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, tutorials, laboratory works, seminars, self-study (reading of literature and completion of assignments), analysis of papers and their presentation, problem based teaching, group work, preparation of written works, discussions, scientific and work practices, consultations, project works. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written and(or) oral exams, tests, written works, defence of scientific and work practices reports, defence of final thesis, self-reflections, defence of laboratory works, presentations, evaluation of self-work assignments, peer-review and peer-assesment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Subjects on technologies (85 credits): Technical Drawings, Numerical Methods, Visual Programming, Applied Electronics, Computerized Physical and Technological Measurements, Lasers, Optoelectronics, Semiconductors growth technologies, Laser technology, Organic Optoelectronics, Solar energy and photovoltaics, Optoelectronic and lasers engineering, Metrology of light sources and components, Optical System Design; subjects on general physics and mathematics (45 credits), elective subjects (15 credits), gerenal university modules (15 credits), English for Specific Purposes (5 credits), Study Skills and Computer Literacy (5 kreditai), Course Work (5 kreditai), Practical Training (15 credits), Final Thesis (15 credits). Optional courses: During the period of studies students are able to choose three of the following subjects (each 5 credits): Functional and Smart Materials, Applied Electronics II, Optical Spectroscopy, Modern Illumination Technologies and Light Design, Fiber Technology and Nano- and Microstructure Technologies. During period of studies students will be able to choose three (each 5 credits) gerenal university modules from variuos fields taught in VU: Rethorics, Entrepreneurship Psichoactive materials, Logics, Political Geography, Psichology and more than 80 other subjects. Distinctive features of a study programme: This study programme delivers competences on a modern and rapidly developing field of technologies where laser and semiconductor physics, numerical modelling, electronics and intelligent lightning systems meet. Study programme is shorter than usual programmes and is pratice-oriented. Programme is delivered in English. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to pursue career paths within the solid state laser producers, other laser, optical component and semiconductor providers, the photovoltaic and intelligent lightning device and service companies, solar panel and renewable energy factories. Access to further study: Master studies in study fields of Technologies, Physical Sciences or Engineering in Lithuania or abroad.

General Description Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare bachelors of optometry - health care professionals with scientific knowledge and practical skills necessary to acquire an optometrist professional qualification for comprehensive vision examination, vision correction and eye disease recognition using modern innovative technologies. To provide the opportunity and conditions for graduates of the bachelor's program in optometry to acquire knowledge and skills based on the empirical experience necessary for the professional optometrist's activity in order to preserve eye and visual health. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be able to work professionally in personal health care facilities, optics salons, social care institutions, independently or in team with other health care and / or social care professionals. Activities of teaching and learning: Innovative learning methods focused on the development of students' creativity, general and special competences are applied to optometry studies. Theoretical knowledge is acquired during lectures, seminars, exercises. Practical skills are developed in simulator classes under the guidance of optometry lecturers. VU has all devices the optometrist needs. Professional optometry practices are carried out in clinical university bases. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Assessment of students' achievements is directly related to learning outcomes, and evaluation principles are set out in VU Study Regulations, VU Study Achievement Assessment Procedure and described in the description of each study subject. Levels of knowledge and skills of graduates in relation to the level of study achievement and possible academic and / or professional career are defined at the level of study outcomes achieved. Framework Study subjects (modules), practical training: General Anatomy and Histology (5 cr.) Eye Anatomy and Histology (5 cr.) Professional language (English, Latin) (5 cr.) Wave Optics (5 cr.) Geometric Optics (5 cr.) Introduction to Optometry (5 cr.) Microbiology and Immunology (5 cr.) Visual System Optics (5 cr.) General and Eye Pharmacology (5 cr.) General physiology and biochemistry (5 cr.) Visual Changes due to Age (5 cr.) Neurobiology (5 cr.) Vision Correction Tools (10 cr.) Research Methodology (5 cr.) Optometric Equipment and Optometric Testing Technology (10 cr.) Eye movements and binocular vision (5 cr.) Contactology and contact lenses (10 cr.) Eye diseases (10 cr.) Elective Subjects (Modules) (15 credits) Professional Optics and Ergonomics (5 cr.) Refraction (10 kr.) Visual perception (5 cr.) Public Health, Management and Sociology (5 cr.) Visual Pathology and General Systemic Disorders (5 cr.) Basics of Pediatric Optometry (5 cr.) First Aid & Basics of Care (5 cr.) Fundamentals of Health Law and Bioethics (5 cr.) Optometrist Practice I (5 cr.) Bachelor's Thesis I (5 cr.) Educology and Basics of Psychology (5 cr.) Introduction to Refraction Surgery (5 cr.) Visual Impairment and Visual Rehabilitation (5 cr.) Optometrist Practice II (5 cr.) Clinical Practice of Eye Diseases (10 cr.) Optometrist Practice III (20 cr.) Final Qualification Exam (5 credits) Bachelor Thesis II (5 cr.) Specializations: Study subjects focus on professional optometrist training Optional courses: In Optometry program, 15 credits are for general university education courses. General university education courses (GUE) – is the formation of a worldview embodying the university idea, development of erudition and creativity in all first cycle and integrated study programs of Vilnius University. GUE introduces an understanding of the need to disseminate and share with the general public the most important scientific ideas and intellectual arguments. The goal of general university education courses is to develop active, creative, open and tolerant, broad-minded and responsible members of their country and contemporary society, who understand the achievements of the past, the problems of the modern world and create potential future perspectives. Distinctive features of a study programme: Modern and innovative teaching methods - simulator classes and the latest in optometrist technology Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of a four-year Bachelor's Degree Program in Optometry are becoming Healthcare Professionals and have an optometrist professional qualification. Graduates can work at all levels of personal health care facilities: hospitals, outpatient clinics, public and private health care facilities, optic salons, social care facilities. Future employers - heads of health care institutions or their authorized persons, as social partners, are invited to the Optometry Study Program Committee, participate in its activities, solve academic and methodological issues. Access to further study: Some masters programs in biomedicine.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: We aim at teaching the student different aspects of mathematics and to develop his or her critical thinking abilities. The programme focuses on pure mathematics, applied mathematics, and computer science. The student will get training in advanced mathematical techniques, problem solving, computer programming, and clear communication of his or her ideas to others, all of which are valued by potential employers. The student will become a specialist who is able to work in various areas requiring analytic thought. We expect the student to develop a long-term interest in mathematics and its applications. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study field subjects can be divided into the following groups: Pure Mathematics (75 credits); Applications of Mathematics (35 credits); Informatics: 10 credits; Physics (5 credits); Foreign Language (10 credits); Practice (18 credits); Bachelor’s thesis (12 credits). The rest 75 credits students can choose autonomously. Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: Study programme is flexible, up to a quarter of the study program students can choose freely. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work in innovative high-tech, finance, consultancy, IT companies, industry, science and education institutions. They can also pursue a career in spheres where their mathematical knowledge, abstract and analytical type of thinking and ability to use specialized software are needed. Access to further study: Upon graduation, students may continue studying mathematics or a related area, such as financial and actuarial mathematics, statistics, or computer science, for the Master’s degree. Later on, they can enrol in PhD programme in mathematics or computer science.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train analytical, critically thinking and creative (English) language professionals and generative Artificial Intelligence (AI) Prompt Engineers who can successfully apply language and AI knowledge in a wide range of domains (research, security, policy, media, etc.) and create meaningful and effective human-machine communication using specific prompts to help AI to understand and perform the desired tasks. Learning outcomes: 1. Knowledge and its application 1.1. The student will understand and describe language as a constantly changing phenomenon. 1.2. The student will know and will be able to correctly use and explain basic linguistics concepts and terms; will know and be able to describe the main fields of linguistics. 1.3. The student will be able to understand, describe, analyse and evaluate natural and AI-generated language phenomena (and/or texts) at different levels (phonetic, phonological, morphological, syntactic, semantic, pragmatic, etc.), using appropriate terminology, drawing on different linguistic theories, and employing appropriate methods. 1.4. The student will have knowledge of basic programming languages and tools, and the ability to understand and explain the process of developing AI systems (from data collection and processing to model training and evaluation), generative AI technologies, models and algorithms, and to put them into practice in the development or improvement of IoT systems. 1.5. The student will master advanced machine learning technologies and algorithms, and acquire the skills to ensure effective interaction between computer and human language using natural language processing (NLP) techniques. 1.6. The student will know how to create, evaluate and share content on the Internet; will understand the impact and risks of digital technologies and the opportunities for society and culture; will know how to evaluate digital information and how to recognize false content. 2. Research skills 2.1. The student will be able to identify and define the problem of linguistic (interdisciplinary) research, select appropriate empirical material, research methods and bibliographic sources, formulate hypotheses and research questions. 2.2. The student will be able to analyse and organise material from a variety of sources, using modern information technologies, modern databases, language research tools, IoT platforms, current editions of literary texts, library resources, etc. 2.3. The student will be able to carry out linguistic (interdisciplinary) empirical research independently, using appropriate theoretical and methodological approaches; to analyse, interpret and describe data from natural and AI generated language in a coherent manner, to summarise the results of the research, and to formulate clear conclusions. 2.4. The student will be able to present his/her research in public, defend his/her views with arguments. 3. Special skills 3.1. The student will be able to express oneself fluently in English (C1 level), taking into account and critically evaluating the communicative intention, the addressee, the social and cultural context, etc. 3.2. The student will be able to produce and/or edit written, spoken and multimodal texts of various genres and types, taking into account cultural, social, stylistic and other contexts. 3.3. The student will be able to identify, analyse and evaluate problems related to the quality or relevance of AI-generated content, develop effective prompting strategies to guide AI solutions and to promote the generation of targeted (avoiding errors and inaccuracies) outputs that meet user needs. 3.4. The student having the knowledge of the subtleties of natural language will be able to use practical application of English phonetics, morphology, syntax and vocabulary to identify false or unethical content generated by AI, and to identify instances of psychological manipulation by social engineering. 3.5. The student will be able to analyse and organise the data used for AI training and to use language to model and evaluate AI systems to ensure their effectiveness and appropriateness. 4. University common competences Collaboration: 4.1. The student will be able to articulate a common purpose beyond a single focus or worldview, to respectfully collaborate and share leadership. Responsibility: 4.2. The student will be able to plan and rationally use time, resources, etc., in organising his/her own learning and work and takes personal responsibility for decisions regarding the management of time, other resources, etc. 4.3. The student will be able to take moral responsibility for his/her performance and its impact on society. Interculturalism: 4.4. The student will be able to relate to people from different cultures, to show respect and empathy in conflict resolution, to express oneself clearly and to understand other people's communication, taking into account cultural differences. Problem solving: 4.5. The student will be able to organise and critically evaluate information, provide arguments, identify and solve theoretical and practical problems in their field, both individually and in teams with specialists from different fields. Openness to change: 4.6. The student will be able to analyse ideas and concepts using unconventional, innovative (or adaptive) methods, understanding the dynamics of the subject area and the value of systemic change. 4.7. The student will be able to think creatively and experiment with new formats of prompts, phrases and concepts to optimise AI performance. 5. Other social and personal skills 5.1. The student will be able to understand the ethical and legal principles involved in the use of AI technologies, especially in the area of language generation and processing, and the potential dangers of using AI, to apply these principles in academic and professional activities, and to take responsibility for his/her actions. 5.2. The student will be able to nderstand the value of lifelong learning for career success, personal development and the creation of social well-being. Activities of teaching and learning: The study programme uses traditional teaching methods (traditional theoretical lectures), active learning methods (problem-based learning, reflection, informal peer assessment, case studies, discussions, development of an AI assistant, summarising, developing algorithms or programs, designing a prototype of a system, role-play, etc.), interactive learning methods, research methods (e.g. a small-scale written work, research work in the oculography laboratory) and project-based teaching methods. IT programmes and tools are used when required. An important part of the studies is the students' independent work, which includes studying the literature, collecting and organising information, carrying out individual and group practical tasks, preparing presentations, preparing for examinations and defences, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: A cumulative evaluation is used to assess the learning outcomes of study subjects (modules). The main methods of study assessment are tests (closed and open-ended, theoretical and practical questions), control works, presentations and their defences, team (creative) projects and their presentations, research papers and their presentations/defences, laboratory tasks, assessment of practical tasks performed individually or in a group, etc. The final assessment of most study subjects is a final examination. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Linguistic subjects: Introduction to Linguistics, English Phonetics, English Morphology, English Syntax, English Lexicology, English Stylistics, Semantics, Pragmatics, Academic Writing, Argumentation, Sociolinguistics, Creative Linguistics, Corpus Linguistics, Cognitive Linguistics, Neurolinguistics. Integrated Information Systems subjects: Fundamentals of Information Technology, Technology and the Digital Society, Fundamentals of Artificial Intelligence, Human-Robot Interaction (HRI) by Prompting and Information System Management, Data Extraction and Prompt Engineering, Technologies for Information Delivery Online, Practical No Code Programming, Natural Language Processing (NLP) and Neural Networks. Interdisciplinary subjects: Experimental Linguistics, Social Media Discourse Analysis, AI platforms and Tools: Creative Projects. The programme includes other subjects: Ethics and Law of Artificial Intelligence, Logic. Professional practice and the Bachelor thesis belong to the group of Linguistic subjects. Specialisations: Optional courses: Elective subjects: Psycholinguistics, Multimodal Communication, Professional Discourse Analysis, Language Perception, System and Structure, AI and Technology: An Introduction to Object-Oriented Programming, AI Assistants and Technologies, Practical AI Programming, Deep Learning, AI: Programming and Tools for Machine Learning, AI and ML Platforms, AI Principles of Information and Privacy Security, Digital Art Trends and Culture, AI Creativity and Innovation. Individual study subjects. In semesters 2 and 4-7, students will be able to personalise their studies (30 credits) and freely choose from modules in philosophy, psychology, IT, cultural studies, philology, or other fields of study. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme is conducted in English and is aimed at Lithuanian and foreign citizens interested in (English) linguistics and the application of DI. The programme trains (English) language professionals and AI prompt engineers. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The programme will prepare (English) language professionals who are competitive in the labour market and Generative Artificial Intelligence (GenAI) prompt engineers. Graduates will be able to successfully apply their knowledge of language and AI in a wide range of fields: research, security, politics, media, English language teaching (language courses), etc. With knowledge of (English) linguistics and the functioning and application of AI, and the ability to work analytically and creatively, they will develop meaningful and effective communication between human and machine, using specific prompts to help GenAI understand and perform the desired tasks. They will also be able to monitor machine learning, manage communication in social networks by applying the language skills they have acquired, evaluate and validate the content produced by the generative model, act as AI assistants and learning assistants. Access to further study: Opportunity to pursue an MA in the humanities

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Study Programme is to train language specialists who would develop a solid linguistic knowledge enabling them to determine the interrelations between the elements of the English and other foreign (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) language systems, to fluently communicate in English and other foreign language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) (English at C1 and other foreign language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) at B2 according to the Common European Framework of Reference for Languages), to choose and apply appropriate translation strategies and translate texts to/from English/ Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian languages; to acquire understanding of the culture and literature of both English- and Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian-speaking countries; to gain the ability to classify, analyse, evaluate, and generalise research findings, and to communicate and cooperate in a multicultural environment. Learning outcomes: For the purpose of implementing the aims of the Programme, three general and eight subject specific competencies related to the expected study outcomes of the Programme have been determined. General competencies: analytical and critical thinking; autonomous study; time management; intercultural communication, and teamwork. Subject specific competencies: linguistic knowledge and skills; knowledge of the systems of English and another foreign language (Spanish / Norwegian / French / Russian); English and another foreign language (Spanish / Norwegian / French / Russian) communication skills (English C1/ another foreign language B2): listening, reading, speaking, and writing; translation and/or interpreting and mediation skills; proficiency in the national language; understanding the culture and cultural characteristics of the English-speaking and Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian-speaking countries; understanding English and Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian literature; linguistic research skills. The links of the general and subject specific competencies developed with the expected study outcomes prove that the Programme English and Other Foreign Language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) offers equivalent studies of two languages – English and other foreign language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian). Graduates of the “English and another foreign language” programme have solid written and spoken communication skills in English and another foreign language; are able to analyse and edit texts of different registers and genres taking into consideration their stylistic, syntactic, lexical, and terminological features; are able to choose and apply different text translation strategies and translate different texts to English/ another foreign language and from English/ another foreign language; classify, analyse and generalise scientific research findings. The subject specific and general competencies are developed in parallel, e.g. students are taught to explain linguistic concepts (competence “linguistic knowledge and skills”) by identifying and analysing linguistic phenomena, and discerning their constituent parts (competence “analytical, critical thinking”), etc. The competencies developed in the course of studies are necessary not only for successful pursuance of Bachelor degree studies but they will also be useful both for further higher level studies and in future professional activities. Activities of teaching and learning: The orientation of the Programme to career opportunities and practical activity of a future language specialist determines the choice of applicable study methods: classical information methods (classical lecture, use of audio and video material, etc.); methods of active teaching/learning (interactive lesson, problem solving, explanatory teaching, discussions, individual and group project work, etc.); research methods (work with scientific literature: reading, search and interpretation of information, synthesis and analysis of scientific literature). Methods of assessment of learning achievements: During the semester, the assessment of the study outcome is continuous (active participation during seminars and classes, homework, presentations) and at regular intervals (in the form of interim tests and written assignments). The assessment of learning achievements can be continuous, at regular intervals, and final. The final assessment of the learning outcomes is compulsory. It can be a cumulative grade calculated according to the proportions indicated in the course (module) description. Though the final assessment form at the University is an examination, the first parts of a consecutive module/subject can be assessed by pass/fail evaluation. Examinations are taken in writing and orally. A grading scale from 1 to 10 is currently used at the University. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The logic of the sequence of the study field subjects is based on the structure of language as a hierarchical system and the interrelations between different subjects of linguistics. The programme consists of the following blocks of study subjects: I. GUS. E.g.: Philosophy, Logic, History of European Culture, General Political Science, etc.; II. Linguistics. Introduction to Linguistics, Introduction to Germanic Linguistics, Introduction to Romance/ North Germanic/ Slavonic Linguistics, Theoretical parts of Contemporary English and other foreign language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) (Phonetics, Morphology, Lexicology, Lexicography, Syntax), Introduction to Linguistic Semantics, Introduction to Psycholinguistics, Corpus Linguistics, Introduction to Pragmatics, etc.; III. Language. Contemporary English and Other Foreign Language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian), Culture of the Lithuanian Language. IV. Culture, Literature, Communication. History of the Culture of Great Britain and the United States, History of the Culture of France/ Francophone Countries/ Scandinavian Countries/ Russia, Intercultural Communication, English/ Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian Literature. V. Translation. Translation Theory, Translation Practicum, Translation Practice VI. Research Work. Annual paper (in English/ Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian), BA Final Paper Seminar, BA Final Paper. Specialisations: Alongside the English specialisation, students choose one out of four foreign languages: Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian. Optional courses: Subjects elected by the student from among the established alternatives for deeper specialisation in the same study field (area) or a module(s) or subject(s) in another field (area), or general university study subjects, internship or free electives. Distinctive features of a study programme: The Study Programme English and Other Foreign Language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) may not be regarded as a programme where the English language enjoys a privileged status while the other language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) is treated as ‘supplementary.’ The Study Programme is oriented toward equivalent linguistic studies of two languages that enable to train specialists of linguistics who, instead of one language, are knowledgeable about the structures of two foreign languages and have mastered those languages. In other programmes with a similar title containing two languages, only one language is studied at the level of linguistics, while the studies of the second language are limited to practical knowledge and the studies of its language and culture. Access to professional activity: Graduates of the Study Programme English and Other Foreign Language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) will be able to work in various spheres of the labour market, such as State institutions, public or private Lithuanian and foreign business enterprises, e.g. travel agencies, printing and publishing houses, firms providing language services or language technologies, cultural centres, etc., which require language specialists who have command of two foreign languages at university level and knowledge of the systems of both languages, and interrelations between their units. Such specialists will be able to create and edit texts in the English and Spanish/French languages, translate texts from/to these languages, i.e. to work as language consultants, reviewers, editors, proof-readers, and, upon finishing Master degree studies, they will also be able to work as professional translators. Access to further study: Graduates of the Study Programme English and Other Foreign Language (Spanish/ Norwegian/ French/ Russian) will be able to continue studies in different fields of humanities or social sciences, to acquire the professional qualification of a teacher.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop middle-management publishing (traditional and electronic) specialists capable of working in the conditions of the open market, provide the information and qualifications that would allow the graduate to begin independent activity in the field of publishing and advertising, adapt to rapidly changing work conditions and compete in the market. Learning outcomes: The graduate of the programme will be able to organise and manage publishing and advertising processes; to conduct the specific organizational and managerial activities in business of publishing and advertising; to apply knowledge on publishing and advertising work, tasks and methodologies and to develop competitive system of product distribution in the environment of contemporary market. Activities of teaching and learning: Main teaching and learning methods are problem-based teaching, case study, discussion, public presentation, group work, project work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (insufficient) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory subjects – 165 ECTS. These subjects focus on the development of subject-specific competences such as basic theoretical knowledge of publishing and advertising and the ability to apply them in professional practice, as well as the knowledge and ability to study, plan and execute essential publishing, advertising and other activities that require communication skills. Given that publishing is developing at the intersection of tradition and innovation, while maintaining its specificity as a cultural and business sphere, there are a number of disciplines in economics, management, marketing (“Management Theory”, “Economic Theory”, etc.). Of the traditional publishing disciplines, the program includes “History of Publishing”, “Publishing Basics”, “Editorial Work”, “Distribution of Publications” and others. Given the rapid changes in publishing, the program places considerable emphasis on transferring knowledge and skills in the field of information technology. It includes disciplines such as “Graphic Design”, “The Basics of Digital Publishing”, and more. Professional practice – 15 ECTS. Students must complete the internship in semester 8. Bachelor's thesis – 15 ECTS. Optional courses: Optional courses - 55 ECTS. These subjects are designed to deepen specialization and to deepen competencies such as the ability to perform tasks in publishing, advertising, communication of products and services, in design and production, to apply technological innovation in professional operations, and to disseminate publishing and advertising products. For this purpose, the program provides two elective course units in the 6th and 7th semesters. The first one, “Publishing-Editorial Processes”, enables students to delve into a specific area of publishing. To this end, subjects such as “Editorial Editing (Literature)”, “Editorial Editing (Fiction and Children’s Literature)”, “Digital Publishing Business” and others are included in this complex. Another set of optional subjects, “Publishing of Advertisement”, is designed to provide students with opportunities to deepen their knowledge and skills in advertising. This includes disciplines such as “Brand Strategy”, “Semiotics of Advertisement”, “Media Planning” and others. Students may also choose courses from General University Courses list (15 ECTS). Students may complement their studies with voluntary practice. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study program is the only one of its kind in Lithuania. It was developed and remains interdisciplinary, conducted within the context of the social sciences and using the sector-specific communication and economics disciplines, complemented by the knowledge of the humanities disciplines, which builds abilities enabling graduates to work in various publishing and advertisement companies. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to work in publishing, advertising and journalistic companies as well as pursue careers in other professional areas that require publishing knowledge and skills as well as the ability to communicate, work in a team, work with IT and carry out project work. Access to further study: In order to succeed as general manager of publishing company, the graduate may pursue a Master of Social Science degree in postgraduate studies programmes offered at the Faculty of Communication of Vilnius University, specializing in the following professional areas: traditional publishing, digital, publishing, distribution of publications, etc.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Prepare political science specialists who would have an advanced understanding of the most fundamental challenges and transformations of our time and would be able to bring diverse methodological, theoretical, and normative perspectives to the analysis of the subsequent political problems as well as develop solutions to be implemented at various levels. Learning outcomes: Core competencies of the study program: 1.1. Will be able to identify, explain, interpret and critically assess the most important concepts, theories and approaches of political science as well as have a basic understanding of closely related disciplines (social sciences and humanities). 1.2. Will have a basic knowledge and understanding of other disciplines, relevant for the pursuit of addressing the most pressing issues of our times (new technologies, natural sciences, health sciences), and will be able to draw on that knowledge in order to define complex and often unpredictable political issues and most important transformations. 1.3. Will have an advanced understanding of the latest research findings and main developments and debates in the field of global challenges with political implications and will be able to apply this knowledge while modelling evidence-based solutions to be implemented at various levels of governance. 2.1. Will be able to independently identify relevant research topics, formulate pertinent and scientifically sound research problem linked to the most pressing global issues of modern societies, to come up with an academically rigorous research design and to successfully implement a small-scale scientific or applied research. 2.2. Will have an advanced understanding of different types of research design, different methodologies of social science (quantitative, qualitative, new digital research methods), different techniques for collecting and analyzing data (big data, data visualization techniques) as well as will be able to correctly apply this for the analysis of the global challenges and to critically assess own methodological choices, explaining most important advantages and disadvantages. 2.3. Will be able to collect, interpret, systematize and critically assess the research-relevant data from a variety of (national and international) primary and secondary sources, refecting on the assumptions and limitations of such analysis. 3.1. Will be able to explain, analyze and systematically assess the changing nature of politics, it‘s content, actors, processes and effects on the modern-day environment. 3.2. Will be able to select complex methodological tools and techniques and to act together with representatives from other disciplines when jointly addressing the political effects of various global phenomena and seeking for innovative solutions. 3.3. Will be able to plan, organize and implement various professional and analytic activities within organizations involved in addressing the global challenges of today (especially in innovative, multi-disciplinary) in Lithuania or abroad, delineating evidence-based policy options, recommendations, implementing strategic planning, policy assessments, etc. General competencies of the study program: 4.1. Will be able to communcate effectively in a clear, concise, argumentative, and logical manner, in oral and written form, with diverse target groups in audience-appropriate forms and formats. 4.2. Will be able to constructively cooperate with others in multi-cultural and multi-disciplinary teams, will take responsibility, demonstrate leadership and negotiation skills required to accomplish joint tasks and solve problems on time. 4.3. Will be able to apply the principles of equality and non-discrimination, respect for diverse worldviews and beliefs as well as to apply the principles of ethics in academic or professional environments. 5.1. Will be able to reflect on the personal and others‘ achievements, consider the ever-changhing circumstances, and have developed an appreciation of the need for continously learning and developing personally and professionally. 5.2. Will be able to assess the potential social, economic, political, legal and ethical consequences of own acivities and undertake moral responsibility for the consequences of own acitvity in diverse contexts. 5.3. Will be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of plagiarism, copyright and other intelectual rights while appropriately quoting sources and other authors ideas. Activities of teaching and learning: Studies are organized emphasizing the focus on student-oriented nature of studies and the importance of students' independent work. Contact hours make up about 24 percent of total student’s workload. During the problem-oriented lectures, the most important material is presented, study sources are singled out. Other forms of contact activities - seminars and practical sessions - involve interactive teaching and learning methods: text analysis, comparative assessment and systematic analysis of practical situations, analysis of texts and documents of various genres, group discussions, debates, simulations, case studies, feedback presentation, peer-review, reflection, oral presentations, various group tasks, etc. In some courses students have group or individual consultations, that are usually devoted to the discussion of self-prepared tasks, giving / receiving feedback. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Assessment of students’ achievements is subject to a cumulative assessment system, which allows to ensure active involvement of students, consistent and diverse assessment of students' knowledge and abilities. The most important methods of assessment are: involvement in discussions, presentations, written works, closed and open questions tests, solving practical tasks, case studies, individual and group projects, participation in simulations, various written tasks (essay, summary, letter of recommendation, etc.), data analysis using special programs, preparation of documents, etc. All subjects are completed with different forms of written examination or preparation and presentation of an independent project. Students' knowledge and skills are evaluated with points from 1 (very bad) to 10 (excellent) points. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The volume of the study program is 240 credits. It consists of: 1. 175 credits for compulsory and optional courses that are divided into 4 groups: 1.1. courses ensuring the knowledge base of a political science specialist; 1.2. courses developing competencies in conducting social research; 1.3. courses developing soft skills; 1.4. courses for the analysis of global challenges; 2. 15 credits for professional practice, during which students in a selected institution will analyze and evaluate a real practical problem and make suggestions for its solution by using the Design Thinking methodology and working in teams; 3. 35 credits for. preparation of the bachelor's thesis; 4. 15 credits general university studies. Specialisations: - Optional courses: In order to provide the possibility to develop competencies relevant to each student's area of interest, a total of 30 credits are allocated for students' choice. They can choose 6 courses from 13 elective courses on various topics. Individualization of studies is also ensured through 15 credits for general university studies and two mobility “windows”, during which students can study at partner universities by deepening knowledge in a certain topic relevant to the programme. Distinctive features of a study programme: - Focus on global (international) current issues that affect the development of most states and societies. - Focus on interdisciplinarity not only in terms of topics but also in terms of teachers’ teams. - Focus on the application of developed competencies in practice. Firstly, during the studies the theory will be constantly related with practical examples, analysis of real cases. Secondly, the ability of the graduate to effectively apply different research tools and methods is considered to be the basis of the graduate's competencies (significantly more credits are allocated for this kind of courses compared to other study programmes). - Focus on soft-skills as specially designed practical courses are introduced for development of these skills. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work in those organizations that are directly involved in the processes of solving global challenges with political consequences (especially the ones that do so in an innovative way, bringing together representatives of different disciplines): - In national, regional and international public sector institutions; - In the private sector; - In non-governmental organizations. They can work there as analysts, experts, consultants, advisors, executive secretaries, policy and public administration specialists, program coordinators, project managers, and civil servants. Access to further study: Graduates will gain excellent fundamentals for further studies in the second cycle of studies in political science or other fields of social sciences and humanities or in interdisciplinary studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare bachelors of midwifery - personal health care specialists with science-based knowledge and practical skills necessary for the comprehensive provision of woman and their families holistic needs, self-care and quality health care. Graduates who have completed the Bachelor of Midwifery study program will be able to work qualifiedly in personal health care institutions, in personal health care institutions of all levels: hospitals, polyclinics, state and private personal health care institutions, independently or in a team with other personal health care and/or social care specialists. Learning outcomes: 1.1 To have knowledge of midwifery – communication, initial consultation between the woman and the midwife, normal labour and birth, initiation and continuance of breastfeeding, women's health care, disease prevention, counselling and support in different age groups, newborn and infant care, and be able critically analyze and apply theories, principles and methods of professional practice. To have knowledge of personal and public health care principles, scientific research methods, the evolution of midwifery, principles of professional ethics, national and midwifery and health care health care policy, professional communication and collaboration, patients' rights in midwifery practice and research. 1.2 Be able to apply knowledge of anatomy, physiology, biochemistry and other nature sciences, midwifery, obstetrics, gynecology and other biomedical sciences, social sciences and humanities to midwifery practice in order to systematically assess the health of women of all ages, the neonate, the infant, the family and community. 2.1 Be able to independently collect data from scientific midwifery research, analyze, interpret and summarize the results and present them in scientific journals, conferences. 2.2 Be able to conduct scientific research in midwifery and interdisciplinary fields, analyze and apply the results in professional practice, develop evidence-based practice, make evidence-based recommendations to professional associations of midwives, other health professionals, health policy makers to achieve optimal outcomes in midwifery practice, and make suggestions for the organization of work, and for the improvement of the availability and quality of midwifery services. 3.1 Be confident performing and sharing information about common antenatal screening tests, complete an initial consultation accurately ensuring women are at the center of care, work collaboratively with other healthcare professionals and external agencies. Be the first point of contact when seeking advice and/or information about being pregnant. 3.2 Be able to provide outpatient care to pregnant women, women in labor and gynecological patients, and to provide midwife-led care according to competence and/or in a team with an obstetrician-gynecologist, in the case of high perinatal risk, identify and safely manage appropriate emergency procedures. 3.3 Be able to provide care during childbirth: work in in partnership with women to facilitate a birth environment that supports their needs, be attentive to the comfort needs of women before, during and after the birth,determine the onset of labour, determine the wllbeing of women and their unborn babies, measure, assess and facilitate the progress of normal labour, support women and their partners in the birth of their babies, facilitate the mother and baby to remain together. 3.4 Be able to perform and assist instrumental examinations for instrumental examinations and therapeutic interventions, to advise and apply appropriate nursing and wound care measures, to assess and care for surgical wounds independently, to assist the physician performing obstetrical and gynecological procedures and operations, undertake medicinal product calculations correctly and safely, supply and administer medicinal products safely and in a timely manner. 3.5 Be able to organize and carry out family reproductive health care, perform and assist instrumental examinations on family planning and family education, develop parenting programmes and prepare women for childbirth; organize and carry out health education and self-care, advise and educate pregnant women, women in labor and their relatives respect social and cultural factors that may influence the decision to breastfeed, support women to breastfeed, , initiate breastfeeding practices, and provide assistance with breastfeeding recognize appropriate infant growth and development. 3.6 Recognize and initiate appropriate care for women's or newborn's health and/or life-threatening conditions; assess, organize and work as a team in the event of women's and fetal/newborn's emergencies; recognize women's emotional and mental disturbances, especially those occurring after childbirth. 3.7 Be able to competently communicate professional knowledge and practical experience to colleagues and to students as a teacher/mentor in professional practice. 4.1 Be attentive and share information that is clear, accurate and meaningful at a level which women, their partners and family can understand, bBe able to collaborate and lead in teamwork in the provision of midwifery care and care with colleagues, researchers, sharing information and practice skills. 4.2 Be able to organize and work as part of a team in an interdisciplinary team, with professional ethics and citizenship; develop new ideas and adapt to the new situations in midwifery practice. 4.3 Be able to express oneself fluently orally and in writing share information that is clear, accurate and meaningful at a level which women, their partners and family can understand, to communicate, to communicate effectively in the professional environment, the community and social media in Lithuanian and at least one foreign language, and to acknowledge the diversity of individuals and intercultural differences. 5.1 Be able to critically evaluate their own and their colleagues' professional performance, understand the importance of lifelong learning, and plan their professional activities and studies. 5.2 Be able to make independent decisions in midwifery practice, in practical and scientific activities, and be able to use national and international sources of information, different technologies and to deal appropriately with confidential information, keep accurate records. Activities of teaching and learning: Innovative learning methods are applied to midwifery studies, focused on the development of students' creativity, general and special competencies. Theoretical knowledge is acquired during lectures, seminars, and exercises. Practical skills are developed in simulator classes under the guidance of midwifery teachers at first, than during clinical practice students learn and develop clinical-practical knowledge, skills and abilities, and finally acquire the professional competence of a midwife. There is all the necessary equipment for a midwife. Professional midwifery practices are carried out in the clinical bases of the university. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The cumulative assessment method is applied (oral survey, written survey, testing, presentation, case study, projects (individual and group), report, discussions, critical review of a scientific publication, etc.), the tasks performed by the student during the semester or the knowledge and abilities acquired during the semester are evaluated. The studies of each subject are completed with an exam or final test. Exams are written or written and oral. Students' knowledge during exams is evaluated from 1 (very bad) to 10 (excellent) points. It is important that the assessment is objective, carried out professionally, taking into account the accumulated knowledge about assessment and examination. The assessment is based on the study achievement assessment procedure approved by Vilnius University. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The midwifery bachelor's study program consists of: individual study subjects (modules) - 25 credits, general study course modules (75 credits) and special study course modules (50 credits), 90 credits for professional midwifery practice. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Sociology, management and health law 5 cr., Fundamentals of anatomy, histology and embryology 5 cr.; The basics of public health and dietetics 5 cr.; The basics of psychology and educational science 5 cr.; Life sciences I 10 cr.; Life sciences III 10 cr.; Psychiatry and family health 5 cr.; Mental health care and nursing practice 5 cr.; The practice of childbirth 5 cr.; Pediatria and education of families 5 cr.; The practice of newborn and child care 10 cr.; Critical care, anaesthesiology, and intensive midwifery 5 cr.; The practice of anaesthesia and intensive nursing 5 cr.; Professional clinical practice I 30 cr.; Formation of midwifery practical skills 10 cr.; Professional language 5 cr.; Infection control and epidemiology of infectious diseases 5 cr.; Pharmacology 5 cr.; Life sciences II 5 cr.; Introduction to midwifery and professional ethics 5 cr.; Sexual Health, Sexual education and preparing for family 5 cr.; Preparation for childbirth and parenthood 5 cr.; Genetics and rare diseases 5 cr.; Community Midwifery Practice 10 cr.; Postpartum midwifery practice 5 cr.; Health Law and Midwifery Administration 5 cr.; Gynecology and surgery practice 10 cr.; High Risk Pregnancy Obstetrics Practice 5 cr.; Professional clinical practice II 15 cr.; Preparation of the bachelor's thesis15 cr.; Health literacy 5 cr.; Health literacy, Midwifery Research Methodology and biostatistics 5 cr.; GUS; Subject (module) offered by other core academic departments of VU Specialisations: - Optional courses: In the midwifery study program, 25 credits consist of individual study subjects (modules). These are the freely chosen studies of a student studying in the first cycle or integrated study program, which are an integrated part of the study program, if this is not restricted by other legal acts of the Republic of Lithuania and/or international Distinctive features of a study programme: Modern and innovative teaching methods - simulator classes, the latest technology Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: After completing the four-year midwifery undergraduate study program, graduates acquire the professional qualification of a midwife. Graduates can work in all levels of personal health care institutions: hospitals, polyclinics, state and private personal health care institutions, social care institutions. Future employers - managers of health care institutions or their authorized persons, as social partners, are invited to the Midwifery study program committee, participate in its activities, solving academic and methodological issues Access to further study: After completing the bachelor's studies, you will have the opportunity to study in the Master's program of Midwifery in Lithuania and abroad

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the study programme is to train highly qualified marketing specialists who can work in the marketing departments of organisations as product, market or communication specialists, consultants or even managers, capable independently analyse global markets, make product planning, pricing, logistics and communication decisions, initiating and executing various marketing activities, creatively apply interdisciplinary university education in a global business environment and be able to raise their qualifications independently. Learning outcomes: Personal skills Will be able to generate ideas and provide creative and innovative solutions to problems. Will be able to combine knowledge gained in different subjects and apply it to solve global marketing problems. Will be able to plan and organize their studies and work. Will be able to anticipate and adapt to changing professional conditions. Social skills Will understand intercultural differences and be able to apply them in communication with partners in the value chain of goods. They will know the principles of teamwork and will be able to work in a multicultural team. Knowledge and its application Will be able to evaluate the company's product assortment and know the principles of its management. Will be able to choose pricing strategy and determine the price of the product. Will know the principles of distribution of products and will be able to choose distribution channels. Will know the peculiarities of global business development and will be able to coordinate marketing activities. Will know management principles and will be able to apply them in a global business. Research skills Will be able to analyse and critically evaluate information presented in databases. Will know and be able to put into practice quantitative and qualitative information collection methods. Will be able to analyse the collected information and apply it to solve global marketing problems. Special abilities Will be able to analyse and apply basic macro and micro indicators. Will be able to assess the company's strengths and weaknesses, opportunities corresponding to its activities and potential risks. Will be able to apply the principles of global market segmentation and background their suitability. Will be able to analyse and systematise the factors and processes that influence consumers’ behaviour. Will be able to assess market demand in a context of global business. Will be able to systemize the functions of marketing communication and will be able to combine the tools according to the global marketing objectives. Will be able to coordinate marketing actions and evaluate their purposefulness in global markets. Activities of teaching and learning: Methods for the presentation of information: problematic teaching, content layout, speeches and discussion of invited guests. Methods related to information exchange: group discussion, brainstorming, brainstorming, tutorials, role-playing and simulations, report preparation and presentation, personality development (self-reflection reports), situation analysis and suggestions. Methods related to practical experience: group projects, simulation game, situation modelling, individual tasks, case study, research and project work planning (execution and analysis of results), service and process planning using Service blueprint, laboratory work, product development plan (Roadmap) using Design thinking ”, tasks in e-learning environment, exercises with software SPSS. The methods are related to the development of independence: an independent study of the material, independent structuring and planning of the practice task, individual practical activity, solving the tasks set by the company; work with scientific literature and sources, preparation and presentation of scientific project and review, formulation of practice report. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Knowledge assessment will be carried out using: tests (open-ended and closed-ended situations, questions), oral interviews, written colloquiums, assessment of student knowledge and activity during seminars, activity related to the analysis of topics, tasks, cases, situation assessments, peer project development and presentation assessments, team engagement assessments, self-reflection reports and assessments of team members' behaviour. Skills assessment methods include: preparation and presentation of individual and group projects, case study evaluation, presentation of project and discussion of results, evaluation of service and process plan, evaluation of a presentation, assessment of e-learning assignments, international business project preparation, presentation, review, evaluation of practical tasks with software SPSS, evaluation of the report on the value proposition to clients, evaluation of the market research report, evaluation of professional practice in the enterprise and academic institution, public defence of term paper and final thesis in the commission. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Marketing-related courses: Fundamentals of Marketing (5 ECTS), Consumer Behavior (5 ECTS), International Marketing (5 ECTS), Service Marketing (5 ECTS), Retail Management & Marketing (5 ECTS), E-Business (5 ECTS), Brand and Product Management (5 ECTS), Pricing and Sales Promotion (5 ECTS), Fundamentals of Marketing Research (5 ECTS), Marketing Communication (5 ECTS), Business-to-Business Marketing and Personal Sales (5 ECTS), Marketing Management (5 ECTS), Marketing Analytics (5 ECTS), Digital Marketing (5 ECTS), Corporate Communication (5 ECTS), Advertising and Creative (5 ECTS), Intercultural Negotiation (5 ECTS), Intercultural Communication (5 ECTS), Business Logistics (5 ECTS), Course Work (5 ECTS), Professional Internship (15 ECTS), Bachelor Thesis (15 ECTS) Management-related courses: Economic Theory (5 ECTS), Business Development and Management (5 ECTS), Management (5 ECTS), Business Law (5 ECTS), Corporate Social Responsibility and Ethics (5 ECTS), Global Business (5 ECTS), Business Statistics (5 ECTS), Information Technology (5 ECTS), Accounting Basics (5 ECTS), Intercultural Management Basics (5 ECTS), Personnel Management (5 ECTS), Company Performance Assessment (5 ECTS), Tax System ( 5 ECTS), International Project Management (5 ECTS), Business Strategies (5 ECTS), Fundamentals of Finance (5 ECTS), Organizational Behavior (5 ECTS), Quality Management (5 ECTS), Innovation Management (5 ECTS). Specialisations: Optional courses: Students will elect the General University Subjects modules (5 ECTS each semester) in the second, third and fourth semesters. Students can also choose between two subjects - International Project Management (5 ECTS) or Business Strategy (5 ECTS) during the third semester, and in the fourth semester - Fundamentals of Finance (5 ECTS) or Organizational Behavior (5 ECTS). Students will have two alternatives to choose from - Business Performance Assessment (5 ECTS) or Taxation System (5 ECTS) and Quality Management (5 ECTS) or Innovation Management (5 ECTS) in the fifth semester. During the sixth semester, students will select two alternative courses Corporate Communication (5 ECTS) or Advertising and Message Making (5 ECTS) and Intercultural Negotiation (5 ECTS) or Intercultural Communication (5 ECTS). Distinctive features of a study programme: The study program will be conducted in Lithuanian and English. 62% of the credits will be devoted to the development of marketing competencies in the undergraduate program Global Marketing. The subjects and competencies taught in the undergraduate program Global Marketing enable students to prepare for and take the exams of the Lithuanian Marketing Association (LiMa) and receive LiMa and NIMA diplomas and EMC certification. This compatibility of the program will allow for later international accreditation for the Global Marketing program. There are over 400 undergraduate programs at European Universities that specialize in marketing. However, only 13 programs are designed to educate international (global) marketing. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates' knowledge and skills will enable them to work and take different levels in commercial companies: - in small and medium-sized enterprises, they will be able to work in marketing departments, as manager (product, market, export, sales or communications manager) and as senior professionals; - senior specialists and specialists in the field of marketing of multinational companies and large Lithuanian companies; - also work in a specific field in companies offering specific marketing services (research, advertising, public relations, sales promotion) and consultancy services. Marketing is not only important for profit-making companies as well as for non-profit organizations. Therefore, the knowledge and competencies of the graduates will be a perfect match for the development of these organizations. These can be international organizations dealing with ecological and social problems, as well as Lithuanian and foreign companies engaged in cultural, sports and educational activities. Marketing activities are also important for political parties. Access to further study: Graduates will have the opportunity to continue their studies in the Master's program in Marketing, Management and Business.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The programme is aimed at educating professionals of several Asian cultures skilled in theory-, practice- and value-oriented understanding of and critical engagement with culture and society of the area studied, possessing ability to communicate efficiently in the language of the area, and capable to identify and resolve basic problems relevant to governmental, NGO and business sectors that require interdisciplinary approach and demonstration of international and intercultural attitudes. Learning outcomes: Understanding and knowledge of culture and society of the area studied; knowledge of key concepts and methods of contributory disciplines and interdisciplinary formations of Area studies; knowledge of scholarship on culture and society of the area studied; skills in a language relevant to the region studied at B2.2 level; the ability to critically engage with culture and society of the area studied; the ability to use and critically interrogate primary and secondary written, oral and/or visual sources; the ability to conduct, write and present research; the ability to compare and contrast ideas and concepts from different disciplinary surroundings; work independently, demonstrated in time management and critical reflection upon the scope and limitations of achievements; work creatively and adaptively with others; present information, ideas and problems to be solved orally in a clear and effective manner, and answering questions from an audience; communicate ideas with clarity and coherence, and analyse issues in the light of evidence and argument; synthesise information, adopt critical appraisals and develop reasoned argument based on such appraisals; identify problems and offer solutions. Activities of teaching and learning: A vast range of study methods relevant to humanities and soft social sciences is used within the programme, such as lecturing, seminars, consulting, individual and group assignments, research and practical projects, e-learning, fieldwork, paper writing, brainstorming, peer-review, out-going classes, portfolio, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative and permanent assessment methods are used. If the cumulative method is chosen, then either the assignments of the whole semester or the student’s knowledge and abilities acquired during that semester are evaluated. At the end of each subject, the students are tested in an examination or a final test. Examinations are conducted in writing only. Student’s knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent). Study subjects (modules), practical training: The programme applies to the study of culture and society of a given geographical space: Japan, China, South Asia, Arabic countries. The programme is designed as integrating multidisciplinary attitudes, i.e. grounded in a range of different academic disciplines, such as language and literature, religion and art studies, anthropology, history and philosophy, and to a lesser extent interdisciplinary attitudes when integrating approaches related to culture studies in general. The programme considers essential provision of access to training in a language of the area studied (Japanese, Chinese, Hindi, Sanskrit, Arabic, Persian (Farsi), Turkish). Admission to the programme is performed through a separate competition to each specialisation. Specialisations: The study programme is composed of area-specific specialisations, such as Middle East, South Asian, Japanese, Chinese. Optional courses: Minor studies, elective subjects and GUS (General University Subject) from the university’s GUS list are available. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme applies to the study of culture and society of a given geographical space: Japan, China, South Asia and the Middle East. The programme is designed as integrating multidisciplinary attitudes, i.e. grounded in a range of different academic disciplines, such as language and literature, religion and art studies, anthropology, history and philosophy, and to a lesser extent interdisciplinary attitudes when integrating approaches related to culture studies in general. The programme considers essential provision of access to training in a language of the area studied. Admission to the programme is performed through separate competition to each specialisation. Access to professional activity: A graduate can work in the fields of culture, education, tourism, state administration, business organisations as well as the NGOs dealing with Asian countries where knowledge and skills of an Asianist are required and intercultural and analytical competences are applicable. Access to further study: Graduates of the Asian Studies programme may enroll in graduate programmes in the field of humanities and social sciences.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The purpose of the Physical Therapy programme is to train physiotherapy specialists, who are able to preserve, improve and regain persons maximum physical and functional movement capabilities, make recommendations about the importance of physical activity, taking responsibility for professional development through applied research and generating innovative ideas while working in a team and independently. Learning outcomes: Having completed Physical Therapy programme a graduate is able to analyse human structure and function, normal and abnormal patterns of human development and movement; to collect, analyse, critically interpret relevant information related to the patient’s/client’s needs; to perform systematic and purposive physiotherapeutic assessment; to make physiotherapy diagnosis based on the analysis and critical interpretation of collected information and the related physiotherapy assessment. Predict the probable short- and long-term effects; to develop physiotherapy intervention plan based on physiotherapy diagnosis; to critically evaluate and analyse a physiotherapy intervention, make adjustments and discontinue if required; to communicate with patients/clients and relevant others, act professionally within an ethical, deontological and legal context; to act professionally based on a critical scientific attitude and lifelong learning; to educate patients/clients to become responsible for a health promoting lifestyle and implement prevention; to understand the structure, funding and function of the health system as it relates to physiotherapy practice; to collect, analyse and synthesise relevant information from different sources; to develop a research design: select object and methods of research based on the latest scientific achievements; to carry out the research, analyse and interpret data, transfer conclusions of research into clinical practice; to apply achievements of evidence-based fundamental and applied science in professional practice. Activities of teaching and learning: The study methods are used to develop the general and specific skills and based on problem-based learning principles: retractable lecture, group discussion, case studies, self-reflection, role-playing, simulations, literature research and analysis, preparation and presentation, practice dairy. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The duration of university undergraduate courses of Physical Therapy is 4 years, the volume - 240 credits. Credits are spread out in 30 credits per semester. 55 credits of Physical Therapy programme are dedicated to Clinical Practice. Studied subjects of biomedical sciences (Functional Anatomy, Human Physiology and Biochemistry; Kinesiology, Basics of Rehabilitation, Biomechanics of Movement, Methods and Tools of Physiotherapy, Exercise Physiology and Motor Control, Sports Physiotherapy, Physiotherapy in Internal Medicine, Physiotherapy in Neurology , etc.), Social sciences (Basics of Psychology, Education, Communication and Ethics, and etc.), Humanities (Foreign language). Optional courses: Students can choose optional courses (10 credits) Distinctive features of a study programme: The study program focuses on evidence-based physiotherapy knowledge and skills application in practice. Lecturers of Physical Therapy program graduated international teachers training courses carried out by Danish experts. The main practical placement (VUH Santaros Klinikos, Rehabilitation, Physical and Sports Medicine Centre) is accredited by the European Union experts. Since 2010 VU is a member of the European Network of Physiotherapy in Higher Education (ENPHE). Access to professional activity: Graduates of Physical Therapy program can work in all levels of health care institutions, educational institutions, social rehabilitation facilities, social care, nursing home, orthopaedic companies, wellness facilities, private medical institutions. Access to further study: Graduates of Physical Therapy program can continue education in Master studies.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the Bachelor's degree programme in Occupational therapy is to train Occupational therapy specialists able to analyse persons’ physical and social environment and the internal factors to restore or maintain their impaired abilities or compensate any disorders through well-directed activities. Having completed Occupational Therapy programme a graduate is able to explain main concept of occupational therapy, natural human being and activities based on holistic approach; to link medical, psychological and social knowledge and to explain the link between occupation, health and quality of life; be able to link knowledge about biopsychosocial functions during human life and health problems; be able to find, analyse and systematize information from different recourses; be able to apply the method of scientific research, organize and perform scientific applied research, provide and interpret results; be able to apply evidence based fundamental and applied science achievements and methods of professional practise, be able to evaluate person‘s/community activities, participation, environment and their interfaces; be able to perform personal/ community participation, activities and environmental analysis; be able to initiate person‘s / community problem solving by choosing occupational therapy models and improving human well-being and social participation, be able to choose, apply Occupational therapy, methods and evaluate their impact, be able to teach persons and their relatives, to give recommendations for team members and other professionals about Occupational therapy issues; be able to follow professional ethical principles respecting person‘s / community identities and their impact on occupation; be able to identify the opportunities, needs and problems of the individual or social exclusion group, to anticipate the occupational therapy strategy and to predict its impact; be able to plan, design and implement occupational therapy programs in a clinical or community setting, to evaluate their effectiveness on an interdisciplinary basis; be able critically to evaluate and integrate social and biomedical research results in a dynamic professional environment. Be able to follow with professional standard and employers rules; be able independently, while studying and all life assess their quality of work and progress. Activities of teaching and learning: To assess the acquired competencies of the learning outcomes are applied a variety of assessment methods: survey writing, testing, report, case study in written form, feedback. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10 (excellent) or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The duration of university undergraduate courses of Occupational Therapy is 4 years, the volume - 240 credits. Credits are spread out in 30 credits per semester. 60 credits of Occupational Therapy programme are dedicated to Clinical Practice. Studies of biomedical sciences (Functional anatomy, Human; Pathology, Biology and Genetic and etc.); Social sciences (Health Policy, First aid and Fundamentals of Nursing and etc.) and Humanities (Foreign language, Philosophy, Psychosocial access and Medical Ethics and etc.) subjects. Main study subjects: Occupational therapy history and philosophy; Person, Occupation and environment; Occupational Therapy theories and models; Rehabilitation measures; Motor control development; Assessment in occupational therapy; Occupational therapy for adults; Occupational therapy in paediatrics and adolescent; Occupational therapy in geriatrics; Vocational Rehabilitation and social integration; Ergonomics; Occupational therapy and Activities of people with mental health; Compensatory measures and a universal environment; Fundamentals of Research; Clinical Practice. Optional courses: Students can choose optional courses (10 credits) Distinctive features of a study programme: Lecturers of Occupational therapy program graduated international teachers training courses carried out by European Network of OT in Higher Education (ENOTHE). The main practical placement (VUH Santaros Clinics, Rehabilitation, Physical and Sports Medicine Centre) is accredited by the European Union experts. Since 2003, the University of Vilnius is member of ENOTHE (European Network of Occupational Therapy in Higher Education). Since 2010, the University of Vilnius is member of NordPlus (NordPlus higher education). Students along with teachers involved in the scientific research, international scientific cooperation projects. Subjects are taught by young, qualified and experienced in their field of specialization activities, improving skills at international and national level. Access to professional activity: Graduates of Occupational therapy program can work in all levels of health care institutions, educational institutions, social rehabilitation facilities, social care, nursing home, orthopaedic companies, wellness facilities, private medical institutions. Access to further study: Bachelor degree notes about higher Occupational therapy education and preparedness for Masters studies.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The purpose of the Study Programme is to prepare BAs in psychology equipped with a broad knowledge of principles of psychological functioning of individuals, groups and society, ability to critically evaluate theory and practice of psychology, conduct psychological research and adhere to professional values grounded in psychology ethics when participating in scientific and public discourse. Learning outcomes: A Bachelor of Psychology is able to understand of the purpose and aims of psychology as a scientific and applied discipline, of the major areas of its development and position among other fields of science and areas of practical activity; knows and understands mental phenomena (cognitive, personality and affective), their underlying neurobiological mechanisms and main developmental principles and determinants; is able to apply relevant theories when explaining principles of individual, group and social behavioural and mental phenomena. Knows various research methodologies, methods and strategies; is able to plan and conduct psychological research, pose verifiable questions and hypotheses, apply reliable and valid methods and perform proper statistical analyses; is able to explain and interpret the obtained results, assess their validity and draw relevant conclusions; is able to adhere to psychologist ethics when planning and conducting research, when explaining and presenting research results; to use information ethically. Knows the possible applications of psychological knowledge and principles to the assessment and interpretation of individual, group, organisational and situational realities, to solutions of interpersonal, societal and intercultural relationships and conflicts as well as to the promotion of institutional and societal change and discussions on public policy issues; is able to apply specific methods and procedures of individual, group or organisational assessment in clearly defined situations and under the guidance of a professional psychologist; is able to apply psychological knowledge and skills for the enhancement of individuals' mental health in diverse settings (health, educational, community, organisational) with the use of properly suited and well-grounded psychological activities; is able to communicate clearly in oral and written forms and in compliance with the ethical standards, to present achievements in the field of psychology, present the psychologist profession, activities and their results to peers and various public groups; is able to collaborate effectively with colleagues, professionals from various fields and community members, to acknowledge and integrate contributions of each of them as well as ethically manage conflict situations and crises. Is able to behave in accordance with ethical standards in all areas of psychology as a science and a practical activity enterprise; is able to reflect on personal experience, take personal responsibility for the activities performed and be aware of the limits of own competence; is able to comply with the notion that psychological explanations are complex, not finite and may vary by population and context; is able to apply psychological knowledge and skills to personal and career development and to update and enhance the acquired knowledge and abilities. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, group work, essay, practical assignments, reading of literature, case study, projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. In most course units the method of cumulative assessment is used: student gets part of final grade during the semester when performing various tasks, included in course unit description. Studies are finalized with preparation and defense of final paper. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Future psychologists study introductory courses (Introduction to Studies of Psychology; History of Psychology etc.), core psychological theories (Personality Psychology; Cognitive Psychology; Social Psychology; Developmental Psychology etc.), psychology application in various fields (Clinical Psychology, Organizational Psychology, Health Psychology, Introduction to Forensic Psychology, Educational Psychology), methodological (Research Methods in Psychology, Introduction to Statistical Analysis in Psychology, Psychological Assessment and Testing etc.) and other courses, also have training practice. Optional courses: Students have a choice of different optional courses from the proposed list (e.g. Media and Internet Psychology, Logic, Psychology of Communication etc.), and choose different general university studies courses. Access to professional activity: A graduate can work as assistant of psychologist; master degree is required for independent psychological practice. Graduates can be employed in the area of education, social care, human resource management or in business enterprises, or to pursue a career in other areas where both education in psychology and general skills are required. Access to further study: When preparing themselves for professional psychological practice, Bachelors of Psychology continue their master studies in the area of psychology or within other master study programs, if admission conditions and requirements are met.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the Software Engineering programme is preparation of highly qualified IT specialists that match the needs of the economy of Lithuania, are capable to export software products and services, and could successfully compete for IT workplaces in the European Union and other foreign countries. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Modules of Study Field (165 credits) can be distributed into the following groups: Mathematics (15 credits); Discrete Mathematics (10 credits); Computing Fundamentals (40 credits); Software Engineering (60 credits); English Language (10 credit); Professional practice (15 credits); Bachelor Thesis (15 credits). There are also the modules of General University Studies (15 credits). Other modules (60 credits) can be distributed into the following groups: Compulsory modules (15 credits); Elective Mathematics modules (10 credits); Elective Sciences modules (15 credits); Elective Computing modules (20 credits). Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: Study programme combines the theoretical knowledge with its practical application, focuses on teamwork and task execution on time. Professors – researchers, experts in their fields with extensive experience in software systems development for Lithuanian and foreign customers. Programme satisfies criteria for accrediting Software Engineering study programmes in Europe and USA. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates are ready to work as system analysts, designers, programmers and after gathering some more experience as project managers for private or public Lithuanian and foreign enterprises. They are able to establish private IT enterprise, to learn independently new methods and technologies as well as apply them practically. Access to further study: Studies can be continued in Master’s degree programmes of Software Engineering, Informatics, Informatics engineering and other close fields in Lithuania or abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To provide knowledge and to form skills, necessary to understand, analyse and evaluate the functioning of political system. Learning outcomes: Bachelor in Political Science knows main theories and concepts of political science, principal political and historical facts of Lithuania and other states, understands the rules and principles of activities of political institutions and international organisations; has skills to collect, synthesise and estimate empirical data; is able to independently analyse and evaluate political phenomena. Activities of teaching and learning: This programme offers a broad education, Students are expected to be learning during the lecture by analyzing practical problems and contemplating the solutions, working in groups, doing practical exercises, simulation games, analyzing audio-visual material and discussing. In addition, students are working individually outside of the classroom by analyzing prescribed literature, preparing research papers and working on their final Bachelor‘s theses. Moreover, a part of contact hours are dedicated to consultations (about projects, written assessments, exams). Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Political Science bachelor‘s programme is worth 240 ECTS and lasts for 4 years . The first two years of studies offers students in-depth knowledge of the basic courses of political science, such as: „Basics of Economy“, „Basics of Political Science“, „Classical Political Theories“, „Modern Political Theories“ etc. During the second semestre of the second year students can choose elective courses. Specialization starts during the third year of studies, when students can choose one of the three modules – „Global Politics“for those interested in international relations and diplomacy, „Politics and society“ – who are interested in the political processes inside their country and „Politics and Economics“ – for those interested in political economy. The forth year of studies is dedicated to internship, one elective course and writing of the final thesis. During their internships students analyse institutions and use knowledge and information they gained during all study period. Optional courses: During the second year of studies students can choose study subjects from the variety of elective courses: War Sociology; Introduction to Critical Theory; Human Rights; Russia and the CIS Studies; Nordic States Studies Western Europe Studies Media in Conflict Political and Radical Islam; War Studies; Asia-Pacific Studies; China‘s Domestic and Foreign Policy; Nationalism etc. Distinctive features of a study programme: Political Science Bachelor‘s degree programme is a broad discipline of social sciences, where sociology, economics, philosophy, other subjects as well as countries‘ domestic and forign policies are combined together. Students learn how to apply different methods from statistical analysis to text analysis. This discipline is always changing so students go deep into most relevant up-to-date information about Lithuania and the whole world during their lectures what gives them an oppurtunity to understand and analyse political events from the different perspectives. Access to professional activity: A graduate can pursue a career as an analyst of domestic and foreign policy, a project manager or a specialist at international, state and non-governmental organisations. Access to further study: Upon the completion of the study programme students may continue with their postgraduate (master) studies in the field of social sciences and humanities in Lithuania or abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare specialists having basic knowledge and skills in life sciences with the emphasis on molecular biology, which would create basis for their successful carrier in bioscience-related areas. Learning outcomes: To develope theoretical and practical knowledge necessary to explain the structure and functions of biological processes in living systems, practical skills to perform molecular biology laboratory procedures, to work with standard biomedical science equipment, apply methods of bioinformatics, critically evaluate information in the area of molecular biology and related sciences, solve problems of familiar and unfamiliar nature, analyse novel problems and plan their solution strategies; skills to communicate effectively, to work individually and in a team, organize and plan their time, study and continuously develop their professionalism and general literacy. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, exercises, seminars, consultations, self -study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Obligatory courses: General and physical chemistry, Organic chemistry, Bioorganic chemistry, Biochemistry, English for specific purposes, Linear algebra and geometry, Mathematical analysis and differential equations, Probability theory and mathematical statistics, Biodiversity, Introduction to the Laboratory of Molecular Biology, Structural cell biology, Human and animal physiology, Molecular biology, Genetic engineering, Biostatistics, Microbiology, Bioinformatics, Course work, Functional cell biology, Fundamentals of Genetics, Elective courses: Quantitative fluorescence microscopy, Bioenergetics, Plant Molecular Biology, Molecular Biophysics of Proteins and Medicines, Enzymology, Neurobiology, Developmental Biology and Genetics. General university electives (GUE). Practices: Professional practices (16+16 weeks) in research laboratories of research and business institutions. Bachelor's thesis. Distinctive features of a study programme: Programme provides with the modern knowledge and practical skills in molecular biology and other life sciences, which constitute a strong basis for further studies and professional carrrier in rapidly developing areas of biomedicine and biotechnologies. Access to professional activity: Graduate could find a situation in enterprises of biotechnology and microbiology, at reseah institutes, clinical and private laboratories. Access to further study: The holders of Bachelor degree could continue their studies in such Master degree programmes as Genetics, Microbiology, Neurobiology, Biophysics, and Medical Biology

Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the study programme Childhood Pedagogy is to train a pedagogue for a creative work in the professional field according to a chosen Pre-school pedagogy or Primary school pedagogy) specialisation, able to use the newest scientific achievements, innovative technologies and prepared to qualitatively educate children. Activities of teaching and learning: Active lectures, seminars, workshops, group discussions, independent study, text analytical reading, comparative analysis, brainstorming, essay writing, problem case and situation analysis, planning and organization of pedagogical activities, individual and group-work, practice observations, assisting, lesson delivery, reporting, project work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Formative (accumulative) and summative assessment of all modules using a 10 scores system, choosing assessment methods providing evidence about achievement of learning outcomes; assessment of individual and group tasks (lesson plans, delivery and performance of different activities), presentations, analytical reports on individual and group activities, essays, colloquial, portfolios, pedagogical practice (self)reflections and (self)assessment, final thesis, its presentation and defence. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Pedagogical module (60 ECTS), including Pedagogical practice (30 ECTS); Specialization module (90 ECTS): Pre-school pedagogy or Primary school pedagogy; University stated compulsory ( 35 ECTS) and elective (25 ECTS) modules (60 ECTS). General university (optional) modules (15 ECTS) Final thesis (15 ECTS) Specialization module (90 ECTS): Primary school pedagogy. Specialisations: Pre-school pedagogy Primary school pedagogy Optional courses: In Autumn semesters (5 ECTS): Digital childhood education technologies (STEAM, Robotics); Education quality management; Learning motivation; In Spring semesters (15 ECTS): Education institution management; Childhood anthropology; Intercultural education; Ethnoculture and education; Non-formal education and educational projects; Education leadership, law and management; Group management and strategies; Assessment in educational context; Education for sustainable development General university modules (15 ECTS) Distinctive features of a study programme: Programme is based on the integrity of childhood pedagogical theory and practice. There are two specialisations of Pre-school pedagogy or Primary school pedagogy offered. Students of both specialisations will have the possibility to work in educational institutions implementing a pre-primary educational programme (for six year olds). Access to professional activity: Graduates of the Childhood Pedagogy study programme will have the possibility to work in public and private, formal and non-formal educational institutions according to the acquired Pre-school pedagogy or Primary school pedagogy specialisation, also in educational institutions (kindergartens and schools) implementing a pre-primary educational programme. Access to further study: Graduates of the study programme would be able to enter any education master study programme, also to study in master study programmes offered to bachelors, graduates of social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train highly qualified professionals - special pedagogues and speech therapists, who will be able to identify, assess and meet special educational needs related to disabilities and disorders; to provide professional special educational and speech therapy assistance for persons of all ages; critically assess and solve the problems of meeting the needs of special education and speech therapy in inclusive education and other environments, applying the latest research-based innovations of special and inclusive education in accordance with the basic principles of human rights, equal opportunities and human values. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability to communicate constructively and collaborate with students, their parents, teachers, to work in a team. Skills of critical thinking, problem solving, responsibility, interculturality, openness to change, reflexivity, ability to organize research in the field of professional activity. Subject specific competencies developed: The knowledge of psycho-pedagogical assessment of developmental peculiarities (disabilities, disorders) and special educational needs. Ability to identify and meet children's special educational needs; to provide personalized, individual needs-based special pedagogical and speech therapy assistance in educational and other environments. Ability to analyze and critically evaluate special education processes, apply research-based special education and speech therapy methodologies. Learning outcomes: The graduate conceptually understands the theories of inclusive and special education, is able to research, identify, critically evaluate and solve the problems of special educational and speech therapy assistance, integrate scientific facts in the professional activities of the special pedagogue and speech therapist; apply information, communication and digital technologies; work in a team, constructively communicate and cooperate with students, their family members, teachers, educational support, etc. specialists; provide consultations on meeting special educational needs. The special pedagogue is able to identify the developmental peculiarities due to disorders of cognitive, sensory, neurological origin; assess special educational needs and their dynamics; to provide special pedagogical assistance focused on the diversity of individual educational needs; apply specific methods of special education and therapy, evaluate the results of their application. A speech therapist is able to apply speech therapy assessment methods and standardized methodologies; to identify speech, language (including voice) and communication, swallowing, feeding disorders and their risk factors in persons of various ages; interpret speech therapy assessment results and speech therapy needs; to provide speech therapy assistance to persons of various ages with speech, language (including voice), communication, swallowing, and feeding disorders; apply speech therapy methods; to evaluate the effectiveness of applied methods and tools. Activities of teaching and learning: Modern methods of problem-based learning, cooperative studies, e-technology-based learning, collaborative learning in small groups, activity reflection, etc. are applied. Theory studies are closely connected with the development of practical competences of special pedagogues and speech therapists. Students are given opportunities to learn by participating in real educational environments (e.g. cooperative studies); to learn by research - case study methods (observation, interviews, document analysis, etc.) are applied when performing subject study problem-based learning tasks, encouraging students' active independent learning, development of critical thinking, problem solving, teamwork, leadership and cooperation skills. It helps to link studies and practical activities; therefore, students are well prepared for the work of a special pedagogue and speech therapist and are successfully employed. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Applied cumulative assessment of study results provided by the study program. The final grade (score) consists of the components of the cumulative assessment (intermediate tasks and exam) provided for in the subject program, the percentage of which is provided in the description of each study subject. Encouraged to achieve at least a typical level of achievement. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program consists of: • subjects of the field of study (pedagogy) (60 credits), during which competences necessary for the qualification of a teacher are acquired. • Special pedagogy subjects (90 credits), in the studies of which the theoretical and practical competences of a special pedagogue are acquired • Speech therapy study subjects (60 credits), during which the competences of a speech therapist are acquired to overcome speech, language and communication disorders of people of various ages. • Subjects of individual studies (30 credits), which can be chosen from the list provided by the university. Specialisations: - Optional courses: 30 credits are allocated for individualized studies. Distinctive features of a study programme: The essential features of the study program are innovativeness of studies, variety of study environments; flexibility and accessibility of study organization (methods and forms), internationality of studies; interdisciplinarity. Innovativeness of studies. The study content is based on the latest national and international research on special and inclusive education. Learning by inquiry. Students are given possibilities to learn by participating in real educational environments (e.g. cooperative studies); learning by research – case study methods (observation, interviews, document analysis, etc.) are applied when performing problem-based learning tasks in subject studies. Diversity of study environments. A modern study environment has been created. Modern laboratories are used in the studies (Special Education (Autism Studies and Research) Laboratory; Speech Therapy Study and Research Laboratory; Multisensory Room digital 3D laboratory; "Liepa" laboratory). Flexibility and accessibility of study organization. Students are given the possibility to study in a variety of ways - contact and / or blended learning – classroom studies are combined with learning in virtual environments (TEAMS, MOODLE, etc.); daily or sessional schedule; there are opportunity to receive teacher support and consultations in various ways. Internationality of studies. It is possible to obtain the international certificate of the Crisis Prevention Institute (Crisis Prevention Institute, CPI, United Kingdom). Interdisciplinarity of studies. The study program combines subjects of study field (special pedagogy) and cross-field subjects (neurology; swallowing, voice disorders, speech loss; rehabilitation, speech therapy massage, etc.) to provide students with interdisciplinary competences of education and rehabilitation and expand possibilities for graduates' employment. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The acquired qualification gives the right to work as a special pedagogue and/or speech therapist in early childhood, preschool, general education schools, special education and counselling centers, and other institutions belonging to the education, health and social security systems. Access to further study: Access to the second cycle studies upon meeting requirements set by the accepting higher education institution.

Future holders of Bachelor's degree in Social Education, social educators study general and social pedagogy, basics of general and special pedagogy, sociology, socio-educational work with disabled people, socio-educational work with children and youth, socio-educational work with deviant personalities, social work with family and other study programme subjects. Practical studies are organised in 1st, 3rd and 4th courses. They are intensive, i.e. students perform practice in institutions of social services, care, and education. Duration of practical studies - 600 hrs. Study programme of Social Education is intended for people having secondary education.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train a teacher of pre-school, including pre-primary, and primary education, who is able to take into account the child’s natural abilities, his/her individual experience in the educational process, able to help the child develop independence, to create conditions for the child/student to mature as a personality, to develop positive relations with oneself, other people, social, natural and multicultural environment, to acquire the integral basics of cognition, communication, creativity and other competences as a prerequisite for further successful education, who creates the basics of learning to learn/helps to learn according to pre-primary and/or primary curriculum, to organize full-fledged cooperation between educators and the student. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Social abilities: will be able to present information related to the individual’s education, an idea, an opinion, a reasoned solution to the problem, the results of practical research in oral and written form to an audience of specialists and non-specialists; will be able to act and learn cooperatively, work in an interdisciplinary group and/or team, coordinate project activities; will be able to undertake obligations to protect and nurture Lithuanian culture and nature, create a sustainable society, participate in the processes of societal and educational change. Personal abilities: will be able to follow the value attitudes of professional identity, social responsibility and commitment to the community, unconditional help to the individual; will be able to analyse, critically reflect and evaluate their own educational activities, see opportunities for professional development and the space for professional activities, foresee a consistent path for the development of personal qualities and competences, plan independent learning; will be able to develop the individual’s value attitudes, nurturing Lithuanian culture, national identity, cultural and natural heritage, tolerance for different opinions, experiences, beliefs, customs, lifestyle; will be able to take responsibility for the results of their work, evaluate their impact and consequences in terms of human values, respect for people, harmony, citizenship, social responsibility and environmental protection; will be able to be open, flexible and at the same time critical in various contexts of education and training: evaluating state policy, analysing situations in an educational institution, in a group, individually interacting with the child. Subject specific competencies developed: Knowledge and its application: will know and understand the historical, philosophical, psychological, sociological, intercultural aspects of educational sciences, on the basis of which they will analyse and evaluate the activities of education and training and creatively construct education; will know and recognize the peculiarities of the physical, cognitive, social and emotional development of preschool, pre-primary and junior school-age children and the development of special educational needs and will apply this knowledge in practice, differentiating, individualizing and personalizing education; will know and practically apply effective educational technologies and problem-solving strategies; will know how to organize the child’s education/teaching process, analyse its quality, how to motivatedly choose methods of managing a group/class of children, how to understand the causes of problems arising in the education process and how to solve them; will know how to establish and maintain collegial professional relations with the institution’s community, social partners, professional community, communicate and cooperate with colleagues from other countries; will know how to establish and maintain professional contacts with the parents (guardians) of the children, how to communicate and cooperate with them, creating a child-friendly educational environment; will know how to change, update the environment of children’s education/teaching/learning and create tools. Abilities to conduct research: will be able to notice problems in the reality of education to conduct applied research; will be able to distinguish and define the research concept, plan the research process, organize quantitative and qualitative research in compliance with the principles of research ethics; will be able to select suitable literary sources in Lithuanian and foreign languages for the research work, systematize them and reflexively analyse them; will be able to theoretically justify and interpret the research results, on the basis of the insights of scientists from Lithuania and other countries; will be able, referring to research findings, to improve the quality of education, to predict possible ways to solve the problem, using the best practice of other countries as well; will be able to disseminate pedagogical scientific ideas in the society. Learning outcomes: After completing the study programme, the student will be able to use the knowledge of educational subjects and create a safe, tolerant, open educational environment that responds to the individuality, emotional, social, intellectual, creative, and spiritual development of the child, in the didactic system of educational subjects, provide for the holistic development of competences; to assess the individual needs of the child/student and adjust educational/learning practices accordingly; to evaluate the child’s development, recognizing the individuality of each child and take this into account in the educational/learning process; will be able to set educational goals, predict expected outcomes, plan teaching/learning activities, select educational techniques, methods, and tools that match the learner’s abilities and are focused on personal progress, to choose methods suitable for achieving educational goals, prepare and convey educational/training activity materials aimed at preschool and pre-primary, junior school-age children; to purposefully apply innovative child/student education strategies and technologies when organizing educational activities and environments; will be able to conduct research, communicate in all educational environments in the correct Lithuanian language; to use a foreign language for academic and professional purposes. Activities of teaching and learning: Traditional and innovative, student-oriented study methods are used in the study process: conveying of information (traditional/interactive lecture, practical/demonstration classes); activity-based teaching (homework assignments, individual/group work); task-based teaching (research project, practical study, practical tasks); literature-based teaching (problem-based teaching, analysis of literature related to the content of the study subject independently/on the basis of given instructions, case analysis); online teaching (e-environment, learning using e-tools), individual and group tutorials. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The student’s knowledge and abilities are assessed using a ten-point criterion scale and a cumulative assessment scheme consisting of work during seminars, self-study tasks, peer assessment, self-assessment and examination scores. Assessment of learning outcomes can be done in writing or in writing and orally, using a computer or other electronic means. Continuous, intermediate and final assessment of the learning outcomes of the study subject is applied. The studies of the subject are completed with the final evaluation of the learning outcomes – an examination or an evaluation of the work (project) performed by the student independently. The final assessment of the learning outcomes of the study subject can be a cumulative grade, the composition of which is calculated according to the proportions provided for in the description of the study subject. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: 210 credits are allocated for the expected learning outcomes in the field. Study subjects for the development of the teacher’s basic competences: preschool pedagogy, pre-primary education, general pedagogy, general psychology, developmental and pedagogical psychology, game pedagogy, educational information and communication technologies, intercultural and ethnocultural education, inclusive and personalized education, social education of the child and foreign language for specific purposes. Competences of the teacher’s professional education activities are acquired by studying the following subjects: special educational needs and meeting them, preschool (including pre-primary education) native language, mathematical, visual expression education, didactics of mathematics, Lithuanian language, knowledge of the world, ethics, art and crafts, physical education, music, organization of non-formal education, pedagogical observation of the child, assessment and self- assessment of achievements and progress, integrated education and development of educational environments. The professional competencies of a teacher are developed during pedagogical internships (observation, assistance, independent), which are organized separately in preschool and primary education institutions. In addition to internships, the following study subjects are focused on the development of competences in the field of the professional community: family pedagogy and pedagogical education of parents, management of quality of education and educational institutions. Professional activity research competence skills are developed by studying educational research and writing a course paper, preparing the final thesis of pedagogical studies. The study programme is completed with the public defence of the bachelor’s final thesis. Specialisations: - Optional courses: 30 credits are allocated for individual studies to achieve the expected learning outcomes in the field, i.e., for freely optional studies that are an integrated part of the study programme. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is focused on training both preschool/pre-primary education and primary school teachers, thus creating more favourable opportunities for integration into the labour market. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: After completing the study programme, the graduate can work as a teacher of preschool and/or pre-primary education and primary classes in public/private institutions providing formal and non-formal education and training services in Lithuania/abroad. Access to further study: Access to the second cycle studies upon meeting requirements set by the accepting higher education institution.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The study programme is designed to educate highly qualified music pedagogues holding the system of professional (musical, educational) and interdisciplinary knowledge, perceiving the process of modern educational change, who are able to efficiently organise, coordinate and improve the processes of music education at various levels and in various sectors of the education system, to effectively develop artistic self-expression of pupils, to participate in implementation of the national policy of education and culture. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability to think constructively and creatively, work in a team, communicate and collaborate. To plan, analyze and reflect on one's learning and pedagogical activities and perspectives of personal and professional development, use information technologies and lead scientific research. Subject specific competencies developed: The ability to purposefully plan and organize the process of musical education: to recognize and assess the individual needs, abilities and progress of students. Modeling learner-oriented educational content, selecting appropriate materials and methods, using the latest digital music technologies. Learning outcomes: After completing the program, the graduate is able to effectively model and qualitatively organize the process of musical education at various levels and sectors of the education system; purposefully form and develop the artistic self-expression and musical culture of schoolchildren; identify and solve emerging problems of professional activity; to carry out scientific research, to initiate communication and cooperation in the implementation of the country's educational and cultural policy. Activities of teaching and learning: During the studies, it is aimed at individualisation, reflexion of the study process. The studying of theoretical subjects applies explanatory, conversational, demonstration methods, while emphasising student-oriented teaching based on solution of problems; during laboratory work, creative methods of discussions, experimental investigation and problem-based teaching are applied; during practical classes, practical skills are being developed, methods of practical tasks, exercises are employed, case analysis is performed, while applying individual and group tasks for investigation, underlining student’s independent work; the method of preparation of projects is used; individual and group consultations proceed. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: A ten-point criteria-based scale and the cumulative scheme of assessment are applied. When employing the cumulative assessment, learning outcomes are assessed during interim assignments (colloquiums, papers). The tasks for independent work throughout the semester, the assessment criteria of which are presented during the first meeting with students, are assessed by a grade, the final grade is set during the examination session, multiplying separate grades by a weigh coefficient and summing up the result. All assigned tasks must be assessed positively (5 points and more). Aiming to achieve at least the typical (7-8) level of achievements in the subject, students are given a possibility to improve the assessment of the examination after independently studying literature, consulting the teaching staff, while assigning on the agreed time. Written and oral examinations, case analysis, artistic and scientific projects, reports, research work, assessment of own and peers’ works. A ten-point criteria-based scale is applied at the defence of the graduation thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The scope of the program is 240 credits. Pedagogical studies of the main direction consist of pedagogical studies and a subject (music) module. Pedagogical studies include 70 credits: 40 credits are devoted to theoretical subjects (general pedagogy, general psychology, developmental and pedagogical psychology and inclusive and personalized education; methods of pre-school, primary, secondary, senior and non-formal musical education and the final work of pedagogical studies) and 30 credits are dedicated to pedagogical practice (it is organized in three stages - observational practice, cognitive-continuous practice, educational-continuous practice - and takes place in educational institutions of all levels). The subject (music) module consists of 110 credits: language of music, history of music, folk songs and instrumental music, instrumental music (piano, conducting, school musical instruments) and study of vocal education, etc., musical computer programs and technical equipment, audio media creative laboratory, directing a children's choir and developing artistic leadership and entrepreneurship. And 30 credits are provided for individual study subjects. The remaining credits are used for subjects in other fields. Specialisations: Optional courses: 30 credits are allocated for optional subjects of individual studies. Distinctive features of a study programme: The music pedagogy study program is the only one in the region of Northern Lithuania and is very important in meeting the needs of musical (formal and informal) education. Part of the study program (20 credits) is dedicated to subjects related to digital audio technologies and cultural event’s management. Subjects for individual study also focus on these two areas. Therefore, by purposefully choosing subjects, it is possible to acquire knowledge and skills in the fields of digital sound arranging and cultural event management. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The acquired qualification allows the graduates to teach music at institutions of different type (public and private) and level (pre-school, primary, secondary, high) of both formal and non-formal education, to manage music performing groups at educational and cultural institutions, to organize extra-curricular activities according to the programmes of non-formal education. Access to further study: Access to the second cycle studies upon meeting requirements set by the accepting higher education institution.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the programme is to educate Bachelors of Education Science who are able to perceive and assess the tendencies of physical education and sport training and development, to manage (self-)training of movements performed by learners of different ages and abilities, to form lifelong habits of physical activity. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: The following general competences are being formed: knowing how to learn: a student becomes an independent individual who is responsible for his/her learning, able to raise and achieve learning goals, understanding importance of lifelong learning; communication: a student knows how to communicate verbally and non-verbally; to obtain, understand and render information; cognition: mastering new subjects, a student experiences a joy of cognition; social: a student becomes more conscious, aware, responsible, active, respecting other people; initiative and creativity: obtained knowledge, experience enable self-confidence in one’s own creative capacities; personal: a student becomes a dignified, self-confident, honest, responsible, not afraid of facing difficulties, knowing how to cope with difficulties, objectively assessing himself/ herself and his/her own behaviour person. Subject specific competencies developed: The graduates will be able to: identify the needs of healthy lifestyle, pursuit of sports achievements in school students and physically active individuals; form habits of physical activity; manage the training of movements during lessons, activities of non-formal sport education; solve problems of motivation for sports activities of school children and physically active individuals; apply efficient methods of physical education lessons and non-formal physical activities; carry out scientific research. Learning outcomes: The graduates obtain the fundamentals of physical and sport education, the ability to apply interdisciplinary knowledge on physical education and sport; to select and apply efficient technologies for teaching movements to learners of various ages and sports skills; to perform developing, educational, preventive activities in formal and non-formal environment of physical education and sport (self-)development; to form habits of physical activity, to provide support to school students, to communicate and collaborate with social stakeholders, learners of various ages and abilities; to plan and implement educational research based on various methodological conceptions. Activities of teaching and learning: Study process includes traditional and non-traditional innovative methods of studies: lecture, discussion, case analysis, team work, observation and analysis of the process of physical and sports education, project method, method of creating and solving a situation, analysis of scientific literature and educational practice, method of solving non-traditional tasks, brainstorm, reflection, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Assessment of learning outcomes involves application of the ten-point criteria-based scale and the cumulative system of assessment. The assigned constituent parts are given weight coefficients. The size of them is determined by the intended learning outcomes which suppose the volume of student’s independent work. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Two closely connected parts of the pedagogue training. Learning outcomes of a major study subject (Physical Education) are related to the learning outcomes in the sports field, while emphasising interrelations of teaching and training movements during lessons of physical education, sports training and exercising during non-formal education. The program is clearly structured. The program consists of three blocks (major study field, subjects set by the education institution and selected by a student, individual studies). It is aimed to merge subjects with regard to the objectives, learning outcomes. Specialisations: - Optional courses: In the program 30 credits are allocated for individual studies. Students choose individual studies from those offered at Vilnius University. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study program focuses not only on the training of specialists who can work in comprehensive or sports schools, it seeks to develop competencies that enable graduates of the Programme to successfully integrate into the labour market and to find their niche in the physical education and sports sector, and to be able to create jobs for themselves and other people. The graduates can work successfully with the individuals seeking to achieve high results and with people of all ages. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates can work as teachers of physical education or coaches of non-formal sports education in comprehensive schools and sports education organisations, meet adults’ needs of physical activity while working in sports clubs as coachers, organise and implement individual activities. Access to further study: The graduates can continue their further studies in Master programmes in the group of the fields of Education Sciences (M).

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the study programme is to train innovative subject education teachers, able to apply integration and research based knowledge, necessary for implementation of educational innovations into (non)formal education. The programme offers the following streams in Subject education: Language education (Lithuanian, French, German, Polish, Russian); Science education (biology, chemistry, physics); History; Philosophy and Ethics. Learning outcomes: Students will acquire: 1.1 Knowledge and understanding about pedagogical and psychological, philosophical, managerial and social issues, individual teenager development. 1.2 Knowledge and understanding of fundamentals and concepts of subject area (depends on student’s choice), ability to apply, integrate this knowledge into the pedagogical environment. 1.3 Understanding of special learning needs, physical, cognitive, social and emotional learner’s development, ability to recognize suicidal, deliquental behaviour and provide support in time; 2.1 Knowledge of research methodologies, ethics, ability to theoretically and empirically analyse a defined educational problem within subject teaching, to conduct an action research; 2.2. Ability to collect information about student learning and progress from different sources, to analyse, critically evaluate and discuss research results and conclusions; 2.3 Ability to conduct research according to requirements of final dissertation. 3.1 Ability to collect information about the subject field and recent pedagogical achievements, to apply different methods in teaching and learning practise. 3.2 Ability to identify, to evaluate and solve pedagogical problems and to make professional decisions, having (in)sufficient information about pedagogical and subject context; 3.3 Knowledge and ability in teaching content of the subject field. 3.4 Applying information and communication technologies ability to independently plan, organize and assess student’s learning and progress and to provide pedagogical support; 3.5 Ability to create learning environment and promote student’s learning, positive relationships and cooperation. 3.6 Ability to analyse, critically reflect and evaluate practical (non)formal learning settings, to adapt educational programme and methods taking into consideration an educational context and student needs; 4.1 Ability to communicate about student learning problems and their solution orally and in written form to (non)-specialist audience; 4.2 Ability to effectively communicate and cooperate with students, colleagues, educational support providers and parents taking into consideration personal or group development and cultural context, following the principles of professional ethics; 5.1 Ability to develop (self)learning skills necessary to plan continuing professional development. 5.2 Ability to critically reflect and evaluate one‘s pedagogical professional activities and organize one‘s individual and group learning. Activities of teaching and learning: Active lectures, seminars, laboratory workshops, group discussions, independent study, analytical reading, comparative analysis, brainstorming, essay writing, problem case and situation analysis, planning and organization of pedagogical activities, individual and group work, practice observations, shadowing, lesson delivery, reporting, project work, portfolio method. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Formative (accumulative) and summative assessment by using a grade (10) system; assessment of individual and group tasks (lesson plans, delivery and performance of different activities), presentations, analytical reports on individual and group activities, essays, colloquium, portfolios, pedagogical internships, (self)reflections and (self)assessment, final thesis: presentation and defence. Programme framework in credits: Pedagogical education and training (60 ECTS), including Pedagogical internship (30 ECTS); Subject education options – Language education and training (120 ECTS) - two subjects (options): Lithuanian and German or French; English and French or German; Polish and English or German or French; Russian and English or German or French; (Option) History subject (120 ECTS); (Option) Philosophy and Ethics (120 ECTS); (Option) Science education (90 ECTS): biology or physics or chemistry; Teenage’ pedagogical psychology studies (30 ECTS); General university education (15 ECTS); Final thesis (15 ECTS) Distinctive features of a study programme: Subject Education programme is based on methodology of educational integration: content, formal and non-formal education within the subject field under consideration. Access to professional employment or further study: Programme graduates will acquire an opportunity to work as subject teachers in formal and non-formal educational institutions. Programme graduates can also be employed in public and nongovernmental organisations to organize non-formal learning activities in schools, youth and student hubs, STEAM centres and open access science laboratories. Access to further study: Graduates of the programme can continue their education for Masters’ degree in Subject education or Subject field under consideration.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare professionals in two natural languages and cultures who are able to apply their knowledge of philology and informatics as well as theoretical and methodological approaches to effectively and creatively solve problems related to the interaction of languages, cultures, and technologies in undefined real-life situations, mediating between representatives of different disciplines and various interest groups. Learning outcomes: 1. Knowledge and its application: Students: 1.1. Will know and understand the concepts of philology and informatics disciplines, cognitive assumptions (theories) and research methods, as well as their interdisciplinary connections, and will be able to apply them when analyzing the phenomena of language, cultures, and technologies, and by mediating between different cultural, professional, and technological experience groups in order to facilitate mutual understanding and effective communication; 1.2. Will know and understand how the interaction between philology and informatics disciplines allows tackling complex problems related to multilingual communication in the digital space and the adaptation of digital solutions to different linguistic and cultural audiences; 2. Research skills: 2.1. Will be able to conduct interdisciplinary research, applying the knowledge and skills acquired in the fields of philology and informatics to solve complex problems at the interface of languages, cultures, and technologies: identify a specific interdisciplinary problem, justify the relevance of its solution, select appropriate empirical data, research methods, and relevant sources to solve it, formulate hypotheses and research questions; 2.2. Will be able to collect, analyze, and systematize data from various sources using modern information technologies, library resources, AI tools, modern databases, open data sources, etc.; 2.3. Will be able to interpret, systematize, and describe the research results in a well-argued manner, present them publicly, and defend them in an academic and professional environment; 3. Special skills: 3.1. Will be able to communicate effectively in the languages studied, both orally and in writing, taking into account the communicative intention, the addressee, the social environment, the language register, discourse conventions, cultural aspects, and the communication channel; 3.2. Will be able to analyze the languages studied and their literary and cultural phenomena at various levels, applying appropriate methods from linguistics, literary studies, and digital humanities; 3.3. Will be able to creatively apply knowledge in philology and informatics and use modern information technologies to create various types of multilingual digital content; 3.4. Will be able to use generative translation tools when processing various types of texts, as well as formulate requirements for information systems in order to ensure localization and internationalization, taking into account customer needs and the context of the system being created or updated; 3.5. Will know the most commonly used data formats and be able to find and adapt open data sources (sets) and create their own data sets when solving problems and using information technologies; 3.6. Will be able to define input and output using modern IT and/or AI-based tools; 3.7. Will be able to apply the principles of digital ethics when searching for data or program code solutions, using them, publishing them, or versioning them; 3.8. Will be able to present their own content to the public in order to contribute to the practical applicability of their studies to the needs of society; 4. General competencies of a university graduate: Communication and collaboration: 4.1. Will be able to integrate into an (interdisciplinary and/or multilingual) team in order to achieve a goal that transcends the boundaries of a single direction or worldview, and will be able to find solutions acceptable to all interested parties, organize the work of such a team, and lead it; Multiculturalism: 4.2. Will be aware of the fundamental values of their own and other surrounding cultures and the principles of transcultural communication, and will demonstrate respect and openness towards representatives of other cultures; Responsibility: 4.3. Will be able to plan time and resources, understanding the importance of personal responsibility and adhering to the principles of confidentiality with regard to sensitive information; Problem-solving and reflective thinking: 4.4. Will be able to identify problems and challenges arising in the fields of philology and informatics and at their intersection, critically assess the effectiveness and risks of possible solutions, and select the appropriate solution, either independently or with the help of others; 4.5. Will be able to consciously analyze interdisciplinary experience in order to achieve learning progress and improvement, and will be able to assess the impact of proposed solutions on society and the limitations of those solutions; Openness to change and creative thinking: 4.6. Will be aware of trends in philology and informatics and their intersection, their causes, challenges, and opportunities, will be able to adapt to change, and will understand the importance of openness to change for their learning, work, and career success; 4.7. Be able to generate original ideas and propose creative, innovative solutions by using knowledge of philology and informatics and integrating information from various sources. Activities of teaching and learning: The curriculum implements active, experiential, and technology-based teaching (and learning) methods: problem-based and challenge-based teaching, participatory and flipped lectures, seminars, case studies, discussions, debates, role-playing games, digital content writing, game-based teaching, peer feedback, mentoring, use of IT and AI tools, code tracing, simulations, data visualization, experiential teaching (trips to institutions), intercultural projects, reflection, learning diaries, portfolios. Classroom and independent work are effectively supplemented by virtual teaching (and learning) methods (mainly using the Moodle platform and MS Teams). Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The assessment strategy is based on formative qualitative assessment and cumulative criterion-based assessment. The final assessment for the subject is an examination, the Bachelor's Thesis Seminar is a pass/fail assessment, and the Bachelor Thesis is defended at an open BA thesis defense committee session. The self-assessment of the student's progress is consistently encouraged, and the peer assessment of students' work is also used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Subjects that develop digital competences in philology: Language and Applied Informatics, Algorithms and Data Structures, Digital Content Writing, Basics of Mathematical Logic for Information Search, Project in Modern Search Engines, Man and Machine: History and Trends, Project in Multilingual Content Management, Data Management, Internet Technologies for Digital Communication, Project in Internet Technologies, Python for Humanities, Bachelor's Thesis Seminar, Bachelor Thesis, Internship. Subjects in linguistics: Contrastive Grammar: English and German I/III, Phonetics and Digital Speech Analysis: English and German, Contrastive Grammar: English and German II/III, Contrastive Grammar: English and German III/III. Subjects in literature and culture: Literatures in Dialogue (English and German), Society and Culture in the Digital Age: English-speaking World, Society and Culture in the Digital Age: German-speaking Countries, Transcultural Mediation. Subjects developing multilingual communication skills: Multilingual Proficiency in English and German I/IV, Multilingual Proficiency in English and German II/IV, Multilingual Proficiency in English and German III/IV, Multilingual Proficiency in English and German IV/IV, Research Communication in English and German. Specialisations: – Optional courses: In semesters 3–7, students will be able to customize their studies and use 30 credits freely by choosing: • any subject (module) offered by the Faculty of Philology and/or Faculty of Mathematics and Informatics; • any subject (module) offered by any other faculty of Vilnius University; • interdisciplinary subjects; • participate in academic exchanges (partial studies, internships). Distinctive features of a study programme: This English-language study program is interdisciplinary, connecting philology by language (main field) and informatics (another field). It is focused on maximizing the integration and continuous development of competences: competences in philology and informatics are linked through interdisciplinary subjects, while competences in two languages, literatures, and cultures (English and German) are linked through shared subjects. The program meets the needs of the future labor market and provides a solid foundation in humanities, with digital technology as an integral part. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: This program will provide career opportunities in companies, institutions, and organizations that require the integration of English and German language and cultural competencies and IT skills, analytical, critical, and creative thinking, problem-solving abilities, and the ability to ensure smooth communication between various interest groups. Graduates of this program will be able to work in customer relations, multilingual digital (cultural) communication, digital content creation, language technology and natural language processing (NLP), (IT) project coordination and/or management, digital transformation, data analysis, multilingual web content, and, to some extent, programming (as junior programmers). In addition, graduates of this program will be able to work independently, entering the labor market segment of services provided by a qualified workforce, and provide various services to businesses in the digital space, such as digital content creation (digital writing) and management, data analysis and management, consulting, education and training, and project management. Access to further study: Graduates of this program will be able to continue their studies at the MA level in English Studies, Languages for Specific Purposes (Law), Linguistics, Classical Studies, Semiotics, Languages and Cultures of the Nordic and Baltic Sea Region, Translation, Literary Anthropology and Culture, Intermedial Literary Studies, Public Discourse Linguistics, Audiovisual Translation, Media and Digital Publishing, Public Relations, International Communication, Informatics, Computer Modeling (after additional studies in informatics), and Software Engineering.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop core competences in English philology, including English communication skills (C1-C2), mediation and translation, the basics of linguistics and literary studies, an understanding of the cultures of English-speaking countries, the ability to conduct simple linguistic or literary research as well as to provide the knowledge of developing and implementing public relations strategies, developing the skills needed to create effective public relations content. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Collaboration: ability to express ideas on public relations in verbal and written form within a team, participate in discussions with professionals and other interested groups; ability to motivate team members to work together in pursuit of common goals. Responsibility: ability to work responsibly and independently, taking creative and innovative decisions in complex public relations situations; ability to act as a leader, taking responsibility for the quality of his/her own performance as a public relations content creator, and to follow professional ethics when implementing public relations projects. Interculturalism: understanding of the specificities of different cultures, ability to analyse and critically evaluate cultural contexts, ability to learn, work and interact constructively with people from other cultures, guided by respect and openness to cultural, national and religious diversity. Problem solving: ability to analyse and critically evaluate the quality of public relations projects, identify and solve public relations problems based on research and practical examples. Openness to change: ability to analyse changes in the field of public relations and consider possible new ways of applying knowledge and methodologies to public relations practice; ability to identify areas for his/her own improvement in the changing environment of public relations and to plan purposefully the development of their competences, openness to new ideas and a commitment to being creative and innovative. Subject specific competencies developed: Knowledge and its application: acquiring the knowledge of linguistics, its fields and methods, the English language system, literature, trends and methods in literary studies, and the development of English and American literature; acquiring the knowledge of Great Britain, the United States of America and other English-speaking countries and their socio-cultural context; understanding the links between language and culture through translation and other mediation activities; gaining the knowledge of public relations and ability to develop effective public relations communication content. Research skills: ability to identify and investigate a philological research issue, selecting appropriate empirical material, research methods, and bibliographic sources, describe the results of the research and present them to public; ability to organise public opinion research, conduct data analysis and use the results to design and implement public relations projects. Specific competences: ability to describe and analyse English language phenomena at various levels (phonetic, morphological, semantic, pragmatic, etc.); ability to use English by selecting appropriate language registers, including English language for specific purposes used in politics, business, technical texts, etc.; ability to analyse phenomena in English and American literature; ability to identify and explain cultural features of English-speaking countries; ability to communicate and produce texts in different genres in English (C1-C2 level of the CEFR); ability to reference, edit and translate specialised texts from English into Lithuanian and vice versa; ability to apply acquired knowledge of English philology and public relations skills in professional practice; ability to use modern information technologies and appropriate data resources (dictionaries, term banks, etc.) as well as to present the results of practical tasks to the public.. Learning outcomes: The aim of the English Philology and Public Relations study programme, which grants a Bachelor of Humanities degree, is to train specialists with solid knowledge of the English language and literature, who are able to analyse the regularities, structure and functions of the language, as well as to discuss English literary phenomena from various aspects. Graduates will be able to produce various types of texts and communicate effectively in both English and Lithuanian in various situations. They will be prepared to independently conduct philological research, using both theoretical knowledge and practical skills, and to use modern technologies for translating and editing texts from English into Lithuanian and vice versa. The knowledge of public relations theories and strategies acquired during the studies will enable graduates to create impactful content that meets the needs of the target audience, develop creative public relations projects and successfully implement them. By combining knowledge of English philology and public relations, they will be able to communicate effectively in international and culturally diverse environments, as well as to create and implement innovative public relations campaigns that meet the needs of today‘s labour market. Activities of teaching and learning: The studies of subjects are organised by applying the following forms of studies: lectures, seminars, individual and group consultations. All these forms of studies are geared towards promoting an active learning of students. Theoretical lectures are inclusive ones with discussion method applied. The latter helps to develop skills of integrated knowledge in making decisions. During seminars, individual and group work methods are applied, the students are given standard and creative tasks which enable developing professional and transferable skills, teach the students to systematise and interpret information, consolidate their foreign language usage skills. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Oral and written examinations, practice, presentations, group and individual homework, cumulative assessment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme consists of compulsory subjects (180 credits) and individualised study subjects (30 credits). 160 credits are allocated to English philology subjects, which provide subject knowledge, professional and general skills necessary to obtain a university qualification as a philologist. 50 credits are allocated to public relations subjects, which provide the knowledge necessary for a public relations specialist. 15 credits are allocated to professional practice and 15 credits are allocated to final thesis. Individual study subjects consist of 30 credits, which can be chosen from the list provided. Specialisations: - Optional courses: 30 credits are allocated for optional subjects of individualised studies. Distinctive features of a study programme: ills of public relations subjects (50 credits) in the field of social sciences acquired during the course of studies. This programme provides not only solid knowledge and skills necessary for English philology specialists, but also the knowledge necessary for a public relations specialist who is able to create effective public relations content for the target audience. The English language knowledge is applied for communication purposes: developing and implementing public relations campaigns, as well as mediating or translating texts. Developed cooperation with the social partners allows for the creation and implementation of real projects during the internship. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the programme will be prepared for independent work in private and public sector companies and organisations at national and international level: translation agencies, public relations agencies, and in the media field. Access to further study: Access to the second cycle studies upon meeting requirements set by the accepting higher education institution.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The programme aims at providing a solid basis in the fundamentals of linguistics and literary theory, communication skills in English (C1-C2 according the CEFR), an ability to understand the culture of English-speaking countries, to analyse phenomena of English language and literature in a broad linguistic and literary context. It also includes basic skills in critical thinking, autonomous learning, communicating and working in a multilingual environment. During the internship, the students acquire basic skills in translation, research skills or skills in teaching English as a foreign language. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be able to: • understand linguistic and literary concepts, • carry out philological research, • analyse the system of English at different levels (Phonetics, Grammar, Lexicology, Pragmatics etc.), establish comparisons between English and Lithuanian, • analyse and interpret English and American literature, and literatures in English in a broader literary and cultural context, understand the culture of English-speaking countries and compare it to Lithuanian culture, • communicate in English (C1-C2 according the CEFR) and Lithuanian in various situations, understand, skim, create and edit texts of various genres in English, translate and interpret from/to English. They will also demonstrate basic skills in teaching English as a foreign language and using IT to process language. Other skills include: • autonomous and team learning and work; • analysing, systematizing and evaluating information; • communicating and working in an intercultural environment; • creative generating ides, • critical self-evaluation and continuous learning. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme is student-oriented. Contact hours make approximately 35 per cent of the total student’s workload. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars, practical classes, internship and professional placement, as well as independent work. Apart from classical lectures, demonstration of video and audio material, illustration etc., active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups (about 16 students) and student-oriented methods are used such as brainstorming, group discussions, presentations and reading (individual and in pairs). A lot of attention is devoted to independent studies: essay and term paper writing, using different information technologies, feedback and peer-review. Students have internship at the university and professional placement outside the university (in translation bureaus, publishing houses, editorial offices, schools, etc.). The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic or literary research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. The written (or written and oral) examination provides only a part of the final grade. The student accumulates the remaining part by submitting essays and research papers, taking tests, delivering presentations as well as doing other assignments. The specific proportions and the grade calculating formula depends on the learning outcomes aimed by the specific course. The internship included preparing a work placement report. In the case of the final thesis, the assessment covers the thesis itself, its presentation and defence. To assess the student's achievements, the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) is used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The degree programme consists of 1) English philology as the major study field (at least 165 credits) which includes linguistics, language communication (understanding, writing and translating texts), literature and culture. The ability to carry out linguistic/literary research is developed by writing and defending the BA thesis (20 credits in total). The independent practice and work placement (15 credits in total) is available as the following options: translation, research-related practice (corpus linguistics), teaching English as a foreign language; 2) general university studies (at least 15 credits); 3) other optional courses (up to 60 credits) in the English language, linguistics, literature; minor study field or just various courses in other study fields or general university studies. Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional courses in the English language, linguistic and literature (at least 60 credits of the major study field) as well as general university education enable the students to individualise their studies. In addition, the students have the opportunity to choose a minor study field (60 credits) starting in their second year or study various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests. Distinctive features of a study programme: The strengths of the degree programme are the all-round studies in English philology that cover the English language, linguistics, literature and culture at different levels (from theoretical knowledge to its application in practical situations, analysis, synthesis and evaluation) as well as research integration that ensures a solid education. A distinctive feature is provided by the four-fold opportunity to individualise the studies (up to 50 per cent of the programme) according to one’s motivation and interests by choosing: 1) course units covering various aspects of the English language, linguistics and literature; 2) a minor study field from the list of minor programmes offered at Vilnius University; 3) minor studies in subject pedagogy resulting in a BA degree and the teacher’s professional qualification; 4) various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education). Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates are highly-qualified philologists, able to meet the modern society’s needs by working in translation bureaus, editorial offices, publishing houses, travel agencies, consular offices, other institutions and companies where excellent command of English, interpersonal and intercultural skills are required. Access to further study: Graduates of the English Philology programme can continue their studies in a variety of second-cycle degree programmes in humanities, first of all, specialising in philology. They can choose master programmes offered by Vilnius University: translation/interpreting, general/applied linguistics, literary anthropology and culture, intermedial literary studies, semiotics etc. They can also enter master programmes in humanities or social sciences offered by other universities, provided they fulfil the admission requirements other as well as some master programmes in the field of social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Programme – to provide knowledge and understanding of history research as a precondition of different cultural, political and anthropological discourses, to provide competences to conduct cultural history research according to history science requirements considering various theory and methodological contexts and to provide the competences required to work in dynamic professional surroundings. Learning outcomes: Knowledge of general European and Lithuanian cultural history development and phenomena, the main epochs, institutions, personalities and texts and understanding of the possibilities and conditions of applying knowledge. Knowledge and understanding of sources of different epochs and cultural phenomena research, research methods and presentation of research outcomes; ability to recognise different occurrences of cultural history and analyse, interpret and present them. Good knowledge of at least one cultural history epoch (sources, research methods, historiography, etc.), understanding of its place and importance in the context of European culture. Knowledge of the main socio-cultural anthropology and cultural history terms, ideas and ability to recognise and apply them in the research fields of contemporary humanitarian and sociological sciences. Knowledge and ability to apply historical anthropology methods, allowing to research everyday-life structures, microhistory objects, mentality structures, forms and expression of identity. Understanding of different strategies of using imagery from the past in the public space, in the academic discourse, in the field of history politics and the ability to analyse them. Understanding of the development of cultural history research and the relation between the main historical research and recording types (schools) and political, cultural, social realities of the certain epoch and outlooks. Understanding of the political, cultural, world view, social, historical, etc. sources, which determined the features of the 21st century society’s historical memory, ability to form research problems, important in the academic and public sense, taking into consideration the mentioned features of the historical memory. Ability to conduct research compliant with the history science requirements, which also displays the traditions of cultural history research, the knowledge of current research and critical interpretation required to determine the degree of problem investigation, to form the tasks for research and the imperative for the research’s importance. Ability to conduct cultural history research employing diverse information on the sources base, required for the solving of a certain problem; ability to critically assess, analyse and interpret the sources; ability to create new sources required for the research, through the employing of socio-cultural and historical anthropology methods (such as conduct field work: participant observation, interviews, case studies, “thick description”, etc.). Ability to identify, to understand, and assess cultural phenomena and present them to the society. Understanding of the multi-perspectivity of cultural history, and an ability to foster it. Ability to participate in the interdisciplinary research requiring knowledge of cultural history. Ability to understand multiculturalism, assess and interpret the processes accruing in contemporary society, and the sources and conditions of these processes. Ability to keep professional ethical commitments. Ability to convey knowledge of cultural history and anthropology to specialist and non-specialist audiences in a reasoned way. Ability to raise and foster the historical awareness of the society, to recognise and react to the changing expectations of the society in terms of cultural history and heritage. Ability to learn and renew knowledge, create new ideas, and strive for quality. Ability to work independently and in a work group, using the experience of project work. Ability to think critically, manage information and communicate. Activities of teaching and learning: Teacher guided/Student centered learning approach. Lectures, seminars, excursions, projects, presentations, reading and commenting historiographical texts autonomously, discussions, practical exercises, practice, problem based study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examinations (written and oral), colloquial, tests, assessment of report and presentations, written papers, exercise course, practice, project. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Programme Cultural History and Anthropology is organized in modular system. The module integrates several closely related topics, presents different research and study methods. There are two types of modules: obligatory and optional. Main study field has 165 credits, one module – 15 credits. The programme starts with four modules: Introduction to Studies; Cultural History I: Lithuania; Cultural History II: Europe; Concepts and Research Methods of Anthropology. These four modules (60 credits in total) can be also chosen by the students from other study programmes as Minor studies of Cultural History and Anthropology. Students also study Speciality Polish Language; Speciality Russian Language, Speciality Latin Language. Bachelor Seminar; Bachelor Thesis end the studies. 15 credits go to the modules of General university education. Practical training is integrated into general curricular of Cultural History and Anthropology programme. Obligatory practise compose part of two modules: Concepts and Research Methods of Anthropology and Bachelor Seminar. Other modules have also practical training included. The placement for practical training is organized with the help of social partners of the Faculty of History. Specialisations: The Programme has three specializations: deeper specialization of the chosen area; specialization in History and Anthropology of Ethnic Minorities; specialization in Cultural Tourism. Optional courses: Visual Culture; Modernity: Origin, Transformation and Ideas; Profiles and the GDL Culture: Past, Tradition, Heritage; History of Christianity; European Regions: Ideas, Identities and Historiographies; The Long Nineteenth Century; Sovietology and Soviet Studies; Ethnic and Territorial Conflicts in East and Central Europe; Auxiliary Sciences of History I. Distinctive features of a study programme: Studying Minor studies, offered at Vilnius University, student might acquire a double degree. Students can acquire Teacher‘s qualification. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: After graduation student should be ready for independent activity in the field of cultural history (in a broad sense). The bachelor degree of cultural history is useful for employment in any administration and valorisation of the cultural patrimony in its various manifestations. Graduates can work in museums, achieves, field of cultural heritage, cultural tourism, combining the knowledge of cultural history, heritage and tourism. Graduates can be employed in a field where knowledge and competences of history, heritage and law of ethnic minorities are needed as well as in other fields where history is applied. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies in the Master programmes of offered by the Faculty of History: Archaeology, History, and Heritage Conservation. They can also study in other Second Cycle studies in the humanities or social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of study program – to prepare qualified specialists of information technologies (IT) who have fundamental knowledge in the areas of information systems design and management expanded by the interdisciplinary knowledge enabling them to create and implement electronic marketing solutions based on application of information and communication technologies. Learning outcomes: The learning outcomes of the study program conform to the main provisions of the qualification requirements of the informatics study fields, job market demands and student expectations for the study process and relevance of the acquired skills in Lithuania and internationally. The learning outcomes: • Knowledge and skills in the area of information systems based on fundamental and applied scientific research results • Knowledge and applied skills in marketing science and digital marketing areas based on fundamental and applied scientific research results • Ability to identify, select, configure and apply relevant means and tools of information and communication technologies for efficient planning, implementation and management of marketing processes in the digital environments • Ability to identify technological requirements for design, elaboration and application of innovative digital marketing models • Analytical and critical thinking • Ability to work individually and in teams • Communication and special skills Activities of teaching and learning: Theoretical and practical studies in site or online during lectures and labworks by utilising material and virtual study resources, performed in combination with individual self pace studies. Problem solving based on theoretical knowledge, case studies, practical tasks, development of skills in the areas of information technologies, programming tools, digital marketing models, advanced analytics, individual and teamwork projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Exams in oral and written forms, course works, individual and team assignments, their oral, visual presentation and reports, intermediate evaluations, tests, knowledge evaluation of self and colleagues, fulfilment of practice at real companies and its report defence, preparing and defence of the final bachelo thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Fundamental part of the study program (60 ECTS credits): • Mathematics and Informatics fundamental subjects (Mathematics, Discrete mathematics in computer science, Statistics, Technologies and digital society, Computer architecture, Introduction to programming, Information systems and data bases, Algorithm theory and data structures, Artificial intelligence fundamentals, Internet-based Information Delivery medium technologies, Requirement analysis and specification for information systems, Programming languages and applications) • Special part (90 ECTS credits) includes subjects in informatics, marketing, applied marketing technologies and general competences. Subjects of the special part: • Special subjects in informatics (Audiovisual digital technologies, Programming technologies for mobile devices, Big data analytics, Cyber security and personal data management, Social networks information analysis) • Marketing fundamentals and general competences (Transformation of Marketing fundamentals in electronic media, Applied foreign language (English), Electronic sales technologies and product management, Integrated marketing communication, Consumer behavior in the internet, Digital project management; Marketing research) • Subjects of applied marketing technologies (E-business technologies, Digital product monetization technologies and strategies, Electronic distribution solutions, Market modelling and forecasting, Content marketing; Digital brand management) Term paper (5 ECTS credits); Learning internship (15 ECTS credits); Bachelor final thesis (15 ECTS credits) Specialisations: - Optional courses: • Elective modules (10 ECTS credits) selected from the following subjects: Advertising technologies; Forensic of digital content and hazard software assessment; Team work-based information system design, International marketing E-business ethics; E-marketing strategic management; Technologic innovations’ management; • General University subjects (BUS) (15 ECTS credits); Distinctive features of a study programme: The disctinctive features of Marketing technologies (MARTECH) study program are determined by integration of the fundamental content of the informatics study program with the marketing knowledge, digital marketing models and technologies, as well as development of interdisciplinary theoretical and practical skills by applying of innovatice digital technologies during the study process. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of the “Marketing technologies” study program will be awarded qualification of Bachelor of Informatics sciences, which opens possibilities for the wide spectrum of informatics professional career with the unique advanced competences in the digital marketing area, which currently experiences growing demand for IT qualitified specialists. The graduates of “Marketing technologies” study program will be qualified for jobs implying dissemination of digital information in the internet, mobile media and social networks, applying advanced analytics models for online data, take positions of the analysts and designers of enterprise information systems, creators and implementors of efficient solutions in the areas of specialized internet advertising, project managers in large, medium and small enterprises and public enterprises, develop innovative marketing models in the startup companies. They will be able to pursue careers in the enterprises working in the areas of digital marketing, internet communication, electronic sales and marketing departments, advertising agencies, companies of news media and technologies, international internet content providers and distributors, marketing analytics service companies. Access to further study: After graduating the ‟Marketing technologies” bachelor study program the further studies can be planned in either informatics or management study directions for obtaining master diploma in the universities of Lithuania or abroad. The acquired qualification enables further education planning in the doctoral study level. In VU Business school the master study program “Digital marketing” is proposed, which awards qualification in the Master of business Management Marketing area. Further master studies in the Informatics area can be offered in Vilnius university. VU Kaunas faculty has two relevant study programs of Marketing management master degree ‟Marketing and sales management”, and ‟Financial technologies- Fintech” master degree. In Lithuania there are currently no master study programs which could directly match the interdisciplinary concept of the proposed Marketing technologies study program.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Creative Communication study program is to train highly skilled communication professionals capable of designing and applying communication models for the planning and preparation of a creative and innovative communication project or a single product communication campaign; who have the knowledge and skills to analyze and critically evaluate creative projects. Learning outcomes: The graduate of the Creative Communication study program is able to process information and plan public communication by identifying the stakeholders, preparing the communication plan (formulating the message, choosing the appropriate media channels and tools), is able to carry out communication research independently, can evaluate the reliability of communication research results. The program graduate is able to prepare and lead a creative project or its communication team. The graduate is able to develop a creative idea and present it as a project, service, or product. Graduates of the program are proficient in oral and audio-visual communication tools and are able to use modern technology to create verbal and / or visual script and narrative that can be adapted to the needs of different target groups. Activities of teaching and learning: The study methods are related to the content of the subjects and aims of the program. During the lectures, the theoretical material is presented in the context of its practical application (case analysis, project activities, group and individual tasks, creative tasks, problem-based learning, etc.). Lectures, seminars-discussions are held in order to provide students with theoretical knowledge. In addition to traditional teaching methods, there is a whole range of other ways of engaging students in the learning process. To ensure not only passive but also active learning the students are systematically encouraged to work independently and creatively, to perform case studies, implement individual and group projects, to solve tasks individually or in the group. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination. Student’s knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (insufficient) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The compulsory subjects – 120 ECTS. The study program consists of the following core subject groups: Communication Skills, Creative Industries, Creativity Education, Communication Philosophy and Theory, Media Genres, Media Dramaturgy. Students must also complete 15 ECTS of General University Studies. Professional practice – 30 ECTS. There are three practice periods within the program. During the first year introductory practice, the students are introduced to communication as a field of creative industries. Second practise is 1 month and the third is 2 months long. During their individual internships in public and private sector firms and organizations, the students are consolidating their university knowledge in the work environment, and developing skills for work organizing, teamwork, and other. Bachelor thesis – 20 credits. Specialisations: The study program provides that from the middle of the studies the student can choose two different tracks of studies: deeper specialization in the same field or continue with general university education. Optional courses: Elective subjects – 70 ECTS. By choosing elective subjects, students can explore the filed(s) in the creative industries of their particular interests (music, television, cinema, theater, fashion, etc.) and deepen their knowledge in marketing, management, or media. Distinctive features of a study programme: The program emphasizes audiovisual communication skills. Students are taught the basics of photography, audio and video directing, editing, video cameraman craft. During their studies and in developing individual communication projects, students are able to use professional equipment at radio and television studios of the Faculty. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The qualification awarded allows seeking employment in the field of communication and creative communication (organizing events, disseminating information, planning and organizing communication campaigns, preparing scenarios). Graduates can also work in the creative industries sector (cinema and video art, publishing, radio and television production and broadcasting, advertising, etc.). Access to further study: Graduates of the program allows seeking higher qualification in the master's degree programs of the Faculty of Communication at Vilnius University or other higher education institutions in the field of social sciences and humanities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the first cycle study programme "Innovative Communication and Entrepreneurship" is to prepare highly qualified communication specialists who understand and are able to apply communication, digital media and marketing solutions, and are able to create and communicate content in multiple media, using essential knowledge of responsible and innovative business creation, entrepreneurial mindset and competences. Learning outcomes: 1. Knowledge and its application 1.1. Students will understand communication theories, models, theories and principles of traditional and digital multi-media, the role and impact of contemporary communication on stakeholders and society; and be able to apply this knowledge responsibly in analysing and evaluating the impact of communication and media, and in dealing with current business and communication issues. 1.2. Students will understand the communication processes, content creation and dissemination principles of modern organisations and be able to apply this knowledge in practice to plan and implement communication projects, to develop and implement innovations that meet business needs and create competitive advantage and added value for organisations. 1.3. They will be familiar with the theories of modern management, marketing, finance and global economic sciences, which form the entrepreneurial mindset and abilities, and will be able to apply them to systematically analyse the theoretical and practical aspects of business and start-up creation, management and development. 2. Ability to conduct research 2.2. Students will understand the nature, logic and need for scientific and applied research, and be able to independently apply appropriate research methods to the study of traditional and digital communication processes and content, and multi-media. 2.2. Students will be able to plan scientific and applied research, applying analytical approaches to the study of communication activities, to collect and analyse data, selecting appropriate quantitative and qualitative methods, and to observe research ethics in the planning and implementation of communication activities in an organisation. 2.3. Students will be able to use a variety of sources of information effectively, to search for, locate, process and analyse data, to draw conclusions based on data, and to present the results of the analysis to a variety of stakeholder groups. 3. Specific competences 3.1. Students will be able to design, analyse and evaluate communication projects, taking into account the objectives and target audiences of organisations, communities and other communication actors, applying modern information technologies and applying the principles of creativity, innovation and dissemination. 3.1. Students will be able to plan and develop relevant, data-driven and/or creative communication content, responding to the specificities of traditional and digital multi-media, with appropriate application of the principles of creative expression, public speaking and professional language. 3.3. Students will be able to assess the national and international market context in which the organisation operates or the planned communication campaign is planned, anticipate risks and take forward-looking decisions for the creation and sustainable development of a business/startup and the development and implementation of a communication strategy, applying innovative methodologies. They will be able to apply knowledge of organisational management and organisation to the implementation of communication activities, linking them to the organisation's objectives, values and policies, as well as to represent the organisation, in an ethical manner, and to enhance and build its reputation. 4. General competences of a graduate of the University 4.1. Collaboration: Students will be able to work individually and as part of a team to plan and implement communication activities for organisations and businesses, and to design and develop communication activities and projects. Students will be able to communicate and collaborate with communication and business professionals and stakeholders, to be a leader who empowers the team to meet challenges 4.2.Sense of Responsibility: Students will be able to apply the tools and techniques of modern information technology and multi-media in a responsible and transparent manner in professional activities. Students will be aware of and act in a professional manner in accordance with the principles of social responsibility, professional ethics, citizenship, appreciation of human freedoms and rights and respect for the principles of freedom of speech. 4.3. Interculturality: Students will be have the knowledge and ability to communicate in their professional activities by appreciating the local and global context of the world and different cultures through intercultural communication competences. Students will be understand and be able to be tolerant in their professional activities: of different opinions, cultures and forms of expression. 4.4. Problem solving: Students will be be able to independently develop and expand their competences in communication and entrepreneurial skills, to learn throughout their life, to carry out ethical and sustainable activities based on creativity, self-expression, innovation, and to adapt easily to change and unforeseen situations (including crisis situations). 4.5. Openness to change: Students will be be able to adapt quickly to changing media environments by applying knowledge of media and information literacy. 5. Other social and personal skills 5.1. Students will be able to apply critical thinking, information literacy, social responsibility, general communication competences and professional ethics in cooperation with business, social partners, clients, consumers, and other stakeholders. Activities of teaching and learning: This programme will use active learning methods: theoretical lectures, seminars, discussions, presentations, and individual and group assignments. During the programme, students will develop both their theoretical knowledge and practical skills by developing innovative communication solutions and presenting projects using various presentation tools, receiving valuable feedback. In addition, students will take part in design thinking workshops where they will solve real-world problems, create product prototypes, and present their solutions. Using both Challenge-based Learning and Problem-based Learning methodologies, students will solve challenging real-world communication and business problems posed by social partners related to technology, digitalization, and artificial intelligence. The programme foresees that students will write business plans involving innovative communication strategies and present them through cross-analysis. Simulations and case studies will help develop decision-making skills by analyzing real business situations. Mentoring programmes and networking sessions will give students the opportunity to collaborate with experts and gain valuable contacts. Digital content creation and analysis will enable students to acquire the ability to use digital tools effectively and analyze their impact. Interactive lectures with experts will provide practical knowledge from industry leaders, while Hackathon-style events will encourage creativity and quick solutions to business and communication challenges. All these activities will help students not only to acquire knowledge but also to put it into practice in real-life situations. As part of the programme, students will visit various companies, institutions, and organizations such as Startup Lithuania, Vilnius Technology and Business Incubator (VTVi), Vilnius University Innovation and Business Centre (VUBIC), Tele2 Innovation Centre, EIT Digital, Lithuanian Radio and Television (LRT), Bored Panda, Vinted and Greentech Lithuania. These visits will provide students with valuable insights into innovation, entrepreneurship, communication, and the application of digital technologies in business, as well as help them to learn how to develop and implement innovative solutions in the real world. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The assessment strategy is based on educational (formative) qualitative and cumulative criterion-based assessment. The final assessment of the subject will take the form of an examination and, in the case of the BA thesis (semester 8), a defence in an open meeting of the BA Thesis Defence Board. Self-assessment of the student's own progress is also consistently encouraged, and peer assessment of students' performances is also used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Contemporary communication and multi-media: Introduction to Innovations, Communication and Media: Networked Technologies, Critical Thinking, AI and Communication; Creative Industries: Politics, Economy, Culture and Innovations; Media, Culture and Society; Digital Storytelling I: Digital Content Creation (Creative Writing); Communication Strategies and Tactics: Influence and Influencers; Digital Storytelling II: Digital Media Strategies. Subjects on Innovative Communication in the Organization: Organizations, Innovations and Communication Management I: Integrated Communication and Innovations; Organizations, Innovations and Communication Management II: Creative Audiences (Knowledge, Attitudes, Behaviour); Leadership and Communication for Innovations; Communication Strategies and Tactics: Influence and Influencers; Sustainability, Social Responsibility and Ethics: Innovative Communication for Change Entrepreneurship subjects: Entrepreneurship Fundamentals (Business Environment, Foundational Business Skills for Startups, Global Landscape of Entrepreneurship); Innovation and Business Model Development (Business Modeling, Marketing for Start-ups, CBL (Challenge-based Learning) project); Sustainable Venture Formation, Funding and Launch Strategies (Venture Development & Growth, Securing Resources & Financing Strategies, CBL (Challenge-based Learning) project). Subjects developing researcher competences: Introduction to Academic Skills: Reading, Thinking and Writing; Researching in Digital Age I: Introduction to Research; Researching in Digital Age II: Digital Communication Research Methods; Academic Research Competencies: Science and Scholarly Communication; Final Thesis. Internship: in a business, start-up, communications agency. Specializations: none Optional courses: During semesters 2-5, the student will be able to personalize his/her studies and choose freely within the 45 credits: • any subject/module offered by the KF; • any subject/module offered by any other VU faculty; • subjects/modules of the General University Studies; • interdisciplinary subjects; • participate in academic exchanges (part-time studies, internships). Distinctive features of a study programme: This study programme combines communication science and entrepreneurship, aiming to bridge different disciplines and deepen understanding of the interactions between people, technology, and business dynamics in today’s networked society. It prepares professionals in communication and business who will understand innovative communication, digital media, modern marketing, entrepreneurship, start-up creation and management, sustainable economics, finance, and strategic management. Practical experience through business partnerships and projects will help students apply their knowledge in future professional environments, developing key skills in modern technologies and professional practice. Other features: · The only KF Bachelor's degree programme in English, jointly run with another VU unit. · The only bachelor's degree in Lithuania integrating an entrepreneurship component. Access to professional activity or further study: Opportunity to continue studies at MA level: International Communication (KF); Digital Marketing (VM) International Project Management (VM) DeepTech Entrepreneurship (VM) Sustainable Finance and Investments (VM) MBA Entrepreneurship and Innovations (VM) - if they have at least 3 years of work experience. Access to professional activity: The assessment strategy is based on educational (formative) qualitative assessment as well as cumulative criterion-based assessment. The final assessment of the subject will take the form of an examination and, in the case of the BA thesis (semester 8), a defence in an open meeting of the BA Thesis Defence Board. Self-assessment of the student's own progress is also consistently encouraged, and peer assessment of students' performances is also used. The Bachelor's degree programme Innovative Communication and Entrepreneurship will produce graduates who are prepared to analyse a wide range of challenges and solve problems, who will be able to capitalise on their own knowledge in a constantly changing context, and who will be ready to start their own business or contribute to the growth and innovation of existing organisations, especially in the fields of digital media, communication and business development. By successfully entering the labour market and taking on a variety of roles (e.g. communications experts in multinational corporations, digital content creators, entrepreneurs in the start-up ecosystem, innovation project managers or heads of integrated communications departments), they will be contributing to the advancement of society both in Lithuania and abroad. Access to further study: Opportunity to continue studies at MA level with VU established entry requirements for 2nd cycle.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the study programme is to prepare a bachelor of classical philology, fluent in Latin and ancient Greek, proficient in Ancient Greece and Rome history, culture, and philosophy; to familiarise students with the theoretical aspects of ancient Greek and Latin, with the main stages of the ancient literature, with the key aspects of the ancient culture, and the main problems of the ancient philosophy to provide general philological education, to develop ability to independently analyse the forms of expression of language and literature. To teach the basics of translation and develop Latin-ancient Greek translation skills. To develop students’ independence, analytical thinking and openness to other cultures. Learning outcomes: Graduates of classical philology studies will be able to: - analyse and explain the linguistic phenomena characteristic of ancient Greek and Latin in different respects (phonetics, morphology, history, etc.); - compare the phenomena characteristic of ancient languages with those characteristic of the Lithuanian language and identify as well as explain respective similarities and differences; - understand, independently translate and comment ancient and neo-Latin texts in the light of their literary, historic and cultural context; - prepare texts and work with them in such areas as publishing, terminology, lexicography and bibliographic research; - analyse and assess phenomena characteristic of ancient (Greek and Roman) literature in terms of genre and style by employing respective terminology and methods; - perceive the status of ancient literature in the broader context of Western literature and the tradition of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania (GDL); - analyse and establish relations with various phenomena of ancient culture in their broadest sense (in terms of history, art, philosophy, literature, etc.) and perceive them as a whole; - recognise and explain elements of ancient culture in later cultural epochs, including modern-day phenomena; - translate (edit) various texts, make bibliographic inventories when working for translation service providers, publishing houses, editorial offices, libraries, etc.; - conduct simple research with the help of modern information technologies (corpora, databases, text processing software, etc.). Activities of teaching and learning: Forms (lectures, workshops, seminars, individual work, etc.) and methods (engaging lectures, problem-based teaching, display of audio/video material, debates, teamwork, projects, etc.) of contact hours are selected for each course to help students absorb the material of the course and realise aims and objectives of the course. Since the main portion of the studies of Classical Philology consists of learning Ancient Greek and Latin languages and also other foreign languages, lectures and seminars are the main two forms used for teaching languages. Theoretical courses, which require visual aids are delivered using films, slides and other visual material. Both during seminars and lectures active participation of students is prioritised: student-lecturer dialogue, group discussion, student presentation, presentation, analysis, and discussion of classical text fragments translated by students, formulation and critical assessment of arguments, and theoretical justification of specific linguistic and literary phenomena. Traditional methods of memorising, reading and writing exercises are also used to assess basic knowledge of Latin and Ancient Greek languages. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: There can be continuous, interim and final assessments of students' achievements during a course (module). The final assessment of students' achievements in a course (module) can be a cumulative grade, which is calculated according to percentages indicated in the course (module) description. Examinations are verbal and written, cumulative assessment is applied. An assessment strategy is chosen according to learning outcomes and methods of assessment. The main methods of assessment are: tests (open or multiple choice tasks), oral presentations, essays, reports, papers, projects. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Linguistics (Introduction to Linguistics; Greek and Latin Historical Grammar parts I-II) Literature and culture (Introduction to Literary Theory; History of Greek Literature; History of Roman Literature; Greek and Roman History I-II; Introduction to Classical Philology I/II (Ancient Mythology); Introduction to Classical Philology II/II (Digital Technologies in Classical Philology) Studies of classical languages (Latin and Ancient Greek) and texts (Ancient Greek Language and Authors I-IV, Latin Language and Authors I-IV, Greek Authors and Ancient Versification I-II, Latin Authors and Ancient Rhetoric I-II, Greek Authors I-II, Latin Authors I-II) Internship Term paper BA thesis Specialisations: Optional courses: Students may choose between the electives of the study of Antiquity and the study of how Antiquity was received (Ancient Culture and Art, Ancient Philosophy, Lithuanian literature in Latin, Literature of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania and Prussian Lithuania) or from the list of general electives of the Faculty of Philology. In addition, during the first two academic years the students can improve their second (modern) foreign language skills. Languages most needed for the study of academic literature and related to the subjects of the study field are taught: German, French and Italian. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme is the only one in Lithuania. No other university in Lithuania implements either first cycle or second cycle studies of Classical Philology. The existence of these studies shows the transferability and continuity of the Western academic traditions in Lithuania, empowers the preservation and development of the European identify of Lithuania, reflects the officially supported trend in the modern-day European education strategy to combine classical and modern education components. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: After the completion of studies the following activity opportunities are available: translate and prepare for publishing Latin and Greek texts of the ancient, medieval and the Grand Duchy of Lithuania Latin literature; work in various institutions in the fields of culture and education, mass media, book publishing, museums, archives, libraries, editorial offices, where good general humanitarian education, knowledge of classical philology and foreign languages are needed. Access to further study: The graduates can continue MA studies in classical philology or in the other humanities and social sciences study programmes.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To provide knowledge and skills enabling students to work independently in the area of history science, to conduct research according to history science requirements considering various historiographic and methodological contexts, to comprehend contemporary social, political and cultural processes in a historic perspective, and to provide the competences required to work in dynamic professional surroundings. Learning outcomes: Knowledge of general European and Lithuanian history, understanding of historical periodisation and its criteria, comprehension of sources from different periods (from the oldest ages to the contemporary), knowledge in research methods of sources and ability to present research results. A detailed knowledge of specific history period or region, knowledge of languages, terminology, concept of main sources and historiography, understanding of historical preconditions of current events. Knowledge of development of historical research and debates, categories, comprehension of the relationship between the historiography and political and ideological tendencies of certain place and period. Ability to connect problems of global and Lithuanian history in synchronic and diachronic way, ability to use information resources and primary sources solving historiographical problems. Ability to conduct independent research, compliant with history science requirements, using primary sources and historiography. Ability to identify and solve historiographical problems considering the political and ideological tendencies of the certain place and period, and critically assessing historiographical approaches of various periods and contexts. Ability to independently form the research aims, considering the current state of historiography and needs of contemporary society. Ability to recognise and comprehend historic processes and phenomena, to assess and analyse them, ability to present it to an audience. Ability to apply theoretical knowledge in practise considering the historic preconditions of current events and differences in cultures. Ability to use the information retrieval tools, such as bibliographical repertoires, archival inventories, e-references. Ability to keep professional ethical commitments. Ability to convey knowledge of history and its research to specialist and non-specialist audiences. Ability to raise and foster historical awareness of the society. Ability to recognise and react to changing expectations of the society in terms of politics of state, history and historical heritage. Ability to develop professional competences. Ability to learn and renew knowledge, create new ideas, and strive for quality. Ability to work independently and in team, experience of project work. Ability to think critically, manage information and express ideas in writing and orally. Activities of teaching and learning: Teacher guided/Student centered learning approach. Lectures, seminars, excursions, projects, presentations, reading and commenting sources and historiographical texts autonomously, discussions, practical exercises, practice, problem based study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examinations (written and oral), colloquial, tests, assessment of report and presentations, written papers, exercise course, practice, project. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10 (excellent) or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: History programme is organized in modular system. The module integrates several closely related topics, presents different research and study methods. There are two types of modules: obligatory and optional. Main study field has 165 credits, one module – 15 credits. The programme starts with four modules: Introduction to Studies; Premodern General and Lithuanian History I; Modern General and Lithuanian History II; Contemporary General and Lithuanian History. These four modules (60 credits in total) can be chosen by the students from other study programmes as Minor studies in History. Students who want to specialize in medieval history can chose module Languages and Palaeography of the GDL in the third semester and those who want to specialize in modern and contemporary history - module Anticommunist resistance in Lithuania and Central East Europe. 15 credits go to the modules of General university education. Practical training is integrated into general curricular of History programme. Obligatory practise is part of module Practical Research Bachelor Seminar. Practical training is also included into modules: Languages and Palaeography of the GDL and Anticommunist resistance in Lithuania and Central East Europe. Other modules have also practical training included. The placement for practical training is organized with the help of social partners of the Faculty of History. Specialisations: The Programme has two specializations: deeper specialization of the chosen area; specialization Science of Sources and Archivistics. Optional courses: Languages and Palaeography of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania; History of Christianity; History of Neighbouring Nations and States; History of Diplomacy and International Relations in 20th century; Comparative and Transnational History; Auxiliary Sciences of History I; Society of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania in the 13th-16th century; The Long Nineteenth century; Anti-communist Resistance in Lithuania and Central East Europe; Sovietology and Soviet Studies; Anticommunist Resistance in Lithuania and Central East Europe; Social History of Towns and Small Towns of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania; Ethnic and Territorial Conflicts in Central East Europe; Sources of the History of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania; Lithuanian State Institutions: Analysis of Documentary Heritage; Development of Material Culture in the Grand Duchy of Lithuania; The Grand Duchy of Lithuania in Central and East Europe; The Totalitarian culture. Distinctive features of a study programme: Studying Minor studies, offered at Vilnius University, student might acquire a double degree. Students can acquire Teacher‘s qualification. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can apply their generic and specific skills in public, state or private sectors: various institutions and organisations of education, science and studies, culture, heritage conservation, tourism, foreign policy, defence, journalism, communication, publishing, etc. The acquired knowledge and skills allow working with data collection, analysis and its presentation to the public and specialist audience. A number of historians choose traditional areas of employment at archives, museums, science research institutions or conduct individual research activities (for example, genealogical research), where they can apply their skills and knowledge such as ancient languages, the ability to identify historic sources, to read and interpret them, and the ability to conduct the research, etc. The Science of Sources and Archivistics specialisation develops skills of an archive specialist. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies in the Master programmes of offered by the Faculty of History: Archaeology, History, and Heritage Conservation. They can also study in other Second Cycle studies in the humanities or social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified professionals who are able to identify the objectives of developing and updating information systems, to design and create modern information systems, to apply the acquired competencies of decision analysis, usage and integration of innovative technologies, research performing and data analytics. The acquired knowledge, skills, and competencies will allow easy adapting to the continuous technological progress, to be successfully employed, to pursue a professional career, and to continue their studies at Master level. Learning outcomes: Ability to perform tasks independently and in a team, will have knowledge about business and project administration basics. Ability to communicate with non-field experts, engineering and technology representatives in state and foreign languages. Ability to understand decision impact, comply with the ethical and professional standards. Ability to use groupware system solutions. Ability to solve domain problems, organize and schedule activities. Ability to conduct literature search and analysis, acquired knowledge apply in practical activities. Ability to explain the fundamental concepts of mathematics and informatics engineering, will understand application domain. Ability to analyse the problem domain, identify information systems development and update needs, prepare documentation. Ability to select and apply appropriate information systems development methodology. Ability to analyse and develop domain models. Ability to design data structures, databases, execute management and improvement tasks. Ability to design and implement information systems solutions, select optimal implementation tools. Ability to choose and apply software testing techniques and methods. Ability to apply software re-engineering methods. Ability to select and apply appropriate systems integration methods and technologies. Ability to adapt machine virtualization and cloud computing technologies. Ability to plan and conduct experiments, evaluate results, and draw conclusions. Ability to conduct big-data analysis, solve data mining tasks. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, teaching problem solving, case based study and analysis, seminars, discussions, tutorials, laboratory works, individual and team work, practical tasks, literature search and analysis, team projects, practice, thesis preparation and results public presentation. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Methods of assessment are as follows: laboratory and individual works, tests, projects, team works, written works, practice reports, theses, participation in lectures and discussions, presentations, reports, reviews. Exam is last assessment method for each subject (module). Exams composed from questions and tasks of open, semi-open or close type. Students defend theses and reports of projects and practice works in committees. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Main study subjects (165 credits): • Mathematical subjects – 25 credits; • Language subjects – 10 credits; • Subjects on informatics – 15 credits; • Subjects on informatics engineering – 75 credits • Practice work (informatics engineering) – 25 credits; • Thesis (informatics engineering) – 15 credits; Arbitrary study subjects (60 credits): • Subjects to deepen informatics engineering knowledge – 50 credits; • Subject to extend one’s knowledge – 10 credits; General university studies – 15 credits. Specialisations: - Optional courses: Students will have opportunity to choose arbitrary study subjects from tree groups as follows: (A) business and management (choosing in 4th semester; the group consist of 5 subjects), (B) databases (choosing in 3rd semester; the group consist of 3 subjects), (C) data analytics (choosing in 5th, 6th and 7th semesters; the group consist of 6 subjects), (D) system engineering and programing (choosing in 5th, 6th and 7th semesters; the group consist of 6 subjects). This arbitrary study subjects grouping allows to students to gain competences that are obligatory for information systems design and development specialist. In 2nd, 4th and 6th semester, students will be able to choose general university studies subjects (in total 15 credits). Distinctive features of a study programme: A part of studies can be carried out in English. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of this program will have all the necessary knowledge and practical skills in the fields of software design, development, and testing, big data storage, analysis, and systematization, as well as process automation. This knowledge and skills will enable graduates to begin their career as programmers, testers, data analysts in national and international companies of various sizes and public sector. The acquired competence will allow pursuing the career heights. After gaining professional experience, the graduates will be eligible for various levels of experts and management positions, to implement their business ideas. The graduates, who will wish to work in the academic field, will have the opportunity to deepen their knowledge at Master studies of technology and fundamental sciences, and after then - at doctoral studies, to engage in research work, and to participate in various academic projects. Access to further study: After accomplishment of the study program, the graduates will be able to continue their studies of informatics engineering at Master level in Lithuanian and foreign universities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The study programme Information Systems and Cyber Security aims at the preparation of professionals in information systems and cyber security who will have the fundamental and applied knowledge in informatics engineering and develop skills required for a secure analysis, design, structuring and maintenance of information systems. Learning outcomes: The graduate is able to analyse and formalize the information flows in a business enterprise; technologically justify the directions of the implementation of IT; work out an adequate instrumentarium; is able to design, implement, structure, maintain and professionally assess the secure IS; understands computer architecture; is able to employ programming languages, technologies of providing information on the Internet; to design the IS architecture and data bases, create IS both with the use of traditional and modern mobile technologies; knows security components, basic structure, assessment criteria and administration basics, effective firewall concepts, architecture, content scanning; is able to detect the cases of hacking and carry out prevention; is able to identify the gaps of incorrect programming, access to the files of cyberattacks DoS and DDoS, knows the Burp Suite; understands the security of WEB components – forms, session management, cookies, configuration of authentification. Knows the security context of a particular OS, recognises the cases of phishing and understands the subtleties of session management and replay attacks; is able to perform a manual and half-automatic systems and software testing by identifying security gaps and security vulnerabilities; to employ the innovative methods and instrumentarium for the proactive gap identification. Knows the legal regulations of cyber security, the specificity of information security management and management of security risk. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme provides lectures, seminars, workshops, individual tasks and internship. Studies are organized by applying both the classical teaching methods (lectures, video and audio demonstrations, illustrations, etc.) and active learning and teaching methods (interactive lectures, problem teaching, etc.). Seminars and workshops are held in small groups of up to 20 students where student-centered approaches are developed, such as brainstorming, group discussion, preparation and presentation of reports, problem-solving and team tasks. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The assessment requirement common of all the courses is to work out a cumulative score. A particular form of study assessment is provided in the course description: tests, homework, colloquiums and papers. A written examination is the most common type of assessment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Algorithm Theory and Data Structures; Fundamentals of Information System Security; Computer Architecture; Introduction to Programming; Higher Mathematics; IT Processses according to ITIL Methodology; Legal Regulations for Cyber Security; Programming Languages and Object-oriented Programming; Operational Systems and Their Security; Analysis and Specification of IS Requirements; Geographical Information Systems; Computer Graphics; Discrete Mathematics in Computer Science; Data Security and Criptography; Internet Technologies; Information Systems and Data Bases; Programming of Mobile Technologies; Creation of Information Systems on the Basis of Team Work; Computer Networks and Their Security; E-transactions and Their Security; Graphic Models of Business Processes; Methods of Ethical Hackings; Information Security and Risk Management; Digital Forensics and Methods of Their Analysis; Virtual Systems and Their Security; Design of Secure Computer Infrastructures; Theory of Systems; Statistics; Basics in Artificial Intellect; Term Paper; Technologies of Data Mining; Information Systems Testing and Quality Assuarance; Forensic Analysis of Digital Content and Analysis of Malware; Internship; Final Bachelor Thesis. Distinctive features of a study programme: This programme is the first and the only cybersecurity study programme in Lithuania. There is a considerable demand for cyber security specialists with higher education both in the Lithuanian and international labour markets. In the future, the demand will undoubtfully grow due to: 1) tightening of the legal environment of a growing data and information security in the EU and other countries; 2) a growing number of forensics and expansion of their scale; 3) the growing demand of the international enterprises and states to be better protected against economic espionage; 4) the threat of e-war between the states. The specialists knowing the technologies of information systems security are able to successfully compete both locally, within the Lithuanian labour market, and globally, in the world labour market. Today, the concept of ‘distant workplace’ has been embeded in Lithuania which ensures the possibility to do distant working in international enterprises. Such work requires special education. Therefore international enterprises greatly value the specialists who have the skills of adequate specialization that may confirm their competences. Hence the given study programme allow the students to acquire knowledge and develop skills that are necessary to receive the Information Technology Infrastructure Library (or similar) type certificates. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate of this study programme is able to work as an information systems security professional in government organizations and business enterprises of various size. The graduate may pursue a professional career as an information systems analyst or architect, programmer, tester, database administrator, project manager in the field of information systems; information security analyst; security management professional or manager and IT security auditor in organizations. The graduate is able to develop the own business initiatives, provide consulting services or carry out a qualitative analysis of information systems design and management. Access to further study: A graduate of the study programme can continue studies in the postgraduate study programmes of Computing.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train specialists that are able: to work autonomously and in a group; to adapt to changing environment; to present own work in Lithuanian and in English; to behave based on ethical principles with respect to users of IT systems; to think abstractly; to participate in a project work; to write specifications, to design and implement algorithms in applied sciences; to test and debug supported systems; to secure systems from breaking in attacks; to apply knowledge of data modelling. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The program consists of: data management 9%, computer management and security 17%, programming and information technologies 17%, IT business 14%, Mathematics 12%, optional courses, professional practice and final thesis 24%, general higher education courses (orig. BUS) 7%. Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: - Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of programme will be able to successfully work in any IT company as system administrators, support staff, and integrators of information systems. Access to further study: Graduates of Information Technologies programme are entitled to study in the next level (i.e. master of science) of education in any foreign or Lithuanian University.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the programme is to prepare highly qualified professionals in bioinformatics able to work at the laboratories of natural sciences, at the health care institutions, industry companies oriented to biotechnology, and other institutions, where the knowledge and skills of analysis of data from the natural and life-sciences are required. The graduates of the programme of bioinformatics accumulate enough knowledge in the IT sphere to compete for jobs in the IT companies of different kind. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study programme breakdown in credits is following: modules of the study field -70.8% credits, elective modules - 16.7%, practice - 6.25%, general university subjects - 6.25%. Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme consists of combination of course units in Mathematics, Computer science and Life sciences. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates will be able to work in the enterprises, research laboratories and centres, where analysis of the data of biological origin is required, will be able to use, modify and create the bioinformatics software. Having the basic knowledge and skills in Computer Science they also will be able to work in different IT enterprises and organisations developing complex software products. Access to further study: Bachelors in Bioinformatics will be able to continue Master studies in the fields of bioinformatics, informatics, information systems, software engineering as well as genetics in the institutions of higher education in Lithuania or abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The study programme Applied Systems of Finance and Accounting aims at the preparation of the specialists who will be able to understand and analyse financial processes, financial management and accounting principles and able to implement information technologies for gathering, processing and analysing financial data as well as managing financial processes in business environment. Learning outcomes: The graduate is able to: know the methods and functions of business management, the principles of business organisations, the forms of business property organisations and the legal aspects of business development and find financially reasonable solutions; know economic theories; understand the behaviour of market participants, the processes of accounting of business operations; understand the process of accounting, the principles and structure of financial accounts, tax system and the principles of taxation; know the characteristics of financial systems, currency and capital market, the specificity of private and enterprise finance, the advantages and disadvantages of financial instruments; perform a financial analysis of an enterprise, prognose the indicators of its activity and manage its finance; prepare an enterprise’s financial accounts, be ready to perform audit tests, keep records and calculate taxes; identify financial risks, manage investment portfolios; know the processing technologies of an enterprise’s information and their implementation, the architecture of financial IS, the IS of marketing and management; design personal learning and study, co-ordinate individual activity with that of team members, critically evaluate personal contribution with regard to common activities and achieved results; analyse and systematise financial information; offer problem solutions matching the alternating environment; lead and motivate the employees; constructively and ethically communicate in an international environment with the representatives of various cultures. Activities of teaching and learning: The studies are student-oriented. In the study programme Applied Systems of Finance and Accounting, general and special competences are developed during lectures, seminars and by the preparation of reports, by research performance and presentation, during internship and preparation of the final Bachelor Thesis. Beside individual work, distance learning and carrying research on an individually chosen topic, team work, discussions and leading the team are encouraged. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: All the courses are evaluated by applying cumulative assessment. The following methods of assessment are employed: colloquium, individual task, laboratory work, laboratory work defense, individual analysis of systems, test, case study, report, team work and presentation. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme Applied Systems of Finance and Accounting (240 credits) has been worked out on the basis of the following principle: each semester the students study the courses in finance, accounting, informatics, foreign languages and general courses; from the third year the students have an opportunity to select the field of their specialisation – in Semester 5, Semester 6 and Semester 7 they are able to choose one of the offered optional courses (in finance or accounting). This way, a favourable opportunity to acquire deeper knowledge and relate the future career prospects either with finance or accounting is afforded. During the last semester professional internship and writing the final thesis are provided. Internship is provided in individually chosen or recommended enterprises. Optional courses: The students may choose general university courses from a special list (Semester 2, Semester 3, Semester 4). In Semester 5, Semester 6 and Semester 7 they may choose one of the two optional courses (finance or accounting). This way, a favourable opportunity to acquire deeper knowledge and relate the future career prospects either with finance or accounting is afforded. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme Applied Systems of Finance and Accounting is distinguished by several aspects: a) deeper studies in the field of finance are offered; b) the trained specialists are able to work as finance and accounting professionals without an additional preparation; c) the trained specialists demonstrate high competences in informatics and Scandinavian language(s). Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate is able to work both in Lithuanian and foreign non-financial (e.g. joint stock companies) and financial institutions: banks, finance broker service enterprises, investment companies, insurance companies in the following positions: accountant general, general financier, auditor assistant, finance director, finance analyst, finance broker, business and private finance consultant, bank manager, credit risk appraiser, specialist in financial service centres; financial investment analyst. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies in the fields of social sciences (economics), business and public administration, and information sciences master programmes.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Business Information Management study program is to train highly adaptable professionals seeking to develop innovative information services based on the latest knowledge and capable of purposefully managing information and knowledge; to develop effective communication skills and competences, to teach communication project management methodology and to implement communication projects; to teach the use of information and communication technologies to ensure the efficiency of the organization. Learning outcomes: A graduate of the program working as knowledge and information management specialist in organizations of private and public sector will become an important asset because of his/her ability to professionally process and manage large-scale information flows and to utilize required resources in a targeted and efficient manner. The graduates will be able to establish their own information service businesses as well as to work as information brokers and consultants in various state and business enterprises. Activities of teaching and learning: During the studies integrated learning methods are applied: case studies, activity reflection, simulation games, discussions, practical work with software packages. Individual and group work is applied during the studies. Study program subject material is placed in a virtual learning environment. Practical skills are developed during professional practice. Practice abroad is encouraged. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Examination can be either written or written and oral. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (insufficient) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The total volume of the study program is 240 ECTS. The program is structured into three blocks of core subjects: Information and Technology Management Unit (Information Communication Technology, Information Management, Sociological Research Methods in Information Activity, Programming Basics, Information Systems, Information Services, Knowledge Management, Business Analytics, Information security, business management systems, database management); Management Unit (Economic Theory, Business Organization, Management Theory, Creativity Development, Creative Industries, Project Management and Development, Human Resources Management, Quality Management, Financial Accounting, Innovation Management, International Business, Commercial Law); Communication and Marketing Unit (History and Theory of Communication, Development of Communication Competence, Intercultural Communication, Marketing, Integrated Communication, Business Communication on Social Media, Public Relations, Advertising, Organizational Communication, Political Communication and Civil Society). The subjects of the program are studied in a coherent, purposeful manner in accord with the aim and objectives of the program. Professional practice – 20 ECTS. Bachelor thesis – 20 ECTS. Optional courses: Students from the second semester are given the opportunity to choose subjects that provide advanced subject matter in different and specialized areas, such as: Business Risk Management, Persuasion Communication, Strategic Management, Content Advertising, Visual Communication, Commercial Law, Business Development Project and more. Distinctive features of a study programme: The uniqueness of the study program is related to the integrity of several key activities: communication, information technology and management. Modern organizations seek experts who can manage and properly process large flows of information, are able to produce high-quality reports and communicate them, and apply state-of-the-art technological solutions - precisely this knowledge and practical skills that are acquired by the graduates of the program. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of the program may work as information managers, data analyst, project managers in marketing and communication departments as well as seek employment in the IT sector; the graduates can also work as an information service consultants. Access to further study: The graduates can continue their studies at postgraduate study programmes in Humanities and Social Sciences at Faculty of Communication of Vilnius University or at other institutions.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified, motivated, innovative and self-minded geologists professionals who are able to work in geological and related investigative work in national and international companies and institutions, able to appropriately apply the modern branches of knowledge about the Earth as an integrated system, its structure, composition, geological processes and their development, mining and other subsurface resources, their rational use and protection, knowledge of hydrogeology and engineering geology for rational use of groundwater resources, construction development and assessment of their geological conditions, interested in geological problems, seeking higher qualifications, capable to maintain professional competence through lifelong learning. Learning outcomes: The Geology program is aimed in developing a number of Subject specific and General competences of the graduates. The major learning outcomes of program are focused to provide a deep scientific knowledge and understanding of underlying principles that enables each student to develop individual, social, subject specific skills and abilities, such as: • ability to acquire deep and comprehensive knowledge and understanding of the structure and composition of the Earth, as a part of the global geological system, principles and methods of cognition of geological environment and geological processes, their mechanisms and evolution; • ability to plan and perform geological investigations, exploration of natural resources utilizing field and laboratory methods and techniques, evaluate and summarise results; • ability to define and determine geological problems and implement a strategy for solving problems in geology and Earth sciences; • ability to recognize the regularities of the evolution of geological processes, their interface with human activity; ability to understand the structure and peculiarities of the ground water and soil, and their evolution; • ability to communicate in correct Lithuanian and English languages both in oral and written; • ability to carry out geological investigations and work independently and in a team; • ability to organise the work and efficiently plan time; • ability to realize the professional and scientific interests in context of the development of modern science and for lifelong learning, to improve and update their knowledge and professional skills and develop new ones; • ability to collect, process and interpret complex geological information from various sources, ability to use efficiently the computer technologies and special software. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, problem-based teaching, consultations, discussions, variable seminars, practices, laboratory tasks, project preparation and presentation, fieldwork training, cognitive trips to scientific and business institutions, professional practice, introduction to and participation in the Department-based scientific projects in order to develop professional skills, prepare for future career, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main methods of assessment are an examination and work defence. ‘Summative assessment system’ is complemented with formative assessments. Student’s performance during the course will be evaluated continuously in order to improve his/her activity. Intermediate examinations, seminars, term papers, essays and presentations will be assessed and contribute to the final grade. The results of Term Paper (investigation scientific presentation), Project of Investigation, Professional Practice and Bachelor‘s final thesis will be assessed by an assigned group of teachers the work defence. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using a grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent). A final cumulative grade consists of the final exam and intermediate assessments, if appropriate, in proportions as described in the Course unit descriptions. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The volume of study programme is 240 credits (cr.): • Subjects of general academic studies – 15 cr.; • Basic subjects of the area: – 120 kr.: Physical Geology, Principles of Earth Physics, Mineralogy and Crystallography, Petrography of Sedimentary Rocks, Palaeontology, Quaternary Geology and Geomorphology, Geotectonics, Structural Geology, Principles of Hydrogeology, Principles of Engineering Geology, etc. • Subjects of Geology specialisation – 105 cr. (12 cr. of Final Thesis included): Petrology of Igneous Rocks, Petrology of Metamorphic Rocks, Facies of Sedimentary Rocks, Geochemistry, Historical Geology and Stratigraphy, Mineral Deposits, etc. • Subjects of Hydrogeology and Engineering Geology specialisation – 105 cr. (12 cr. of Final Thesis included): Hydrogeodynamics, Soil science, Engineering geological field test methods, Soil science, Hydrogeochemistry, Assessment of groundwater resources, Foundations and grounds, etc. • Fieldwork Training included – 20 cr., Professional Practice – 4-5 cr. (depending on specialisation). Specialisations: • Geology; • Hydrogeology and Engineering Geology. Optional courses: • Courses of general academic studies (within 15 credits); • Courses of another specialisation within the study programme (up to 12 credits); • Specialisations from the third study year: Geology (105 credits) or Hydrogeology and Engineering Geology (105 credits). Distinctive features of a study programme: Fieldwork Training (in Lithuania and abroad): • Physical and Quaternary Geology; • Stratigraphy and Facies; • Geological Mapping and Geophysics; • Geological Mapping in Orogenic Areas; • Geoengineering field investigations. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate of the Programme is able to pursue a career at enterprises and state institutions dealing with scientific and practical geological activities, exploration production and protection of natural resources (including oil and gas), exploration of underground resources, etc.: private companies of geological surveys including oil and gas industry, geothermal energy enterprises, quarries’ management, Lithuanian Geological Survey of Ministry of Environment, Regional Departments for Environment protection, State enterprises related to the energy sectors and the other enterprises and institutions where the positions for geologists are offered; both in Lithuanian and in the international labour market. Access to further study: Holders of a Bachelor's degree in Geology have possibility to continue studies at Master level and afterwards Doctoral in the field of Geology and related fields of Natural Sciences in Lithuania and abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The main objectives of programme is to study quantitative and qualitative processes in atmosphere, oceans and seas, rivers basins, lakes, swamps, water reservoirs; to exercise critical and analytical thinking; to develop scientific research and practical skills, which could be realized in future work related with monitoring of hydrosphere and atmosphere, meteorological and hydrological forecast, water management, evaluation of climate and water resources, examination of ecological status. Learning outcomes: A graduate is able: • to make effective use of modern information technologies and statistical-mathematical methods; • to prepare scientific reports and conclusions; • to integrate different meteorological, climatological, hydrological ideas and innovations; • to organize and execute hydrometeorological investigations, interpret the obtained results; • to make meteorological and hydrological forecasts; • to disseminate hydrological, meteorological and climatological information for different users. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, training practice, research project, presentation, testing, essay writing, group project, practicum in laboratories, training and professional practice, hydrometeorological experiments, Final Thesis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study programme volume 240 credits including training practice 9 credits, professional practice 11 credits, general university courses 15 credits, optional courses 21 credits, final thesis 15 credits. The main study courses: Meteorology, Hydrology, Hydrometry, Geography of Lithuanian Inland Water Bodies, Meteorological Measurements, Remote Methods in Hydrometeorology, Introduction to Synoptic Meteorology, Hydrochemistry, Climatology, Oceanography, Lithuanian Climate, Applied Hydrology, Applied Meteorology, Limnology. Specialisations: - Optional courses: The possibility of adjacent study and double qualification degree. Research projects and Final Thesis – students are free to choose topics in hydrology, meteorology or climatology. Distinctive features of a study programme: The possibility of double qualification degree. Programme aims and learning outcomes meet the requirements of World Meteorological Organization (WMO) for university-level graduate meteorologists and hydrologists and mission of Lithuanian Hydrometeorological Service. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduate may be employed in Ministry of Environment, National Hydrometeorological Service, Center of Marine Research. Graduate's ability to make free use of hydrometeorological knowledge’s and general skills as well as critical and analytical thinking, IT and research work abilities can be used in different branches of economy. Access to further study: For the purpose to deepening knowledge’s in atmospheric and hydrospheric sciences graduate students can continue their studies and reach master degree in Hydrometeorology, Geography, Cartography, Environmental Studies and Management study programmes in Lithuania and abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To educate professionals who are able to competently and independently create cartographic products, develop and use a wide range of geographic information systems for analysis and visualization of geographical processes, with a special emphasis on spatial cartographic analysis and presentations as well as providing the knowledge necessary for further post-graduate studies. Learning outcomes: - will have knowledge on the research methods of natural and social phenomena, geographic information systems, geographic information acquisition, data analysis and interpretation techniques, modern research methods, optimized cartographic presentation of research results; - will be able to organize and coordinate processes of mapping, geographic information systems development and systems design, to independently observe spatial phenomena and to systematically collect data about them; - will be able to analyze and summarize information, to understand theoretical and methodological principles, to understand new trends of scientific work and development of science; - will be able to rationally evaluate the interaction between the society and nature, the made decisions, to work and adapt themselves in a dynamic environment and to new situations, work in teams, to find compromises between individual and team goals, to plan and manage the resources, to independently study, communicate and lead. - will be able to provide arguments, to search for information, to use official documents in practical work, will have information technology skills and ability to present practical results of their work Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, practical work, seminars, discussions, consultations, individual and group work, problem-based learning. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Carried out and presented to a specific individual tasks carried out and delivered to a specific group assignments, check written work, homework, course work, test, exam, practices training reports assessment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Introduction to Cartography and Geographic Information Systems, Objective English language (I and II part), Logic methods in Geography, Cartography Basics, Basics of Geodesy and Topography, Training practices (II, IV and VI semesters), Design basics of Geographic Information Systems, Geomorphology, General Natural and Social Geography, Landscape Geography, Basics of Meteorology, Basics of Hydrology, Advanced Cartography, Thematic Cartography, Basics of Geographic Data Editing, Course Work, Common university courses (3 semesters), Optional course (Open Source Geographic Information Systems or PYTHON programming basics), Cadaster and Register, Lithuanian Water Geography, Remote Sensing, Internet Technology and Mobile Geographic Information Systems, Scientific reports, Land Planning and Using Geographic Information System, Space Component Analysis by using of Geographic Information Systems, Cartographic Generalization, Modeling with Unified Modeling Language, Computer Graphics Systems and Algorithms, Programming of Internet Geographical Information System, Aeromethods, Management of Geographic Information, Ethics and Legal base of Geographic Information, Legal base of Land Use, Bachelor thesis (15 credits). Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional courses: The main university subjects are 3 subjects for 5 credits each and Open Source Geographic Information Systems (5 credits), PYTHON programming basics (5 credits), Oceanography (5 credits), Global Ecology (5 credits), Natural and Social Geography of Lithuania (5 credits), Climatology (5 credits). Distinctive features of a study programme: Cartography and Geographic Information Systems is an program that includes traditional mapping and Geographic Information Systems technology and spatial data creation, mastery of management, and analysis methods. This program is based on modern technologies and investiture to methodological reasoning support for natural and public structures in spatial cognition. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the program will be able to work in private and public cartographic and topographic companies, municipality offices and to take private businesses. Their job level - from Geographic Information Systems product engineer (technician level) by cartographer editor (Senior Officer level). Graduates will study subjects, allowing to obtain surveyors qualification certificate, issued by the Office of the National Land Surveyors Qualification examination commission. Access to further study: Upon completion of Cartography and Geographic Information Systems studies, will be acquired by natural geography (cartography branches) bachelor's degree, which allows to continue studies in physical (environmental, natural geography, computer science, information systems), humanities (archeology), social (social geography, spatial planning) and technology (computer engineering, engineering, construction engineering) sciences Master's (second cycle) Lithuanian and foreign universities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To give integrated geographic expertise, the knowledge and skills necessary to shape the eco-environmental thinking paradigm, develop a critical approach and sense of civil responsibility for the Earth and their own country. Learning outcomes: Subject competences • knowledge about the geography science system, methods, development, related research and development institutions; • knowledge of the landscape and its components’ variety; • knowledge about the society and its social-economic spatial organization; • a systematic approach to the assessment of human cultural diversity, its development and territorial expression; • rational use of environmental resources, responsible and constructive approach to the formation of the environment Learning outcomes • good knowledge and understanding of natural spheres, landscape, society and economical systems, the regularities of their formation, development and spatial differentiation in the world and Lithuania; • skilful application of analytical methods and information technologies while formulating and solving geographical problems; • application of attitudes of land management, sustainable development, environment and landscape protection; • systemical and analytical thinking; • cartographic, statistical and field research skills; • communicative, team work skills; • skills of presenting research in physical and human geography to an appropriate auditorium; Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study programme consists of subjects of the main study field (physical geography) – 165 credits (general physical, general and Lithuanian landscape, Lithuanian physical geography, pedology, biogeography, introduction to land management, bioecology and environmental problems, landscape ecology, environmental law, etc.) and secondary study field (human geography) – 60 credits (ethnology, general human, Lithuanian human, urban, rural, behavioral geography, introduction to culture science and culture geography, etc.); subjects of general university studies (15 total credits). Study programme include field practices integrated with methodological study subjects (practices of topocartography and geomorphology, sociogeographic research, ecogeographic research practices). A block of final works (Bachelor thesis and Bachelor project, 10 credits each) can be distinguished from both study fields. Specialisations: - Optional courses: possibility to choose among general university study courses (15 credits); several alternative course pairs (both in physical and human geography fields) Distinctive features of a study programme: A double qualification degree acquired Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Able to work in various fields of ecological, sociological and economical research or territorial planning as well as in the system of institutions of nature usage, environment protection, economy and governance. Access to further study: Continue master studies in the study fields of physical geography, human geography, territorial planning, biology (ecology branch), environment research, general engineering (environment engineering branch), sociology, economics, political science, social policy, management, tourism and recreation.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Train highly erudite and educated graduates, who, in the course of their studies would acquire fundamental knowledge of physics, learn to apply of critical thinking and quantitative analysis of natural phenomena, and develop basic skills of scientific research, enabling them to become internationally competitive scientists or the most sought-after participants of labour market, pushing the limits of physics research, suggesting and applying new ideas, and solving physical, technological and other problems arising in Lithuania and worldwide. Learning outcomes: 1. Be able to identify and use physical concepts, laws and theories from various domains of physics to model, analyse and explain simple physical phenomena and solve problems. 2. Be able to apply standard mathematical (analytical and numerical) tools and methods to solve problems in physics and related fields. 3. Be able to design, set up and safely carry out simple experimental investigations, using standard instrumentation and follow guidelines and protocols; 4. Be able to apply basic methods, techniques and theories for data collection, analysis and reporting. 5. Be able to address problems from the point of view of physics, identifying the laws and concepts that apply in a specific situation, 6. Be able to devise and carry out a plan for reaching a solution and checking its validity. 7. Be able to select with guidance and use sources of information on the current developments of physics; analyse relevant examples; in the analysis, account for physical principles, technical and technological issues. 8. Be able to assess the influence of science in the solutions of the societal and technological challenges. 9. Be able to apply general ethical rules and rules of scientific conduct to the assigned tasks. 10. Be able to evaluate scientific material and present complex information in a concise manner orally and in writing. 11. Be able to identify and implement an appropriate strategy for solving a given problem; 12. Be able to organize and complete a simple project individually or in team. 13. Be able to organize own study and/or learning process, using different kinds of learning materials; 14. Be able to enter new fields of study and take responsibility for own learning. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, tutorials, laboratory works, seminars, self-study (reading of literature and completion of assignments), analysis of papers and their presentation, problem based teaching, group work, preparation of written works, discussions, scientific and work practices, consultations, project works. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written and(or) oral exams, tests, written works, defence of scientific and work practices reports, defence of final thesis, self-reflections, defence of laboratory works, presentations, evaluation of self-work assignments, peer-review and peer-assesment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Subjects on general physics and mathematics (85 credits), advanced physics subjects (50 credits): Basics of Electronics, Introduction to Mathematical Modelling, Theoretical Mechanics, General Chemistry, Electrodynamics, Quantum Mechanics, Statistical Physics, Wave Physics, Laser Physics; elective subjects (40 credits); general university modules (15 credits), English (5 credits), Basics in Law (5 credits), Study Skills and Work Safety (5 credits), Practice (15 credits), Final Thesis (15 credits). Optional courses: During the period of studies students are able to choose 8 elective subjects (each 5 credits). Elective subjects depend on particular semester and includes subjects on laser physics and spectroscopy, elementary particle and high energy physics, programming and application of computer, astrophysics, atom theory and other. During period of studies students will be able to choose three (each 5 credits) gerenal university modules from variuos fields taught in VU: Rethorics, Entrepreneurship Psichoactive materials, Logics, Political Geography, Psichology and more than 80 other subjects. Distinctive features of a study programme: Study programme provides a balanced packet of fundamental and special knowledge, which can be applied not only in fundamental physics research but in other natural sciences, modern technologies (i.e. information technologies, nanotechnologies) business. In delivering this programme there is a cooperation with CERN. Also, there is a possibility to obtain pedagogical qualification. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to pursue their career paths in science and study institutions, administrative and consulting institutions and business establishments where solutions for theoretical and experimental problems of physics are developed and physics knowledge applied. Access to further study: Master studies in study fields of Physical Sciences, Technologies or Engineering in Lithuania or abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To educate the creative professionals, future managers and leaders capable to apply the knowledge of physics, ICT and technologies for innovation development and prosperity of high-tech companies. The graduates having deep understanding in physics, ICT and high technologies in combination with business development competences are expected to fill the gap between research and business development (eg. by high-tech transfer and implementation.) Learning outcomes: 1. Be able to initiate and perform (individually or in workgroups) the research activities resulting in the scientific progress and better understanding of the processes of nature and technologies; to seek the results based on research and science. 2. Be able to work in complex research teams, to understand the personal responsibility, to seek the common goals. 3. Be able to solve the problems creatively, apply scientific methods, achieve goals in physics as well as business. 4. Be able to efficiently communicate with the professional and general audiences in written and oral way using professional language and techniques; to be able to present one’s activity and results in a consistent manner. 5. Be able to work in multidisciplinary and multicultural teams; to be able to admit different working methods, culture and conventions of the other team members. 6. Be able to plan and manage the personal and team time; to achieve the goals under limited resource and time conditions. 7. Be able to operate and achieve personal goals under the strict conformity of ethical norms of scientific research and business development. 8. Be able to analyze the physical phenomena (natural as well as technological) by the means of theoretical physics as well mathematical analysis. 9. Be able to perform the scientific research activities in physics and technologies, to apply modern techniques of research and digital simulation in semiconductors, telecommunications, lasers, biophysics etc. 10. Be able to analyze and critically assess the experimental data, the effects of uncertainties, errors, reliability and causality. 11. Be able to analyze the business and economics data by means of micro and macro-economics. 12. Be able to assess the commercialization potential and risks of technological inventions and advancements; to manage the development of innovative products. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, tutorials, laboratory works, seminars, self-study (reading of literature and completion of assignments), analysis of papers and their presentation, problem based teaching, group work, preparation of written works, discussions, scientific and work practices, consultations, project works. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written and(or) oral exams, tests, written works, defence of scientific and work practices reports, defence of final thesis, self-reflections, defence of laboratory works, presentations, evaluation of self-work assignments, peer-review and peer-assesment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Subjects on general physics and mathematics (50 credits), advanced physics subjects (50 credits): Introduction to Programming, Basics of Electronics, Chemical Technology, Electodynamics, Quantum Mechanics, Statistical Physics, Solid Body Electronics, Material Science; business subjects (40 credits): Management, Microeconomics, Marketing, Inovation and Product Development, Macroeconomics, Accounting, Project Management, Business Law, Entrepreneurship, Stategic Management; elective subjects (40 credits); general university modules (15 credits), English (5 credits), Study Skills and Work Safety (5 credits), Practice (15 credits), Final Thesis (20 credits). Optional courses: During the period of studies students are able to choose 6 elective subjects (each 5 credits). Elective subjects depend on particular semester and includes subjects on physical fundamentals of various technologies, materials science, enegetics, spectroscopy, photonics, space technologies. Students will be able to choose two elective subject on business (each 5 credits). During period of studies students will be able to choose three (each 5 credits) gerenal university modules from variuos fields taught in VU: Rethorics, Entrepreneurship Psichoactive materials, Logics, Political Geography, Psichology and more than 80 other subjects. Distinctive features of a study programme: This is an interdisciplinary study programme dedicated to prepating creative, innovative specialist and future business leaders. Programme has balanced aproach to educating competences in the fiels of Physics, IT and Business, a lot of focus is given to newest technologies, their reasearch and applications in practice. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduate will be able to manage ana organize to research in high-tech related activities, sales, developement, production or application of technologies and inovations. Graduates of this programme will competitive in global market as highly qualified specialists with technical background, researchers or be able to create their own startup or any other modern enterprise. Access to further study: Master studies in study fields of Physical Sciences, Technologies or Engineering in Lithuania or abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Prepare highly skilled business finance professionals with an entrepreneurial mindset, able to compete in the global business environment, proficient in the application of multi-disciplinary and integrated management skills in the development process of appropriate funding models for the business of varied activities and ready to independently expand acquired knowledge and improve skills. Learning outcomes: Graduates are able to identify, analyse and provide solutions to theoretical and practical problems pertinent to the organization and management of finances; are capable of the assessment of the financial and economic processes existent in business, identification of the risk factors which might have a certain impact on the performance results of a company; are able to choose appropriate business financing models, have the skill to assess the financial situation and performance results of a business enterprise and identify the causes of changes; are able to value investment decisions, obtaining and managing resources with effcient allocation, are able to maximize the value of the business to its owners in a sustainable way, independently create and develop a business, generate innovative solutions and ideas, forecast the company's financial results, draw up budgets, control their execution, make investment, business development , mergers and acquisitions, sales or liquidation decisions. Activities of teaching and learning: The principles of teaching, learning and assessment system are implemented by the application of the following forms of study and evaluation: lectures, seminars, workshops, individual work, case studies, reports, written papers (essays), business challenges (according to Challenge based learning), exams. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Moreover, some courses units may be assessed by project preparation or presentation. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination, project presentation or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam and project preparation are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study programme core courses: Fundamentals of Finance, Fundamentals of Entrepreneurship, Business Analysis Methods, Entrepreneurship, Economics, Business Law and Control, Fundamentals of Accounting, Corporate Governance, Financial Risk and Analysis, Business Research and Digital Solutions, Company Management, Business Communication, Financial and Investment Management, Internship, Bachelor Theses. Specialisations: None Optional courses: Students will be able to choose from such study subjects as: Personal and employer image formation, Innovation, Leadership, Psychological features of personal financial decisions, FinTech, Emerging markets, International finance and crises, Family business, Social entrepreneurship, Service business. Distinctive features of a study programme: The Programme is orientated towards the business finance sphere. It develops aggregated and complex knowledge and skills of business finance indispensible for the enhancement and application of business finance competencies. It is noteworthy that the Business Finance Programme aims at integrated business competences, i. e. the proficiency in business finances is matched to managerial and innovative skills. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The activities of specialist in business finances are orientated towards analysing, planning, forecasting, money flow control, assessment of investment possibilities, budgeting, proposal submittal to the governing body of an enterprise; a graduate can work as the head or a deputy head of Lithuanian and international business companies, establish and run a private business, specialize in the positions of analyst, appraiser, financier, manage the company's finance department. Access to further study: Graduates are able to continue studies for Master's degree in the field of management or economics.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The programme aims at providing solid fundamentals in linguistics and literary theory, communication skills in German (C1-C2 according the CEFR), ability to understand the culture of German-speaking countries as well as analyse phenomena of German language and literature in some broader linguistic and literary context. It also includes basic skills in critical thinking, autonomous learning, communicating and working in a multilingual environment. During the internship, the students acquire basic skills in translation, research skills or skills in teaching German as a foreign language. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be able to: • understand linguistic and literary concepts, • carry out philological research, • analyse the system of German at different levels (Phonetics, Grammar, Lexicology, Pragmatics etc.), establish comparisons between German and Lithuanian, • analyse and interpret German, Austrian and Swiss literature in a broader literary and cultural context, understand the culture of German-speaking countries and compare it to Lithuanian culture, • communicate in German (C1-C2 according the CEFR) and Lithuanian in various situations, understand, skim, create and edit texts of various genres in German, translate and interpret from/to German. They will also demonstrate basic skills in teaching German as a foreign language and using IT to process language. Other skills include: • autonomous and team learning and work; • analysing, systematizing and evaluating information; • communicating and working in an intercultural environment; • creative generating ides, • critical self-evaluation and continuous learning. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme is student-oriented. Contact hours make approximately 35 per cent of the total student’s workload. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars, practical classes, internship and professional placement, as well as independent work. Apart from classical lectures, demonstration of video and audio material, illustration etc., active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups (about 16 students) and student-oriented methods are used such as brainstorming, group discussions, presentations and reading (individual and in pairs). A lot of attention is devoted to independent studies: essay and term paper writing, using different information technologies, feedback and peer-review. Students have internship at the university and professional placement outside the university (in translation bureaus, publishing houses, editorial offices, schools, etc.). The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic or literary research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. The written (or written and oral) examination provides only a part of the final grade. The student accumulates the remaining part by submitting essays and research papers, taking tests, delivering presentations as well as doing other assignments. The specific proportions and the grade calculating formula depends on the learning outcomes aimed by the specific course. The internship included preparing a work placement report. In the case of the final thesis, the assessment covers the thesis itself, its presentation and defence. To assess the student's achievements, the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) is used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The degree programme consists of 1) German philology as the major study field (at least 165 credits) which includes linguistics, language communication (understanding, writing and translating texts), literature and culture. The ability to carry out linguistic/literary research is developed by writing and defending the BA thesis (20 credits in total). The independent practice and work placement (15 credits in total) is available as the following options: translation, research-related practice (corpus linguistics), teaching German as a foreign language; 2) general university studies (at least 15 credits); 3) other optional courses (up to 60 credits) in the German language, linguistics, literature; minor study field or just various courses in other study fields or general university studies. Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional courses in the German language, linguistic and literature (at least 60 credits of the major study field) as well as general university education enable the students to individualise their studies. In addition, the students have the opportunity to choose a minor study field (60 credits) starting in their second year or study various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests. Distinctive features of a study programme: The strengths of the degree programme are the all-round studies in German philology that cover the German language, linguistics, literature and culture at different levels (from theoretical knowledge to its application in practical situations, analysis, synthesis and evaluation) as well as research integration that ensures a solid education. A distinctive feature is provided by the four-fold opportunity to individualise the studies (up to 50 per cent of the programme) according to one’s motivation and interests by choosing: 1) course units covering various aspects of the German language, linguistics and literature; 2) a minor study field from the list of minor programmes offered at Vilnius University; 3) minor studies in subject pedagogy resulting in a BA degree and the teacher’s professional qualification; 4) various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education). Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates are highly-qualified philologists, able to meet the modern society’s needs by working in translation bureaus, editorial offices, publishing houses, travel agencies, consular offices, other institutions and companies where excellent command of German, interpersonal and intercultural skills are required. Access to further study: Graduates of the German Philology programme can continue their studies in a variety of second-cycle degree programmes in humanities, first of all, specialising in philology. The can choose master programmes offered by Vilnius University: legal German, translation/interpreting, general/applied linguistics, literary anthropology and culture, intermedial literary studies, semiotics etc. They can also enter master programmes in humanities or social sciences offered by other universities, provided they fulfil the admission requirements other as well as some master programmes in the field of social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: - To train Bachelors in Polish Philology with good Polish language skills (C1-C2) and thorough knowledge of the culture, traditions, political and economic life of Poland; - to introduce students to the main disciplines of Polish Philology, history of language and script, main stages in the development of Polish literature and culture, contemporary issues in language and literature; - to provide general philological knowledge, to develop the ability to independently analyse forms of linguistic and literary expression; - to teach the basics of translation; - to develop students‘ independence, critical thinking and openness to other cultures. Learning outcomes: Subject specific competencies: - Critical linguistic knowledge and skills. Understanding and analysing the system of Polish at different levels. - Critical literary knowledge and skills. Understanding and analysing Polish literature. - Understanding the culture of Poland. - Polish language communication skills (C1-C2). - Ability to carry out linguistic/literary research. - Ability to use philological knowledge and skills in practical situations in and outside the University. Generic competencies: - Ability to work and study autonomously applying the gained knowledge in practical situations. - Analytical and critical thinking. - Proficiency in the national and in a second language. - Intercultural competence and teamwork under application of ethical values. - Learning orientation and quality orientation. - Creativity. Activities of teaching and learning: - The studies are student-oriented. Contact hours make approximately 35 per cent of the total student’s workload. - The curriculum includes lectures, seminars, practical classes, internship and professional placement, as well as independent work. - Apart from classical lectures, demonstration of video and audio material, illustration etc., active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving, etc. - Seminars and practical classes are student-oriented methods are used such as brainstorming, group discussions, presentations and reading (individual and in pairs). - A lot of attention is devoted to independent studies: essay and term paper writing, using different information technologies, feedback and peer-review. - Students have internship at the university and professional placement outside the university (in translation bureaus, publishing houses, editorial offices, schools, etc.). Practice report is submitted at the end of the practice period. - The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic or literary research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. The study programme is concluded by the defence of a BA thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: - The degree programme consists of Polish philology as the major study field (at least 165 credits) and general university education (at least 15 credits). - Polish philology studies include linguistics, language communication (understanding, writing and translating texts), literature and culture. - The ability to carry out linguistic/literary research is developed by writing and defending the BA thesis (20 credits in total). - The independent practice and work placement (15 credits in total) is available as the following options: translation, teaching Polish, dialectical practice, librarianship. - Optional courses in the Polish language, linguistic and literature (at least 35 per cent of the major study field) as well as general university education enable the students to individualise their studies. - In addition, the students have the opportunity to choose a minor study field (60 credits) starting in their second year or study various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests. Specialisations: Optional courses: 1) course units covering various aspects of the Polish language, linguistics and literature; 2) a minor study field from the list of minor programmes offered at Vilnius University (including subject pedagogy resulting in the teacher’s professional qualification); 3) various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education). Distinctive features of a study programme: The strengths of the degree programme are the all-round studies in Polish philology that cover the Polish language, linguistics, literature and culture at different levels (from theoretical knowledge to its application in practical situations, analysis, synthesis and evaluation) as well as research integration which ensures a solid education. • Polish language teaching • The students have the opportunity to choose a minor study field (60 credits) starting in their second year or study various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests • Another distinctive feature is provided by the three-fold opportunity to individualise the studies (up to 50 per cent of the programme) according to one’s motivation and interests by choosing: 1) course units covering various aspects of the Polish language, linguistics and literature; 2) a minor study field from the list of minor programmes offered at Vilnius University; 3) various course units. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the programme can work in the spheres of culture, education, mass media, book publishing, in state and private institutions and pursue a career in those spheres where general education in humanities and foreign languages is needed such as museums, archives, libraries, publishing houses, editor‘s offices, schools, etc. Access to further study: Graduates of the Polish Philology programme can continue their studies in a variety of second-cycle degree programmes in humanities, first of all, specialising in philology: translation/interpreting, general/applied linguistics, literary anthropology and culture, intermedial literary studies, semiotics etc. as well as some master programmes in the field of social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The undergraduate study programme in Scandinavian Studies is aimed at development of highest-level professional skills: achievement of the strong B2 level in the language of the Nordic region studied and development of skills in understanding other Nordic languages, acquisition of strong fundamentals in linguistics and literary science as well as acquaintance with research issues in other subjects significant for Scandinavian studies and the apparatus of their study. It is sought that students have comprehensive understanding of the Nordic countries and be ready to work in the spheres requiring the languages the Nordic region and intercultural awareness. Learning outcomes: The skills acquired will allow graduates of the programme to work in the spheres requiring linguistic and intercultural competences as well as skills related to translating and interpreting both from and into the languages studied, both at state institutions and business enterprises in Lithuania, the EU and the Nordic countries. Activities of teaching and learning: Interactive lectures, studying of various information sources and theoretical literature and discussing it at the seminars, inderpendent individual and group work, presentation of results of independent work in oral, written, and multimedia form. Individual or group research projects, tasks for discussion at the seminars (group discussions and discussions with the teacher). Use of IT and audiovisual lab. All subjects are taught combining lectures, seminars and structured (supervised) interpendent work. Every subject will give the students opportunities for active participation, expression of own oppinion, developing inderpendence and critical skills, as well as applying the acquired knowledge in practice. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Assessment criteria are determined by the teacher(-s) of the respective subject in relation to the goals of the respective subject. Formative evaluation (countinuous feedback in oral and writen form) is used during the whole study process. In all the subjects, cumulative assessment is used comprising such assessment forms as written and oral exams, mid-term tests, term papers, essays, presentations, (individual and group) reseach projects. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Scandinavian Studies (Swedish/ Danish/ Norwegian variant): compulsory subjects in the study program comprise 155 ECTS: development of the communicational competence of the language studied, including translation skills, academic language skills, as well as receptive skills of other Scandinavian languages (60 ECTS, subjects: Contemporary Swedish/ Norwegian/ Danish Language, Culture and Society I-IV, Contemporary Danish Language, Stylistics and Translation I-II, Research Project in the Language Studied, Fundamentals and Cultural Context of Other Scandinavian Languages); fundamentals of theoretical disciplines, including development of skills for linguistic, literary and philological analysis, as well as the competence of doing reseach (65 ECTS, subjects: Introduction to Linguistics, Introduction to Literary Theory, History of Scandinavian Countries I-II, Introduction to Scandinavian Philology, Introduction to Old Scandinavian Literature, Literature of the Nordic countries, Linguistics I-II). Scandinavian Studies (Finnish and Swedish variant): compulsory subjects in the study program comprise 185 ECTS. The students study both official languages of Finland: Finnish (as the main language) and Swedish (as the second language). Development of the communicative competence of Finnish, including translation skills and academic language skills, comprise 52,5 ECTS (subjects: Contemporary Finnish Language, Culture and Society I-IV, Contemporary Finnish Language, Stylistics and Translation I-II, Research Project in the Language Studied). Development of the communicative competence of Swedish, including basic translation skills, comprise 37,5 ECTS (subjects: Contemporary Swedish Language, Culture and Society I-IV, Contemporary Swedish Language, Stylistics and Translation). Development of fundamentals of theoretical disciplines, including skills for linguistic, literary and philological analysis, as well as the competence of doing reseach, comprise 65 ECTS, subjects: Introduction to Linguistics, Introduction to Literary Theory, History of Scandinavian Countries I-II, Introduction to Finno-Ugric Studies, Introduction to Old Scandinavian Literature, Literature of the Nordic countries, Linguistics I-II). All students have Vocational Practice in Scandinavian Studies (15 ECTS) engaging in different activities in the labour market (e.g. customer service, administration, translation, teaching or other) that pertains to further development of communicative competence of the language studied, as well as intercultural competence. At the end of the studies, the students write and defend their Bachelor Thesis, based upon linguistic, literary or cultural analysis of Scandinavian or Finnish evidence. Specialisations: Optional courses: All students choose General University Subjects (15 ECTS); students of Scandinavian Studies (Swedish/ Norvegian/ Danish variants of the study programme) have a possibility to choose minor studies (60 ECTS). The students that have not chosen minor studies are free to choose elective subjects in Scandinavian Studies (at least 30 ECTS) ranging from literary, linguistic, cultural and interdisciplinary fields, they can also choose subjects of other fields (max. 40 ECTS). Students of Scandinavian Studies (Finnish and Swedish variant) cannot choose minor studies. They can choose freely from Scandinavian or non-Scandinavian elective subjects (40 ECTS). Distinctive features of a study programme: 4 variants of the study programme. Possibility to choose minor studies (only for the students of the Swedish /Norvegian/ Danish variant). The study programme offers a unique opportunity to study languages, societies, literatures and culture of the Nordic countries. The Finnish and Swedish variant of the study programme is unique not only in Lithuania, but also in the Baltic states. Good language and intercultural competence is one of the strengths of the study programme. This complies with the EU policy of promoting multilingualism as well as Lithuanian education and language teaching strategies and satisfies the needs of the labour market in Lithuania, where investments from the Nordic countries comprise a big share. The Centre of Scandinavian Studies always have native language speaking lecturers from Denmark, Sweden, Norway and Finland, visits of guest lecturers, writers and other famous persons from the Nordic countries are organised. The students participate in variuos events related to the Nordic culture, as well as study trips to the Nordic countries, many of them have an opportunity to study at the universities or other educational institutions of the Nordic countries. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of the study programme are highly qualified language and culture specialists, able to meet the needs of modern society and to work in translations agencies, editorial boards, publishing houses, travelling agencies, embassies, variuos business enterprisies and other workplaces requiring an excellent knowledge of the languages of the Nordic region, as well as interpersonal and intercultural skills. Access to further study: The graduates of the study programme of Scandinavian Studies will be able to continue studies in many Master programmes of Humanities and Social sciences at the universities of Lithuania and abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To provide students with a sound basis in linguistics and literary theory, to develop communicative abilities in French (C1-C2), understanding of the culture of France and French-speaking countries and ability to analyse and evaluate the phenomena of French language and culture in a broader context of linguistics and literary theory. Students are taught to think critically, study independently, communicate and cooperate in a multicultural environment. During internship and professional placement students will acquire the basics of translation, research and French language teaching methods. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be able to understand linguistic and literary concepts, carry out philological research, analyze the system of French at different levels, establish comparisons between French and Lithuanian, analyze French literature in the context of European literature, compare different cultures, effectively communicate in French (C1-C2), understand, create and edit texts of various genres in French, translate and interpret from/to French and will demonstrate basic skills in teaching French as a foreign language. Other skills include autonomous and team learning and work; analyzing, systematizing and evaluating information; communicating in an intercultural environment; critical self-evaluation and continuous learning. Activities of teaching and learning: The studies are student-oriented. Contact hours make approximately 35 per cent of the total student’s workload. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars, practical classes, internship and professional placement, as well as independent work. Apart from classical lectures, active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups (about 16 students) using student-oriented methods such as brainstorming, group discussions, presentations and reading (individual and in pairs). A lot of attention is devoted to independent studies: essay and term paper writing, using IT, feedback and peer-review. Students have internship at the university and professional placement outside the university (in translation bureaus, publishing houses, editorial offices, schools, etc.). A report is submitted at the end of the work placement period. The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic or literary research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written (or written and oral) examination, continuous and cumulative assessment (of essays, presentations, research papers and other assignments), assessment of the submitted work placement report, assessment of the presentation on the final thesis and its defense. The student's achievements are assessed using the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: French philology studies include linguistics, language communication (understanding, writing and translating texts), literature and culture. The ability to carry out linguistic/literary research is developed by writing and defending the BA thesis (20 credits in total). The practical training (15 credits in total) is available as the following options: translation, research-related practice (corpus linguistics), teaching French as a foreign language. Optional courses in French language, linguistic and literature (at least 35 per cent of the major study field) as well as general university education enable the students to individualise their studies. In addition, the students have the opportunity to choose a minor study field (60 credits) starting in their second year and obtain a double degree or study various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests. Specialisations: Optional courses: The students have the opportunity to choose a minor study field (60 credits) starting in their second year or study various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests. Distinctive features of a study programme: The strengths of the degree programme are the all-round studies in French philology that cover the French language, linguistics, literature and culture at different levels (from theoretical knowledge to its application in practical situations, analysis, synthesis and evaluation) as well as research integration which ensures a solid education. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates are highly-qualified philologists, able to meet the modern society’s needs by working in translation bureaus, editorial offices, publishing houses, travel agencies, consular offices, other institutions and companies where excellent command of French, interpersonal and intercultural skills are required. Access to further study: Graduates can enter master programmes in humanities or social sciences offered by Vilnius or other universities, provided they fulfil the admission requirements.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train specialists of the Lithuanian language, literature, culture and, in general specialists of country studies, who acquire a B2 level of the Lithuanian language, who understand the phenomena of the Lithuanian language, culture and literature of Lithuania, and of the realities of social life, and who have the ability to pursue theoretical knowledge and, subsequently, to apply it autonomously; and who have the capacity to analyse and evaluate various phenomena in the Lithuanian language, culture or literature of Lithuania in a broader intercultural context; and who are able to make conclusions and/or recommendations to the parties concerned in the areas of languages and culture policy, and other matters in Lithuania and abroad. Learning outcomes: 1. Knowledge and its application: 1.1 The student will know how and be able to describe language and literature as phenomena, while appropriately applying basic concepts, terms and other knowledge based on fundamental and applied research in the contexts of the Lithuanian language, culture and literature of Lithuania. 1.2 The student will be familiar with various socio-cultural phenomena of Lithuania and its‘ neighbouring countries – Lithuania's strategic partners – Latvia, Poland and Estonia, and will be able to analyse and evaluate them in relation to socio-cultural phenomena in his/her own country and in the broader intercultural spheres of study and professional activity. 2. Research skills: 2.1. The student will be able to identify a (socio-)linguistic, literary or socio-cultural problem in a cross-cultural context, collect targeted empirical material, bibliographic sources and select appropriate research methods and other research tools to analyse and evaluate the problem. 2.2 The student will be able to present his/her ideas, insights and research findings as a researcher in language, literature or socio-culture in a reasoned spoken and written manner through a variety of papers, presentations, discussions, while justifying his/her opinion. 3. Special skills: 3.1. The student will be able to apply knowledge and skills of understanding Lithuanian texts that he/she reads or hears, spoken and written communication (including grammar, lexicon) at B2 level (according to CEFR), as well as apply pragmatic and sociolinguistic competences and understanding and compensation strategies 3.2 The student will be able to plan, organise, carry out and evaluate literary phenomena, languages or culture policy activities, both in Lithuania and abroad, by providing analysis and recommendations to stakeholders on literary, linguistic and/or cultural issues. 4. University common competencies: 4.1. Collaboration: the student will know the basic rules of effective teamwork and will be able to use them while creating team goals in linguistic, literary or cultural tasks; he/she will be able to play a role in a team independently, sharing all the information necessary to achieve the goals alongside other team members. 4.2. Responsibility: the student will be able to clearly define expectations for himself/herself and for others, while understanding and taking personal responsibility for the time and resources available, for the progress of his/her study activity, for the successful learning of the Lithuanian language, completion of his/her assignment in the field of linguistics, literary or socio-culture, and for the attainment of his/her goals. 4.3. Interculturalism: the student will understand the basic principles of intercultural communication and cultural communication and will apply them to create and maintain respectful and open relations with people from other cultures. Using his/her intercultural knowledge, the student will be able to identify and explain possible areas of intercultural misunderstanding, causes and consequences of culture shock. The student will be aware of the basic values, beliefs, interests and behavioural norms of Lithuanian culture, understand the different specificities of culture of his/her own country and Lithuania and the historical reasons that have shaped them, and will be able to analyse and critically evaluate different cultural contexts using this knowledge. 4.4. Problem solving: the student will know the sources and methods to search for the necessary information for solving their study tasks or problems in the Lithuanian language learning, linguistics, literary studies, etc.; the student will be able to identify problems and challenges in his/her own field of interest and to resolve them with the help of others or independently. 4.5. Openness to change: the student will understand the importance of openness to change for the success of his/her learning and work and will be able to demonstrate openness to different linguistic, literary, cultural ideas and perspectives to acquire new competencies. 5. Other social skills: 5.1 The student will be able to reflect on achievements of his/her own and others, identify the need for further development of professional competencies, study independently and manage the process of personal development. 5.2 The student will be able to assess the possible social, political and ethical consequences of his/her activity related to Lithuanian issues and contexts, understanding the moral responsibility for his/her activities and the impact of his/her results in various contexts. 5.3 The student will be able to fairly use of a variety of resources and tools (including AI), to cite a variety of sources and ideas of others without plagiarism and with due regard for copyright and other intellectual property rights. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme uses active learning methods: theoretical, problem-based, inclusive lectures, seminars with discussions, presentations, research and other individual or group assignments. In the various subjects of the programme targeted IT applications and tools are used as needed. Field trips (if possible) to various institutions such as museums and the Centre for Civil Education, the Seimas of the Republic of Lithuania, etc. are planned. Practical teaching of the Lithuanian language is carried out using a communicative linguodidactic approach. A large part of the studies is devoted to independent work: studying literature, searching for and organising information for various written works (of a referential or research nature), reports, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The assessment strategy is based on formative qualitative assessment, as well as cumulative criterion-based assessment. The final assessment of the subject is an examination, for the BA Thesis Seminar (Semester 7) – a pass/fail, and in the case of the BA Thesis (Semester 8) – a defence in an open sitting of the BA Thesis Defence Committee. Self-assessment of the student's own progress is also consistently encouraged, and peer assessment of students' performances is also used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Linguistic subjects: Introduction into Baltic Studies; The History of the Lithuanian Language; Sociolinguistic situation and language policy in Lithuania; Language Contacts and Contexts in Lithuania; Variation of the Lithuanian Language; Lithuanian Diaspora: Language and Identity. Literary subjects: Introduction to the Literature of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania; Introduction to Modern Lithuanian Literature; Multilingual Vilnius Literature; Aspects of Contemporary Lithuanian Literature; Lithuanian Literature, culture and Art Contexts, Contacts and Contexts of Regional Literatures. Sociocultural subjects: Intercultural Communication; Lithuania and Lithuanians Today: Introduction to the Lithuanian Socio-culture; Traditional Lithuanian Culture: Ethnography, Folklore, Customs; Introduction to the History of Lithuania; Politics of Contemporary Lithuania; Social Geography of Lithuania; Religion and Society in Lithuania; Society and Culture of Lithuania's Neighbouring Countries (20th and 21st Centuries). Subjects developing researcher competencies: Academic Writing; Introduction to Quantitative and Qualitative Research Methods; Term Paper; BA Thesis Seminar; BA Thesis. Subjects developing Lithuanian language competence: Modern Lithuanian Language (1/5); Modern Lithuanian Language (2/5); Modern Lithuanian Language (3/5); Modern Lithuanian Language (4/5); Modern Lithuanian Language (5/5). Internship: Internship of Intercultural Communication or Professional Internship: Creative Writing. Specialisations: None Optional courses: During semesters 2–7 the student will be able to personalise his/her studies and choose freely within the 60 credits: • any subject offered at the Faculty of Philology; • any subject/module offered by any other VU faculty; • GUS modules; • interdisciplinary subjects; participate in academic exchanges (part-time studies, internships). Distinctive features of a study programme: Instruction languages of the programme are English and Lithuanian. The program is aimed at 1) Lithuanian emigrant youth; 2) immigrants living in Lithuania; 3) citizens of various countries who are interested in Lithuanian studies. This study programme prepares Lithuanian studies specialists who, with a broad understanding of the specificity of Lithuanian studies, will be able to approach, analyse and evaluate it from a cross-cultural perspective, and will be able to take a leadership role in disseminating the achievements of Lithuanian culture, literature, and linguistics to the world. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of this study programme will be able to take up positions as consultants, cultural observers, journalists, advisors, programme coordinators, civil servants, where a broad understanding of Lithuanian studies and intercultural competence will be required. Depending on the competencies developed, graduates will be able to work in cultural centres, educational institutions, media, publishing, public opinion research companies, public relations agencies, and business enterprises. Graduates of this programme will also be able to work in their home countries in the field of Lithuanian Studies, maintaining relations with Lithuania, initiating bilateral or international projects. Thus, graduates will be able to participate directly in cultural, media and educational processes, pursuing careers at local, national or international level. Access to further study: Graduates of this programme can continue their studies in MA cycle: Linguistics (Applied Linguistics), Intermedial Studies of Literature, Literary Anthropology and Culture.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the study programme Lithuanian Philology and Advertising is to provide comprehensive university background knowledge; educate highly qualified specialists with wide profile with a strong theoretical basis in the Lithuanian language and literature, with fundamental knowledge in Lithuanian linguistics, literary criticism, the discourse of advertising and ability to relate the latter with the philological qualification in both professional and academic activities. This aim satisfies the general tendencies of the country’s labour market and the demands of employers; it also expands the graduates’ further career possibilities. Learning outcomes: The graduate is able to describe and analyse the phenomena of the Lithuanian language and literature on different levels; apply the required terminology in advertising research; apply the main strategies of advertising design; organise advertising business; is competent in analysing advertising as a linguistic, visual and artistic discourse; possesses skills in identifying, formulating and grounding the scientific problems; is able to carry out qualitative research, write and edit texts of various genres and prepare them for publishing; is able to prepare and manage projects; possesses competence in computer literacy; is familiar with the basics of law and marketing. The graduate understands the importance of lifelong learning; is competent in analysing the obtained information; is able to communicate in the first foreign language in various communicative situations and has adequate skills in the second foreign language; is able to communicate and work in an international environment and demonstrate creative and innovative behaviour under changing conditions; is able to understand and employ the scientific terms and research instruments. Activities of teaching and learning: The study programme Lithuanian Philology and Advertising includes lectures, seminars, practical lectures, professional practice and independent tasks. Each of the study programme outcomes is achieved by applying heterogeneous study modules based on both practical activities and theoretical studies. Traditional information methods (e.g. lectures, demonstration of video and audio recordings, illustration, etc.) and active teaching/learning methods (involving lectures, problematic lecturing, etc.) are employed. Practical lectures and seminars allow the application of student-oriented study methods (e.g. discussions, presentations, brainstorming, etc.). Independent studies include preparation of projects, essays and other written works. During the fourth year of studies, the students of Lithuanian Philology and Advertising carry out professional practice. Students are offered an opportunity to do it in publishing houses, editorial houses of various media, advertising agencies, cultural organizations and the like. In order to receive practice assessment, students need to hand in a report and work portfolio. The programme finishes with the defence of the Bachelor‘s Thesis. The students of the study programme Lithuanian Philology and Advertising carry out their research in the fields of linguistics, literary criticism or advertising discourse. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examination, project, colloquium, test, essay, report, public presentation, activities during seminars, case study, analysis of scientific text, analysis of theoretical literature, analytical written paper, creative composition and evaluation of the contribution of the colleagues. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The undergraduate programme Lithuanian Philology and Advertising includes the following blocks of the course units: the study course units developing general knowledge and specific competences covering Literature and Linguistics related subjects; professional practice, Bachelor thesis; general university courses, other disciplines which aim at developing practical advertising related skills (verbal and non-verbal expressions, artistry, social and psychological impact of advertising, etc.). Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme forms the skills necessary for interdisciplinary communication in the contemporary discourse which could be characterised as the need for the ability to: write, create and analyse texts in the Lithuanian language; evaluate text functions in contemporary advertising discourse. The general and subject-specific competences of the study programme Lithuanian Philology and Advertising allow its graduates to compete in the labour market and ensure professional liability. The competences of the students are developed in two different interrelated and complementary directions: 1. Lithuanian Philology and 2. Advertising. The competence group provides the interdisciplinary and practical outcomes which are mainly supposed to develop the philological and advertising-related skills. In their turn, competences in Lithuanian Philology are split into more specific competences in Lithuanian Linguistics and Lithuanian Literature. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate may pursue a professional career as an editor, language manager in publishing houses, newspaper agencies, media, electronic publishing, cultural institutions; as a public relations specialist in advertising agencies, public and commercial offices. Access to further study: A graduate may continue studies in the Master programmes of Humanities; also, by taking extra exams – in Master programmes of Business and Public Administration.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the study programme of Lithuanian Philology is to prepare highly qualified specialists in Lithuanian Philology, to provide students with a firm basis in linguistics and literature, with a systematic knowledge of traditional and modern Lithuanian studies, with the capacity to analyse, systematize and evaluate the facts of Lithuanian language and literature in a broader linguistic, literary and cultural context, in addition to teach them to think critically, to learn independently and to work collectively in a national and international environment. Learning outcomes: - Firm basis in linguistics and literature; - systematic knowledge of traditional and modern Lithuanian; - knowledge of contemporary linguistic, literary, and cultural developments; - studies and capacity to analyse, systematize and evaluate the facts of Lithuanian language and literature in a broader linguistic, literary and cultural context; - competence at communication of Lithuanian culture in national and international contexts; - critical thinking; - capacity to learn autonomously; - capacity to work collectively in a national and multicultural environment. The graduates that have completed a special track in a foreign language are able to communicate in the studied foreign language in different communicative situations (B2-C1 according to the CEFR), can compare various linguistic and cultural phenomena of the native and the foreign language, apply and develop their translation skills in a professional field. Activities of teaching and learning: The studies are student-oriented. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars, practical classes, internship and professional placement, as well as independent work. Apart from classical lectures, active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups (about 16 students) using student-oriented methods such as brainstorming, group discussions, presentations and reading (individual and in pairs). A lot of attention is devoted to independent studies: essay and term paper writing, using IT, feedback and peer-review. Students have internship at the university and professional placement outside the university (in translation bureaus, publishing houses, editorial offices, schools, etc.). A report is submitted at the end of the work placement period. The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic or literary research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written and oral examination, applying permanent and accumulative evaluation. Main methods: tests (multiple choice and open questions), oral reports, paper essays, semestral research papers, presentations, practice, Bachelor of Arts thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The following blocks can be distinguished in the study programme of Lithuanian Philology: subjects directly related to the main course of study of the programme (145 cr.), which is made up by Lithuanian linguistics, literature, folklore, language, educational and professional practice, Bachelor of Arts final paper; general university subjects – GUS (15 cr.); other elective subjects or a minor study programme (80 cr.), or a special track in another foreign language and culture (70 cr.). Specialisations: Students can choose between the following special tracks: Estonian, Latvian, Greek, Turkish. Each of the special tracks includes studies of the respective foreign language, literature and culture (70 cr. in total). Optional courses: The type of work placement is elective, the students can choose between the following options: translation, research-related practice (corpus linguistics), language teaching etc. 80 cr. are determined by the student’s free choice. Students can take different courses of Lithuanian Philology and (or) other courses offered by the Faculty of Philology and study another foreign language, literature and culture, or they may choose a minor study programme, or they may choose more GUS or other elective subjects. Distinctive features of a study programme: Deep and systematic knowledge of traditional and modern Lithuanian studies. Skills to apply it in various contemporary professional fields. The possibility to learn another foreign language, culture and literature or take a Minor in another study field. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of the Bachelor of Arts programme in Lithuanian Philology are highly qualified philologists, filling in the needs of the modern society: their acquired expertise (professional knowledge of standard Lithuanian, understanding of Lithuanian literature and culture, philological competence) will allow them to work in publishing houses, media, translation bureaus, institutions of education and culture, as well as in other companies and institutions where knowledge of language as a means of cultural expression, professional knowledge of the Lithuanian and universal heritage, and communicative and intercultural skills are required. Access to further study: Graduate students are able to continue their studies in many Master of Arts programmes in the fields of humanities and social sciences.

Aim(s) of a study programme: The aim of the study programme of Italian Philology is to prepare highly qualified specialists in Italian Philology, to provide students with a firm basis in linguistics and literature, with a strong proficiency in Italian (C1-C2), with a proper understanding of the culture of Italy, with the capacity to analyse and evaluate the Italian language and literature in the broader context of worldwide linguistics and literature, in addition to teach them to think critically, to learn independently and to work collectively in a multicultural environment. Learning outcomes Graduates: Will be able to identify objectives and to choose appropriate resources and methods in order to complete assigned tasks on time. Will be able to apply the acquired knowledge to achieve concrete professional goals. Will be able to analyze a phenomenon, identifying its constituents and relations between them.. Will be able to compare and critically assess an information (phenomena, objects, human deeds, etc.) and to judge during a debate about their advantages and disadvantages. . Will be able to work and learn efficiently in a team, distributing individual tasks, taking responsibility for results, motivating team members to achieve established team goals.. Will be able to communicate and cooperate positively with people from other cultures, to understand and to take into account the specificity of their traditions and communication conventions. Will be able to generate ideas and to look for new , original problem solutions. Will be open-minded and able to break free from stereotypes. Will be able to understand, to produce and to edit various genres of texts in Italian and in other foreign language, choosing appropriate language resources and style.. Will be able to communicate properly and efficiently in Italian (C1/C2) and in other foreign language (B1/B2) in various situations, to choose language resources and style taking into account communication objectives and target audience. . Will be able to identify a linguistic or literary problem and to choose appropriate empirical materials, research approaches and bibliographic references in order to tackle it. Will be able to describe accomplished research outcomes in a scientific text and to deliver it in a reasoned public presentation.. Will be able to provide written and oral translations of various texts from Italian to Lithuanian and vice versa, applying appropriate translation techniques and strategies. Will get knowledge about Italian language teaching methods and will be able to apply them practically.. will be able to analyse socio-cultural context of Italy in the light of its geography, history, arts, mentality, self-concept, habits and traditions. Will be able to highlight the peculiarities of Italian culture and to judge about it in a broader context. Teaching and learning activities: Teaching oriented to the students, stressing the interaction between teacher and student, the personal work and learning of the student, based on problem solving, on scientific research, on tasks carried on both individually and collectively. Methods of assessment of learning achievements Written and oral examination, applying permanent and accumulative evaluation. Main methods: tests (multiple choice and open questions), oral reports, compositions, papers, semestral research papers, presentations, practice report, Bachelor of Arts thesis. Design: Study subjects (modules), internships: The following blocks can be distinguished in the study programme of Italian Philology: subjects directly related to the main course of study of the programme (165 cr.), which is made up by Italian literature, linguistics, language, culture, educational and professional practice (elective – 15 cr.), Bachelor of Arts final paper (15 cr.). general university subjects – GUS (15 cr.) other elective subjects (60 cr.) – students can take different courses of Italian Philology and (or) other courses offered by the Faculty of Philology and study another foreign language (English/ French/ Spanish/ Latvian/ Polish Russian/German), or they may choose a programme of conterminous studies and pursue a double degree of Bachelor of Arts, or they may choose more BUS or other elective subjects. Specializations: - Optional courses: From the 2 to the 7 semester students can freely choose 60 credits (semesters 2-6 – 10 cr. each semester, 7 semester – 20 cr.), thus being able to individualize and differentiate their studies according to their predilection and aptitude: 1) to pursue the degree of Bachelor of Arts in Italian Philology only, concentrating in different aspects of Italian language, culture, linguistics and literature, studying another foreign language or other elective subjects of the Faculty of Philology; 2) to pursue a double degree of Bachelor of Arts, choosing a programme of minor studies starting from the second year; 3) those not choosing minor studies can choose more BUS or other elective subjects. Students can also choose the type of Semestral research paper, Practice, Bachelor of Arts tutorial, and Bachelor of Arts thesis, as well as various other specialization courses. Distinctive features of the study programme: The possibility to to pursue a double degree of Bachelor of Arts; starting from the third semester Italian Philology' subjects are taught in Italian.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The programme aims at providing solid fundamentals in linguistics and literary theory, communication skills in Spanish (C1-C2 according the CEFR), ability to understand the culture of Spanish-speaking countries as well as analyse phenomena of Spanish language and literature in some broader linguistic and literary context. It also includes basic skills in critical thinking, autonomous learning, communicating and working in a multilingual environment. During the internship, the students acquire basic skills in translation, research skills or skills in teaching Spanish as a foreign language. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be able to: • understand linguistic and literary concepts, • carry out philological research, • analyse the system of Spanish at different levels (Phonetics, Grammar, Lexicology, Pragmatics etc.), establish comparisons between Spanish and Lithuanian, • analyse and interpret Spanish and South American literature in a broader literary and cultural context, understand the culture of Spanish-speaking countries and compare it to Lithuanian culture, • communicate in Spanish (C1-C2 according the CEFR) and Lithuanian in various situations, understand, skim, create and edit texts of various genres in Spanish, translate and interpret from/to Spanish. They will also demonstrate basic skills in teaching Spanish as a foreign language and using IT to process language. Other skills include: • autonomous and team learning and work; • analysing, systematizing and evaluating information; • communicating and working in an intercultural environment; • creative generating ides, • critical self-evaluation and continuous learning. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme is student-oriented. Contact hours make approximately 35 per cent of the total student’s workload. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars, practical classes, internship and professional placement, as well as independent work. Apart from classical lectures, demonstration of video and audio material, illustration etc., active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups (about 16 students) and student-oriented methods are used such as brainstorming, group discussions, presentations and reading (individual and in pairs). A lot of attention is devoted to independent studies: essay and term paper writing, using different information technologies, feedback and peer-review. Students have internship at the university and professional placement outside the university (in translation bureaus, publishing houses, editorial offices, schools, etc.). The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic or literary research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. The written (or written and oral) examination provides only a part of the final grade. The student accumulates the remaining part by submitting essays and research papers, taking tests, delivering presentations as well as doing other assignments. The specific proportions and the grade calculating formula depends on the learning outcomes aimed by the specific course. The internship included preparing a work placement report. In the case of the final thesis, the assessment covers the thesis itself, its presentation and defence. To assess the student's achievements, the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) is used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The degree programme consists of 1) Spanish philology as the major study field (at least 165 credits) which includes linguistics, language communication (understanding, writing and translating texts), literature and culture. The ability to carry out linguistic/literary research is developed by writing and defending the BA thesis (20 credits in total). The independent practice and work placement (15 credits in total) is available as the following options: translation, research-related practice (corpus linguistics), teaching Spanish as a foreign language; 2) general university studies (at least 15 credits); 3) other optional courses (up to 60 credits) in the Spanish language, linguistics, literature; minor study field or just various courses in other study fields or general university studies. Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional courses in the Spanish language, linguistic and literature (at least 60 credits of the major study field) as well as general university education enable the students to individualise their studies. In addition, the students have the opportunity to choose a minor study field (60 credits) starting in their second year or study various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education) according to their fields of interests. Distinctive features of a study programme: The strengths of the degree programme are the all-round studies in Spanish philology that cover the Spanish language, linguistics, literature and culture at different levels (from theoretical knowledge to its application in practical situations, analysis, synthesis and evaluation) as well as research integration that ensures a solid education. A distinctive feature is provided by the four-fold opportunity to individualise the studies (up to 50 per cent of the programme) according to one’s motivation and interests by choosing: 1) course units covering various aspects of the Spanish language, linguistics and literature; 2) a minor study field from the list of minor programmes offered at Vilnius University; 3) minor studies in subject pedagogy resulting in a degree and the teacher’s professional qualification; 4) various course units (in the major or other study fields as well as general university education). Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates are highly-qualified philologists, able to meet the modern society’s needs by working in translation bureaus, editorial offices, publishing houses, travel agencies, consular offices, other institutions and companies where excellent command of Spanish, interpersonal and intercultural skills are required. Access to further study: Graduates of the Spanish Philology programme can continue their studies in a variety of second-cycle degree programmes in humanities, first of all, specialising in philology. They can choose master programmes offered by Vilnius University: translation/interpreting, general/applied linguistics, literary anthropology and culture, intermedial literary studies, semiotics etc. They can also enter master programmes in humanities or social sciences offered by other universities, provided they fulfil the admission requirements other as well as some master programmes in the field of social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the programme is to prepare high quality economists with strong modelling, statistical, mathematical and analytical skills, as well as critical thinking aimed at solving economic problems. Learning outcomes: 1.1. Have acquired knowledge in classical and modern theories and principles of economics and finance and is able to apply them when analyzing economic problems. 1.2. Have acquired knowledge in quantitative methods and is able to competently apply them when working with different types of economic and financial data. 2.1. Appreciate the possibilities and the limits of scientific research methods when solving economic problems. 2.2. Undertake applied research that uses empirical evidence to validate economic arguments. 3.1. Apply critical thinking skills when analyzing economic problems. 3.2. Explain and interpret mathematical models describing social phenomena. 3.3. Critically evaluate economic policy in the real- world situations. Find relevant data, evaluate its quality, conduct statistical analysis using modern software packages and prepare a final report using scientific typesetting tools. 4.1. Work as an integral part of a team, while making individual suggestions and developing communication skills. 4.2. Construct complex arguments and communicate them in a clear manner through written, graphical, and oral forms. 5.1. Expand own understanding, knowledge and skills independently and critically evaluate own accomplishments. 5.2. Organize and plan their own work independently and make decisions depending on circumstances. Activities of teaching and learning: The program anticipates lectures, seminars, practical training, consultations, individual work, professional internship. Lecture format does not only include traditional education methods but also methods of active teaching: collective problem teaching, methodological discussions, group work, analysis of specific problematic cases, data analysis and interpretation, etc. Seminars are conducted in small groups (up to 25 students), employing student-oriented methods: group discussion, thought provocation, preparation and presentation of reports, individual and group work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: In most subjects, an accumulative score (final accumulation of work results at the end of a semester) is being used to ensure active student work and impartial study results evaluation. In applying accumulative score method (oral, written testing, presentation, case analysis, projects (individual and collective), report, discussion, critical analysis of a research article, etc.), student acquired knowledge and completed assignments throughout a semester are being evaluated. Each study subject is concluded with a final exam or final test. Exam are performed either in written or written/oral form. Student knowledge is evaluated on the scale of 1-10 (1- very poor, 10-excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Program includes: 180 credits. 145 ECTS compulsory courses are: Economic Principles 1 (15 ECTS) Mathematical methods 1 (5 ECTS) Statistical Theory 1 (5 ECTS) Economic Principles 2 (15 ECTS) Mathematical methods 2 (5 ECTS) Statistical Theory 2 (5 ECTS) Economic Theory 1 (15 ECTS) Econometric Theory and Practice 1 (5 ECTS) Finance 1 (5 ECTS) Economic Theory 2 (15 ECTS) Econometric Theory and Practice 2 (5 ECTS) Finance 2 (5 ECTS) Applied microeconomics (5 ECTS) Applied macroeconomics (5 ECTS) Applied finance (5 ECTS) Internship (15 ECTS) Bachelor‘s Thesis (15 ECTS) General university-level courses studied throughout 1-2 semesters, total of 10 ECTS. 25 ECTS specialization courses must be chosen from: Comparative Economics (5 ECTS) History of Economic Thought (5 ECTS) Behavioral and Experimental Economics (5 ECTS) Further Quantitative Methods (5 ECTS) International Finance (5 ECTS) Labor Economics (5 ECTS) Industrial Organization (5 ECTS) Panel Data Econometrics (5 ECTS) Big Data Analytics (5 ECTS) Time Series Analysis (5 ECTS) Financial Markets (5 ECTS) International Macroeconomics (5 ECTS) Distinctive features of a study programme: Created in collaboration with the Bank of Lithuania, the English-taught bachelor‘s programme in Quantitative Economics offers a unique blend of contemporary economic curriculum and quantitative methods. Designed using best practices from top universities, the programme will enable students to analyze economic processes in a quantitative manner, providing them with a set of highly valuable skills. Graduates will be able to continue their studies in internationally competitive master’s programmes, choose a career in data analytics in any business sector, or become analysts in financial or public sector, and international organizations. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Career opportunities for graduate students are going to be broad. Quantitative methods will allow graduates to choose careers in the sectors of economic and financial analysis, as well as data analytics, which can valuable for all sorts of businesses. In addition, graduates will be able to work as forecaster of different social phenomena, statisticians, market or industry researchers, data researchers, financial asset managers and investment fund managers, corporate and public consultants, economic policy evaluators, financial and economic analysts in commercial banks or other similar financial institutions, economists at central banks or other public or international institutions. Access to further study: Graduates will be able to continue their graduate studies in all fields of economics. In addition, they can enter graduate programmes of quantitative sociology, quantitative marketing or any other analytical management programme, also applied mathemathics and statistics, econometrics, big data analytics, etc.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Provide comprehensive university education and prepare qualified economists with managerial competences who will understand how economy and organizations function and will be able to generate new ideas, continuously learn and apply robust economic and managerial knowledge when making decisions of how to distribute and manage resources to ensure effectiveness of organizational performance and achieve its goals, considering social responsibility of professional decisions and actions. Learning outcomes: The graduate is able to: explain the categories, principles and methods of economics; integrate knowledge from interdisciplinary areas; understand the specificity of functioning of a particular economic system; assess the effect of state intervention into the market and market changes; model economic phenomena; formulate generalisations on the basis of theory, research and practice; understand macroeconomic environment and assess its impact on individual organisations; assess and forecast economic and financial indicators for an organisation and make appropriate decisions on management, investment and financing of activities; propose informed management decisions in order to solve efficiency problems; prepare management measures to achieve the economic goals of an organisation; adopt the principles of management and anticipate the strategic prospects of all management areas in an organisation; solve finance management problems in an organisation; apply innovation in business and adequate methods to enhance competitiveness; decide on marketing activities in an organisation; assess the impact of human and social capital on efficiency and development of an organisation; determine and pursue operational goals, plan the stages of activities and allocate priorities; make decisions based on responsibility for activities and their results; analyse and summarise the information independently; identify problems and anticipate options to solve them; fluently communicate in Lithuanian and English; use IT and communication technologies. Activities of teaching and learning: Teaching and learning activities are student-focused. The main activities include lectures, seminars, workshops, active learning methods (group discussion, case studies), problem-based learning, scientific literature study, carrying out research (information retrieval, analysis), generating and discussing ideas for solutions, project work, case studies, simulations, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written examination. Cumulative assessment is applied, which allows to monitor student’s progress. The student collects grades during the whole semester with mid-term knowledge checks: tests (open-ended and closed questions), writing papers, presentations of project work and case studies. Other evaluation methods include reports of internship in companies, course work, and Bachelor thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme consists of: • Subjects in the main field of Economics which include Microeconomics, Macroeconomics, Economic And Political Geography, International Economics, Economic Analysis, History Of Economic Thought, Mathematics, Economic Statistics, Management Economics, Econometrics, Decision Theory, Welfare Economics, Environmental Economics, Global Economics, Quantitative and Gualitative Methods in Economics, Basics of Law, Tax Policy, English for Specific Purposes, Information Technologies, Bachelor Thesis and other study subjects. • Subjects in the minor field of Management, which are Compulsory Courses, include Management, Fundamentals of Finance, Marketing, Basics of Accounting, Corporate Finance, Innovation and Entrepreneurship, Human Resources Management, Strategic Management, and others that are Optional Courses from minor study field subjects (Online Business, Project Management, Corporate Social Responsibility, Public Communication, Family Business, Knowledge Management). • General University Studies courses (15 credits) can be chosen from the offered courses from any faculty. • Students have their professional practice (internship) in the 7th semestre in a business or public organization. During the practice they acquaint with the company / organization's activities, devote part of their time to identifying specific problems and finding possible solutions to them. Optional courses: • Optional Courses • General Education Modules • Erasmus internship and exchange studies Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme of Economics and Management aims to prepare qualified economists who are able to solve theoretical and practical economic problems, who will actively generate new ideas and offer organisational and management tools of implementation of economic decisions. This programme combines economics and management studies in the fields of Social Sciences. The interdisciplinary nature of the programme conforms with trends in specialist training – to integrate knowledge from different areas and to develop analytical thinking and entrepreneurial skills. Students have their professional practice (internship) in a business or public organisation, programme provides Erasmus internship and exchange studies. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate of the study programme may pursue a professional career as an economist and / or a manager, financier, marketer in a company or a public sector organization; or establish and manage a privately owned business. Access to further study: Graduate can continue his (her) studies in the fields of Social Sciences (Economics), Business and Public Administration (management, finance, etc.) master programmes.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare qualified specialists in Economics meeting the needs of the labor market, who can apply economic and investment knowledge and modern research methods in solving theoretical and practical economic problems arising at the organization or country level; critically evaluate and creatively apply quantitative and qualitative information needed to support economic and investment decisions. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability constructively communicate with professionals and members of society while solving professional issues, to present performance results for different audiences, to discuss relevant economic issues in a professional and interdisciplinary environment. To coherently and convincingly express oneself orally and in writing by providing knowledge and understanding to professionals in Lithuanian and at least one of the major languages used worldwide. To take responsibility for one’s own and subordinates’ activities and quality of work, use professional ethics and social responsibility principles while evaluating and making decisions. Ability to base professional activities on the integrated knowledge of economics and other related sciences, social, cultural and ethical values. Ability to ensure continuous improvement in the professional field by independently planning the learning process and updating professional activity skills. Subject specific competencies developed: Ability to creatively apply scientific knowledge of Economics and other related sciences in interdisciplinary studies and professional career, to analyze and critically evaluate economic and investment processes. Ability to carry out research by creatively and critically applying methods of economics, economic analysis and related sciences methods, based on fundamental and applied research achievements, to formulate conclusions of the analysis; to develop instruments for data collection and ground methods for their analysis, to assess the main economic and business patterns, to see the links between economic processes and their management possibilities. Ability to interpret and apply the results of research while searching for solutions of economic problems, to forecast development trends of economic phenomena in the context of socio-economic policy. Learning outcomes: The study programme of Economics and Investment is intended to prepare highly qualified specialists whose main activity is oriented towards analysis of results of the company’s activity and their changes; the assessment of the usage and efficiency of the resources; decision making that concerns funding, investment and management; planning of macroeconomic policy; formation of international economic relations. Activities of teaching and learning: The studies are implemented using the following methods: lectures, practical training, and working in Moodle environment, individual and group consultations. Integrated and interactive lectures, and methods of discussion help to develop subject knowledge and cognitive skills. Also, when applying the strategy of communication and collaboration, the following methods are used: conducting group research or solving problem tasks, working in groups, discussing, debating, etc. Practical and transferable skills in the programme are developed by focusing on independent learning and forming skills for lifelong learning. The studies are focused on the ability to perform research work, to critically evaluate presented information, to identify the problems and to solve them by using methods of economic analysis, and to perform independently applied research. Learning (teaching) is based on problem-solving, analysis of scientific articles, and performing practical tasks. The results of independent work are introduced to the colleagues involving them in the process of the evaluation of results. To develop practical skills imitational models are used. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The following methods of assessment are used: the system of individual cumulative evaluation, clear criteria for the evaluation of knowledge and skills; and collegial evaluation of the final thesis. Study results are evaluated as follows: exam, reports, written assignment, (practical/research work, paper, scientific article, etc.), case analysis, colloquium, presentation. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The Programme comprises individual study subjects and study field subjects. Individual study subjects cover 45 ECTS, which can be selected from the list provided. During studies of individual subjects, a student obtains knowledge and abilities needed for critical perception of research theories, and development of general erudition. The knowledge is oriented towards the formation of a broad worldview personality and develops logical analytical thinking. The subjects of the study field are dedicated to obtaining knowledge and abilities reflecting contemporary topicalities of economic performance. Having attended these subjects, students gain the abilities required in the management of contemporary economic processes under conditions of a dynamic and constantly changing environment. Throughout the Programme, study subjects are distributed in a way that students rationally blend the theoretical economic background required to perceive the essence of economic phenomena at micro and macroeconomic levels with practical cognition of economic processes. Subjects of the field of studies make 165 credits, of which 15 credits are allocated for practice and 15 credits – for the final thesis. Specialisations: - Optional courses: To enhance their competencies or to pursue additional competencies, students may select modules each semester (from the second semester onwards) from a selection of individual study subjects. These modules constitute a portion of their studies that is freely chosen by the student. Courses in the main field of study, courses in other fields of study, subjects in foreign languages, courses in general university studies, and cross-disciplinary subjects may be taken at the Faculty of Study or at other units of the University. Distinctive features of a study programme: The aim of the study program and the expected study results are focused on the training of a broad-profile economics specialist. The study results are formulated by emphasizing the formation of essential competencies necessary for holding the position of an economist or close/related positions in various private and public sector companies and organizations: creation and development of international business, evaluation of development in foreign markets, economic calculations and data analysis (Big data, Cloud computing), financial and investment solutions, FinTech and cryptocurrency analysis, preparation and justification of investment projects, green economy trends. The study results reflect the changing economic and business conditions, especially the specifics of business enterprises in the Northern Lithuania region dominated by small and medium-sized enterprises, which need a wide range of economic specialists. Students can choose a study program in Lithuanian or English. Opportunity to study or do internships under Erasmus+ and other student exchange programs at universities and companies abroad. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be prepared for independent work in positions requiring the general competencies of an economist (consultant, specialist, analyst and manager of economics, investment, finance, sales and similar profiles) in private and public sector companies and organizations. Access to further study: Graduates can choose Master studies of social sciences.

Future graduates of the Bachelor Programme in Economics study the theory of economics, information and communication technologies, the basics of scientific research, development of the structures of economics, econometrics, financial accounting, management, economics of the public sector, economics of social security, etc. Practical training is not planned. This economics programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a secondary education and would like to become economists, financial officers, or economists/analysts.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Environmental Science and Protection Bachelor's study program is aimed to prepare qualified environmental science and protection specialists with broad theoretical knowledge, based on fundamental and applied research in the fields of physical sciences, life sciences and nature management, and able to integrate them in environmental science and environmental protection, by working in Lithuanian institutions and enterprises and continuing studies Master of Science (MSc); with interdisciplinary competences they will be able to participate constructively in the implementation of sustainable development policy in environmental protection. Learning outcomes: • Will be able to independently develop knowledge and use the latest scientific achievements, plan and organize their learning and self-study tasks; • Will be able to collect and analyze scientific and technical literature, use modern sources of information; • Will be able to associate and use the acquired knowledge effectively, interpret the available data to achieve the goals set in its specialty; • Will be able to work in their field and interdisciplinary group, propose solutions and implement them; • Will be able to understand the specialty literature, exchange oral and written information with specialists in their field in English; • Will be able to critically evaluate public information, compare information obtained from different sources, reasonably discuss with colleagues; • Will develop interdisciplinary thinking and be able to integrate several-way basic knowledge in environmental science and protection issues; • Will acquire basic knowledge of life sciences (biology and ecology), be able to apply them appropriately to solve environmental science and protection challenges; • Will acquire basic knowledge of physical sciences (chemistry, physics, geoscience) and be able to apply it to environmental science and protection issues; • Will acquire knowledge of natural resources, projects and business management and will be able to apply them in planning and implementing environmental strategies and projects; • Will know and be able to analyze the causes and consequences of environmental changes; • Will know and be able to identify hazardous factors of environmental damage; • Will be able to offer appropriate practical, scientific knowledge based solutions for local, regional environmental issues; • Will be able to participate in the implementation of sustainable development principles in environmental protection; • Will know and be able to analyze and apply environmental law documents and standards in practical environmental protection; • Will be able to choose the appropriate methods and perform basic standard methodological procedures in the laboratory and in the field; • Will be able to work with basic environmental research equipment and specialized computer programs; • Will be able to properly organize and analyze the obtained research data using statistical methods; • Will be able to plan and perform research work; • Will be able to critically analyze, summarize, interpret research data, present and defend it at a specialist and non-specialist audience. Activities of teaching and learning: Active lecture, seminar, laboratory and practice workshops, exercises, discussion, working with text, comparative analysis, thought storm, essay, case and problem situation analysis, planning and organization of various field and laboratory research, individual and group work, practical assessment, reports, projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative grade in a 10-point system: project presentation, testing, essay, reports, answers to written and oral questions, individual / group task presentations, colloquiums, professional practice (self) reflection, final thesis and its defense. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program consists of lectures, workshops and practices in the field of study. 190 credits are available for subject areas, including basic knowledge subjects (Mathematical Statistics Methods in Natural Sciences, General and Analytical Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, Biochemistry, Physics), Geosciences (Environmental Geosystems, General Geology, Basics of Hydrology, Fundamentals of Meteorology, Basics of GIS, General and Lithuanian Landscape Geography, Fundamentals of Hydrogeology), Life Sciences Subjects (General Biology, Environmental Biodiversity, Environmental Microbiology, Ecology Basics, Ecosystem Ecology, Aerobiology), Applied Interdisciplinary Subjects (Basics of Environmental Science and Protection, Pedology, Agroecology, Ecotoxicology, Environmental Management Technology), Practice (Environmental Practice, Professional Practice), Environment and Environmental Protection Management Subjects (Project Management and Environmental Management of Processes, Environmental Economics, Environmental Ethics and Law, Nature and Ecosystem Management, Impact on Environment and Environmental Monitoring, Protected Areas, Basics of entrepreneurship) and Final thesis. Specialisations: Optional courses: Students can choose three of nine optional subjects (Environmental Bioindication, Fundamentals of Environmental Modelling, Forest Management and Planting Planning, Molecular Biology, Radioecology, Management of Climate Change, Ecological Planning of Landscape, Human Ecology, Earth Observation from Space) for 15 credits, GUE study subjects - 15 credits. Distinctive features of a study programme: The program is based on a complex geo-ecological approach, i.e. knowledge and environmental regulations are needed to get to know the components of the natural environment and to understand their interrelations. Provisions are made through subjects that include the concepts of nature conservation and environmental protection and their interrelationship. An exceptional feature that distinguishes it from other similar programs is the integration of the landscape approach. This is reflected in the integration of soil, agroecology and landscape science into the program. Through this integration, students will develop an integrated approach to nature conservation and environmental protection, based on deep interdisciplinary knowledge of agro-, forest-, and other ecosystem functioning and interrelationships. The capacity to take environmental decisions (e. g. in agricultural areas) will be developed taking into account environmental sustainability and geo-ecological potential. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to work in state administration and local government institutions or their departments responsible for environmental protection, environmental research, use of environmental resources (Ministries of Environment, Agricultureand Economy, Regional Departments, Research Centers, Control Laboratories, Municipal Units of Environmental Protection), education and research institutions, environmental design and consultancy companies, EIA development teams, environmental departments of companies, agricultural companies, organizations, as well as non-governmental environmental organizations. Graduates will gain a basis for developing their private business in environmental management. Access to further study: Graduates will be able to continue their Master's studies after completing their Bachelor's degree in Environmental Science and Protection (nearest Master's study fields in Lithuania - Environmental Sciences (VU, VMU), Biology (VU), Geology (VU), Natural Geography (VU), Natural Systems Management (VU Šiauliai Academy), Social Geography (VU, KU), Ecology of Natural Resources (VMU), Environmental Engineering (VGTU, KTU) and later in doctoral studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of the study programme: The aim of the programme is to prepare specialists in cosmetic chemistry who will possess knowledge and research skills in the field of chemistry, life and health sciences necessary to develop, manufacture, analyse and certify innovative cosmetic materials and products. Learning outcomes: Subject-related competences of the study program: The graduates 1.1. Will be able to characterize chemical phenomena on the basis of the knowledge of fundamental theories, terminology and facts of various branches of chemistry, mathematics, physics, life and health sciences. 1.2. Will be able to combine knowledge acquired from different subjects in solving routine qualitative and quantitative problems in cosmetic chemistry. 1.3. Will be able to evaluate and interpret information and data on the properties of chemical and bioactive substances and their impact on human organism. 1.4. Will be able to collect, analyse, and evaluate information sources as well as systematize and present the obtained data in a form of numeric description in Lithuanian and English. 2.1. Will be able to formulate the aim and objectives of the research when planning problem-solving strategies. 2.2. Will be able to select the appropriate methodology of the research when effectively planning the required resources. 2.3. Will be able to apply the theoretical knowledge and practical skills acquired in different subjects, perform laboratory, scientific and experimental development research, analyze and evaluate their results. 2.4. Will be able to summarize the results of laboratory, scientific and experimental development research and formulate conclusions. 3.1. Will be able to carry out standard laboratory tests using laboratory equipment and devices, work with chemical substances in compliance with all regulations of labour safety and bioethics. 3.2. Will be able to select and conduct qualitative and quantitative research into the chemical and bioactive substances used in cosmetics and interpret the obtained results. 3.3. Will be able to develop innovative cosmetic substances and products and evaluate the impact of used chemicals and bioactive substances on human organism. 3.4. Will be able to make reliable measurements, document and analyse their results using computer software, ensuring conformity with validation principles and quality control requirements for cosmetics. The general competences (social and personal skills) of the study programme: 4.1. Will be able to work in a multidisciplinary team reconciling the interests to perform collaborative tasks appropriately. 4.2. Will be able to apply critical, systemic and creative thinking, to work with responsibility and care, acknowledging the importance of personal leadership. 4.3. Will be able to use appropriate language to present scientific information in a written and oral form both for specialist and lay audience. 4.4. Will be able to organize and ensure safe work in chemical laboratories and enterprises; will understand the long-term consequences for society and environment resulting from decisions taken. 4.5. Will be able to adapt to change and plan as well as manage the process of personal and professional development, recognizing the importance of life-long learning. 5.1. Will be able to work autonomously, to plan and organize own work and time. Activities of teaching and learning: Cosmetic chemistry study programme is conducted in a form of full-time contact studies and/ or the online, blended or hybrid form if necessary. At the beginning of each course unit, the students are introduced to the aims and outcomes of the course unit, methods of assessing progress and organizing autonomous work, and study methods. The programme involves different study methods (a case study, preparation and writing a bachelor’s thesis, discussion, group discussion, conducting an individual/ group project, preparation of a written individual/ group paper, information search, field trips to a laboratory performing development and testing of cosmetics; consultation, laboratory work, lecture; preparation and delivery of a presentation; practicals; problem-based learning; practicum, writing a practicum report; writing a review; autonomous work; seminars; selection of appropriate methods of research and analysis; working with digital technologies) that will contribute to achieving study outcomes of the study programme, enable implementation of the action- and problem-based approach and ensure integration of theory and practice. Lectures, theoretical seminars and practicals are combined with the forms of individual work, group work and autonomous students’ work. Methods of assessment of learning achievement: To ensure active participation of students and objective assessment of the study results, a cumulative method is employed in many course units, when the summative assessment is performed at the end of semester (with weighting assigned in advance to each assignment). The assignments completed by the students or their knowledge and skills are assessed during the semester using a cumulative method (presentation and defence of a report; presentation of conducted research; defence of the final paper; examination; defence of a written individual/ group paper; book review; colloquium; a quiz; defence of a laboratory work; literature review paper; defence of the practicum report; project work; interim check; tests; oral presentation, etc.). Each course unit (subject) is finished with a final examination or test. The examinations are taken in writing or orally, or both. Students’ achievement during the examination is assessed on a scale from 1 (fail, insufficient) to 10 (excellent). It is essential that the assessment should be objective and professional, applying the relevant grader’s competences on assessment and testing. Assessment of student achievement is done under procedures established by the University. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme involves 240 credits, which include subjects providing basic knowledge (English for Academic Purposes and Science, Mathematics, Introduction to Cosmetic Chemistry Studies), disciplines in chemistry (General Chemistry, Analytical Chemistry, Inorganic Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, Physical Chemistry, Chemistry of colloids and nanomaterials, Polymers in Cosmetics, Chromatographic Methods in Cosmetic Chemistry, Methods of Optical Analysis in Cosmetic Chemistry), physics (Physics), life sciences (General Biology, Cell Biology, Microbiology, Biochemistry), health sciences (Essentials of Human Anatomy and Physiology, Pharmacology, Immunology and Toxicology, Dermatology), and special subjects in cosmetic chemistry (Validation and Quality Control of Cosmetics, Cosmetic Ingredients, Formulations and Technology). 60 credits are dedicated to individualization of studies. 15 credits are allocated to study internship (practicum) during which students consolidate and improve the general and special competences acquired in the study programme. The study programme is completed with preparation and defence of the Bachelor’s Thesis (15 credits). Specialisations: - Optional courses: Students can personalise their studies (60 credits). Students can choose from: subjects included in the programme (Introduction to Computer Programming and Data Analysis, Applied Biophysics, Green Chemistry, Organoleptic Chemistry, Rheology, Basics of Marketing, Academic Literacy, Colours and Shades; Management in the Chemical Industry, Active Chemical Substances, Bioinorganic Chemistry, The Chemistry of Natural Compounds and their Applications in Cosmetics), or subjects from other fields of study (from the general VU list) / General University Studies (GUS) / Minor field Studies. Students are offered opportunities to participate in exchange programmes, smart practice and study according to an individual study plan. Distinctive features of the study programme: The uniqueness of the Cosmetic Chemistry programme lies in a wide scope of disciplines from different study fields offered side by side, the knowledge of which is crucial in the development of cosmetic products. The study programme begins with general subjects, followed by separate branches of chemistry and special courses necessary for the development, manufacturing and analysis of of cosmetics. Simultaneously, subjects in the fields of physical, life and health sciences are studied, which provide knowledge of the principles of functioning of living organisms, the structure of human body and its possible interaction with chemical, bioactive substances or physical phenomena. The programme is oriented at product development and manufacturing technologies, analysis and certification, taking into account the impact of these products on human organism. The graduates who will select courses in marketing and management will acquire knowledge about introducing a new product to the market, will be able to organize the work of a cosmetic enterprise and possess the basics of entrepreneurship. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of Cosmetic Chemistry study programme will be able to work in cosmetic, personal care or perfume industry, state institutions executing control of such products, research institutions, collaborate with specialists offering health/beauty services, provide consulting services, or start own business. Access to further study: The graduates of the Cosmetic Chemistry programme will be able to continue studies for Master’s degree in physical sciences in Lithuania and abroad. They can also proceed to master programmes in other study fields immediately or on completion of bridging studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aims of the programme are as follows: prepare industrial and medical biotechnologists who understand the fundamental biotechnological processes at various levels of the organization of biological systems: from molecules to multicellular organisms, cell function and regulatory processes. Graduates of the program will have sufficient knowledge and skills and practical abilities for a successful career in molecular biotechnology. Learning outcomes: 1. Social skills: 1.1. To be able to constantly learn, improve and update the acquired knowledge and practical skills, and seek new knowledge, develop independently and in a team. 1.2. To be able to understand the impact of technological and engineering decisions on society and the environment, to comply with norms of professional ethics and technological engineering activities, to understand the responsibility of technological activities. 1.3. To be able to identify opportunities and challenges related to molecular biotechnology 2. Personal skills: 2.1. To be able to discuss and substantiate the results of the work, to present them in writing or orally to both the scientific and the wide audience, to critically evaluate the data provided in the scientific literature. 3. Knowledge and its application: 3.1. To be able to understand the fundamental theoretical and applied foundations and concepts of molecular biotechnology and is able to properly operate them. 3.2. To be able correctly to apply basic knowledge of chemistry, molecular biology, microbiology, bioinformatics, biochemistry and mathematics. 3.3. To be able to explain the multidisciplinary context of technologies, able to adapt methods and processes of other technologies in the field of molecular biotechnology. 4. Special skills: 4.1. To be able to apply knowledge and understanding of molecular biology, microbiology, bioinformatics, biochemistry, biotechnology for bioprocess analysis and in choosing methods and biotechnological equipment. 4.2. To be able to apply the acquired technological knowledge in practice and evaluate alternative solutions and their consequences. 4.3. To be able to explain the principles of organizing biotechnological activity, importance of work safety and basic requirements, interaction of technological processes. 4.4. To be able to manage basic bioengineering solutions and methods for characterizing the structure and function of biomolecules, for developing new medicinal products and diagnostic methods. 5. Ability to conduct research: 5.1. To be able to apply modern methods of molecular biotechnology research and analysis. 5.2. To be able to plan and perform experiments, evaluate their data and provide conclusions. 5.3. To be able to use properly biotechnological equipment for research. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, lab work, training, exursions to facilities of social partners, Bachelor thesis, hands-on work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Continuous/intermediate (test, work during the exercise, performance report) and a final evaluation (exam) or credit. Exams and credits are carried in writing or orally and in writing. The results are evaluated by grades from 1 to 10 in ten-point grading system or are credited. The subject is settled, where the final evaluation is higher than 4 points, in the case of the credit is "credited“. The final evaluation of the results of subject is the cumulative grade, the composition of which is calculated according to the proportions indicated in subject‘s description. Framework: Modules of Technological sciences (130 credits): Cultivation technologies,Production and purification of proteins and biopolymers, Immunology and immunotechniques, Cultivation technologies,Production and purification of proteins and biopolymers, Biosensors, Omic technologies, Microfluidic technologies, Bioconversion technologies, Cell technologies, Synthetic biology and metabolic engineering, Molecular diagnostics, Pharmaceutical biotechnology, Technological process management and standardization, Professional practice, Bachelor's thesis. Modules of Physical sciences (45 credits): General and Physical Chemistry, Organic Chemistry, Analytical Biochemistry, Biochemistry, Linear Algebra and Geometry, Mathematical Analysis and Differential Equations, Biostatistics, Bioinformatics. Modules of Biomedical sciences (55 credits): General Biology, Microbiology and Microorganisms in Industrial Processes, Genetic Processes and Concepts, Molecular Biology, Enzymology, Gene Engineering, Virusology. Modules of Humanitarian sciences (5 credits): English. General University Education modules: 15 credits. Subjects for final thesis preparation and defense: Professional practice and Bachelor thesis, which consists of 50 credits. Specialisations: - Optional courses: Elective subjects include 10 credits from elective courses of the programme. Distinctive features of a study programme: a broad specialist who is capable of solving various types of problems related to molecular biotechnology, understand the fundamental biotechnological processes taking place at various levels of the organization of biological systems. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: • Pharmacy • Biopharmacy, • Production of biomaterials, • Development and production of molecular tools for research and medicine, • Study of environmental factors, • Biosensor engineering, • Modeling biomolecular interactions and interactions in systems • Molecular Neuroscience. Access to further study: The graduate will be able to continue master studies in the fields of biomedical, technological or physical sciences at the Lithuanian universities and the other EU universities.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The study programme is designed to train well-educated and open-minded biologists having basic skills of organizational, creative, and scientific work in the fields of biology, ecology, zoology, botany and related fields. Graduates are able to use different informational resources, scientific and educational literature, carry out independent research, analyze and explain phenomena related to scientific problems in the field of contemporary biology and ecology, capable to continue their studies for a master degree. The aims of the programme are as follows: ensure practical skills necessary for experimental work by means of different methods of collecting data and their analysis; provide a substantial knowledge of the basic fields of biology, firm understanding of biological principles and ability to use it when exploring biodiversity, structure, functions and evolution of living things; capacitate analytical critical evaluation and expressing conclusions both in written form and orally. Learning outcomes: A holder of a Bachelor's degree in Biology has practical skills necessary for experimental work using different methods of collecting data and analysis, good knowledge of the basic fields of biology, thorough understanding of molecular principles and is able to use it when exploring biodiversity, structure, functions and evolution of living things. He/she is capable of analytical critical evaluation and expressing conclusions in written form and orally. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self -study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory courses: General and Physical Chemistry. Organic Chemistry. Biochemistry, Origin and Diversity of Organisms (I, II, III), Organisms Diversity Practice (I, II, III); Mathematics for Biologists; Biology and Histology of Cells; Biological physics, Fundamentals of ecology, Molecular biology and genetics, Biostatistics, Microbiology and Biotechnology, Developmental Biology, Research Methods and Analysis, Plant physiology, Soil biology, Coursework, Ecology of waters, Human and Animal Physiology. Theory of Evolution. Course Project. Bachelor Thesis. Elective courses: Geographic information systems, Plant genetics, Behavioral ecology, Medical zoology, Plant anf fungi biology, Chemical ecology, Ecotoxicology, Phylogenetics, Phytosociology, Ornithology and teriology, Entomology, Ecology of populations. Distinctive features of a study programme: An emphasis of the complex understanding of Biodiversity on the levels of populations, species and ecosystems Access to professional activity: Graduate could find a situation in research institutes, private laboratories. After additional educological training, they might work as secondary school teachers. Access to further study: Bachelor degree holders could continue their studies in the following Master degree programmes: Medical Biology, Genetics, Microbiology, Neurobiology,Zoology, Botany, Environmental studies.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The Bachelor study program in Neurobiophysics is designed to teach graduates to be able to pursue a professional career in Neuroscience and Biophysics related fields or to continue as Master Students. Learning outcomes: Bachelor in Neurobiophysics understands the main principles of brain functioning, knows how to use the modern experimental and data analysis methods, is able to solve the actual problems in the fields of biology, neuroscience, biophysics, nano- and biotechnologies, psychopharmacology and medicine. Bachelors in Neurobiophysics obtain a number of general competencies - group work, time planning, presentation of concepts for specialists and non-specialists, ability to choose a proper investigation method, assess the strength and weakness of experimental techniques. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-study, project in a research lab. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main method of assessment of learning achievements is written exam. Results of Professional practice and the Final Bachelor Thesis evaluated by defending. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory courses: General and Physical Chemistry, English, Introduction to Neurobiology, Organic Chemistry, Linear Algebra and Geometry, Biodiversity, Cell Biophysics, Mathematical Analysis and Differential Equations, Applied Computer Science, Biochemistry, Physics, Introduction to Biophysical Technologies, Introduction to Mathematical Physiology, Plant physiology, Bioelectric phenomena, Biophysics of systems, Collection and analysis of bio-data, Fundamentals of genetics, Physiology and anatomy of humans and animals, Biostatistics, Neurobiology. Elective courses: Plant electrophysiology, Methods of biological objects research, Bioorganic chemistry, Enzymology, Gene engineering, Cell biology, Bioenergetics, Bioinformatics, Immunology, Microbiology and Biotechnology, Molecular Evolution, Neuromethods, Developmental Biology, Human Genetics. Professional Practice (I and II). Final bachelor thesis. Optional courses: • 15 credits are allocated for elective General Education subjects; • 24 credits are allocated for elective subjects within curriculum; • Possibility to personalize the curriculum; • Possibility for double qualification. Distinctive features of a study programme: • Interdisciplinary study programme combining modern and fundamental fields • Lectures, laboratory exercises in a new Life Sciences Center of Vilnius University • Practice in a well-equipped scientific labs • Flexibility – elective subjects, personalized curriculum and double qualification. Access to professional activity: • Scientific institutions; • Modern and high-technology companies; • Healthcare, environmental protection and education institutions; • Biomedical and laboratory equipment trading companies; Access to further study: To continue studies in M.Sc. programs (Biophysics, Neurobiology, Biochemistry, Bioinformatics, Medical biology etc.).

- Analytical chemistry, general chemistry, physical chemistry, organic chemistry, general biology, biochemistry, biotechnology, genetics. - Professional practice, duration - 4 months.

General Description: Objective(s) of the study programme: The aim of the study programme is to develop qualified specialists in the fields of accounting, auditing, taxation, business analysis, planning and evaluation, who are able to form and systematically evaluate accounting data, know the mechanisms of audit organization and operation, and creatively apply the acquired knowledge. Learning outcomes: Graduates of the study programme: 1.1. Will be able to communicate effectively in writing and oral form, and to convey accounting and financial knowledge to professionals and non-professionals, in line with professional ethics and citizenship. 1.2. Will be able to have constructive discussions, work independently and in a team, and be tolerant in multicultural and international groups and organizations. 2.1. Will be able to study independently and take responsibility for continuous learning and professional development in their professional field. 2.2. Will demonstrate creative thinking skills, ability to make innovative decisions. 3.1. Will have the latest fundamental and applied knowledge in economics, management, finance, accounting and auditing, will know classical and modern theories in the field of accounting, will be able to apply them in interdisciplinary studies and professional sphere in accounting of national and international organizations. 3.2. Will know the principles and phases of organization of audit, forms and methods of providing information to external and internal users. 3.3. Will know and be able to apply data analysis techniques, compile various reports, taking into account the functions of various accounting types, the overall accounting policy of an organization, information technology, and requirements and methods for providing accounting information to external and internal users. 4.1. Will be able to collect, process, systematize and evaluate economic, financial, statistical, accounting data and information, using the latest information search sources and applying modern methods of its processing and systematization, carry out research and present conclusions based on research results. 4.2. Will be able to analyse and evaluate various economic and social processes, organizational behaviour and environment, interpret legislation and apply it to compiling of various reports, solution of organizational management and professional problems. 5.1. Will be able to plan, organize, control and evaluate the organization's activities, accounting processes, manage various types of accounting, applying the provisions of the professional code of ethics and accounting regulations, to participate in the formation of the accounting policy for organization, ensuring the efficiency of the accounting and audit system and the reliability of information. 5.2. Will be able to apply audit process actions and tools, define limits of financial reporting and auditing, evaluate accounting, audit and financial management decisions ethically, socially, legally and economically. 5.3. Will be able to analyse, evaluate and forecast organization indicators, identify accounting and financial management problems, choosing complex technological, organizational and methodological measures, applying a systemic and global approach, as well as formulate conclusions, generalizations, proposals. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars; independent analysis of literature; performance of practical tasks; case studies; performance of tasks in eLearning environment; mind map method; research methods; search of information; preparation of individual or group report; analysis of reports in groups. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Assessment of activity in analysis of topics, tasks, cases, situations; eLearning performance assessment; assessment of an individual or group report; evaluation of report analysis results; assessment of the methods used to solve the tasks; intermediate tests; exam. Exams are conducted in written form. During exams, students’ knowledge is evaluated from 1 (insufficient) to 10 (excellent). Framework: The subjects planned in the first year of the study programme are aimed to develop the fundamental knowledge of economics, finance, business creation, technology, which form the basis of the subjects scheduled for later years. In the first year of studies, the analytical skills are improved in the subjects “Business Mathematics” and “Business Statistics”. The improvement of English or Lithuanian is emphasized, as well as the formation of fundamental knowledge and skills required in the field of accounting (subject “Fundamentals of Accounting”). In the second year, the study subjects are devoted to the development of financial, economic and managerial competences, as well as competences in the field of accounting. The subjects of the field of accounting are laid out within the structure of the programme by ensuring the gradual expansion of knowledge, specifically in the area of financial accounting with subjects “Financial accounting” and “Accounting of Various Types of Business”. The second year starts the development of knowledge and competencies in areas of management accounting (subject “Cost accounting and management”), audit (subject “Performance audit”) and tax (subject “Fundamentals of Tax Accounting”). The programme also pays attention to ethical and social responsibility issues by including the subject “Corporate Responsibility and Ethics” in the third semester. The third year is devoted to further deepen the knowledge and competencies of the area of accounting with compulsory subjects: in the area of financial accounting (“Financial Accounting Information Systems”, “Financial Statements”, “Accounting in the Public Sector”, “Securities Management and Accounting”), management accounting (“Corporate Budget Management”, “Strategic Management Accounting Systems”), audit (“Financial Statement Audit”), tax (“Business Tax Accounting”). In addition, students begin to prepare for their final thesis: in the sixth semester, they become familiar with the “Fundamentals of Academic Research Methodology”. During the seventh semester of the programme, students prepare the Course Paper by choosing the topic from the studied fields and explore it in a detailed way. They also deepen their knowledge in the area of accounting with subjects “Financial Analysis”, “Management Accounting Information Systems”, “Audit in Public Sector”. During the last semester, students aim to apply their knowledge in practice, perform professional internships in selected organizations and prepare an Internship Report. This semester they also prepare, present and defend the Bachelor's thesis. Specialisations: - Elective courses: Distinctive features of the study programme: The programme lasts 4 years. The programme is conducted in Lithuanian and English. The programme Accounting and Audit is multiplanar and focuses on the fields of accounting, auditing, taxation, corporate finance analysis and their synergy. Career possibilities: Graduates of the Accounting and Audit programme will be able to work in various national public and private sector organizations, as well as international companies or organizations, international financial management centres in any link of financial, tax, management accounting, by planning and implementing accounting policy; work with collecting accounting information, its systematisation, analysis, evaluation, forecasting, strategic planning; as well as work in national and international audit companies as assistants to auditors at any stage of the audit process. Further study possibilities: Graduates interested in doing research or academic work may continue their studies at a Master level or develop their knowledge and professional skills independently.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The purpose of the study programme is to train a highly qualified psychologist who adheres to the principles of professional ethics, possesses deep knowledge of general psychology, educational psychology and child development, and provides evidence and empirically based services of psychological assessment, intervention, prevention and promotion of mental health to children, adolescents, their families, educational institutions, institutions which ensure the well-being of children and community. Learning outcomes: Will demonstrate knowledge and understanding of cognitive and psychosocial development processes of groups of children and adolescents (including children with special needs) at various levels of development and their impact on learning, behaviour and mental health; Will be able to apply a holistic approach in identifying, assessing and resolving children’s problems encountered in learning and other contexts; Will apply a problem analysis approach when carrying out a psychological or psychoeducational assessment of an individual, group or organization with appropriate understanding of the benefits of this approach in the analysis of individual cases; Will demonstrate the ability to independently formulate the research problem and reasonably select appropriate research methods with due account of the ethics of psychological research and own competences; Will demonstrate the ability to conduct research independently or in a team: collect data and analyze and interpret the results obtained; Will develop the skills of referral admission, instrument selection, test administration, observation and interview method application, report writing as well as provision of feedback information and recommendations to children, their families and educational institutions; Will envisage, prepare and implement evidence-based intervention plans and programs designed to promote the development of individuals (groups and organizations) and their ability to make effective decisions; will be able to assess the effectiveness of the intervention measures applied; Will provide consultations and recommendations for children, their families, school teachers, other education (support) and healthcare as well as public health professionals; Will be able to develop and implement programs with proper application of latest know-how which promotes a favorable didactic environment for building (self-)study skills of groups of children and adolescents at various levels of development and helps to improve mental health and resilience of such groups; Will demonstrate the ability to develop and efficiently maintain professionally sound relations with a child and his/her parents (guardians), cooperate with various professionals and community members when dealing with a child's problems; Will have the ability to clearly communicate (orally and in writing) information to various client groups in ways which meet their needs and expectations: to children, their parents (guardians), teachers, education support and other professionals as well as the community; Will have the ability to engage in professional practice in accordance with professional ethics and legal laws and regulations with proper maintenance of service quality and client rights; Will have the ability to reflect on own professional practice, perceive limitations of own competence as well as continually and independently build and develop competences and professional qualification; Will have the ability to identify personal differences and their manifestations, and, accordingly, modify and adapt professional practice methods with due consideration and proper application of interventions, reflect on own point of view towards individual and group differences and a possible bias in decision making. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, interactive lectures; Seminars, practical training, case studies, discussions, supervised study during class period, individual and group project work on psychological assessment, consulting; Professional practice with supervision and reflection; Scientific research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Exam, defence of Master Theses, defence of professional practice portfolio, course-embedded assignments, essays/papers, case study/problems, etc. Cumulative assessment is used. A numeric grades are based on a 10-point scale. Study subjects (modules), practical training Study subjects are divided in two groups: obligatory and optional courses. Obligatory courses: The developmental psychology and psychopathology of the child; The psychological assessment of the child; Assessment of development and cognitive abilities of the child; Child psychological counselling; Teaching and learning; Advanced educational psychology; Advanced statistics and research methodology; Health Promotion and Prevention; Research Project; Master’s Thesis Proposal; Final Master thesis; Professional practice. Optional courses: Positive psychology: theory and practice; Psychological counselling of family; Psychological counselling at school; Human Neuropsychology; Career development and counselling; Personnel psychology; Work motivation; Psychology of Addiction. Distinctive features of a study programme: Knowledge, research and practice of theoretical psychology are consistently combined in the programme. The target groups covered by the programme: children and young people from infancy to 21 years (with special educational needs), their family, institutions, ensuring education and child welfare, the community. Holistic attitude towards psychological interventions, prevention and health improvement. The concept of the psychological assessment of the child is viewed from an ecological perspective and based on problem solution analysis, along with the application of specific child’s psychological assessment instruments. The professional practice, lasting for two semesters and combined with studies at the University and individual professional supervision. Access to professional activity: Graduates of Educational and Child Psychology study programme can apply for a work in child-related psychological services in schools, hospitals, mental health centers and social services agencies. They can work in public school settings ranging from nursery schools to university level placement, where they typically assume positions as practitioners (psychologists), administrators and researchers. Other employment opportunities for graduates are found at private schools, hospitals and private clinics. They also have opportunity to establish a private practice and take on their own clients or seek career in the fields, where psychological knowledge and special skills are applied. Access to further study: Graduates of Educational and Child Psychology study programme can continue studies in PhD programme in Lithuania or abroad

Future holders of a master’s degree in optoelectronic materials and technologies study methods of microscopy of materials, organic optoelectronic technologies, the use of information technologies, etc. Scientific research training is organised. The duration of training is 360 hours. The creation of modern technologies, the use of IT, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. This optoelectronic materials and technologies programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in physics, chemistry, materials science, or electronics and would like to become highly qualified specialists in optoelectronic materials and technologies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare qualified and creative specialists of materials technology with deep knowledge in chemistry, technology, pharmacy and biology and with research skills, needed to design, produce and analyze pharmaceuticals, to formulate and solve problems of pharmaceutical chemistry on an independent and academic level in research institutes and industry companies. Learning outcomes: Pharmaceutical Chemistry combines the study of drug discovery and development, pharmacology, biology, analytical techniques, and drug chemistry. The chemical design process and evaluation of potential future medications will be a prime focus of the studies. Students will be able to apply knowledge gained from materials courses, hands-on lab experiences and faculty research to the pharmaceutical industry. Activities of teaching and learning: lectures, seminars, practical tasks, assigned reading, oral presentation, collaborating information sharing, simulation, self-assesment, reflection on learning. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative grade in the 10-point system: individual and group independent assignments, presentation of projects, testing, reports, answers to written questions, presentations of individual / group tasks, colloquiums, technological practice, research projects, self-assessment, final thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Selected Topics in Organic and Bioorganic Chemistry; Synthetic Drugs Design; Validation processes and their application for Life Science research and industry; Biomolecular mass spectrometry; Phramcodynamics ir Pharmacokinetics; Pharmnaceutical Biotechnology; Technological Practice in Pharmaceutical Company; Research Project I; Research Project II; Master Thesis. Specialisations: No Optional courses: Cell Biology; (Q)SAR Methods in Computer-Aided Drug Design; Herbal Medicinical Substances and Their Extraction Technologies; Bioceramic Compounds Materials and Their Technologies; Bionanomaterials in Pharmacy and Their Technologies; Heterocycles in Pharmaceutical Chemistry; Management in a Modern Pharmaceutical Company; Diagnostics and Therapy in Nanomedicine (Theranostics); Molecular Biology; Polymers in Pharmaceutical Technology; Biochemical analysis in Pharmacy; Medical Inorganic Chemistry; Vibrational spectroscopic analysis of pharmaceuticals; Chromatographic Techniques in Pharmaceutical Analysis. Distinctive features of a study programme: This program is designed for graduates in chemistry, biochemistry or closely related disciplines such as biophysics, chemical technology and bioengineering who wish to contribute to drug development in the pharmaceutical industry. The study areas include research methods, pharmacokinetics and drug metabolism, drug design and drug synthesis, spectroscopy and structural analysis, and a research training projects. Some courses will cover the key techniques in analytical chemistry used to support the pharmaceutical sciences. The pharmaceutical chemistry program is more involved in pharmaceutical industry and research aspects than the customer service and patient care responsibilities of a traditional pharmacist. The studies will provide professional skills to work in industry companies that develop, produce, investigate, and/or supply pharmaceutical products or in research institutes or to continue their studies in doctoral programs. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate pharmaceutical chemists could work in private (biotechnology or pharmaceutical companies) and in public sectors (universities, research institutes, hospital laboratories) as well as in integrated study, science and business centers. Access to further study: Studies in doctoral programs of Technological, Biomedical and Physical sciences.

Future holders of a master’s degree in laser technology study laser technique, the interaction of laser radiation with materials, non-linear optics, optical systems, the technologies of optical and laser element, etc. Scientific research training is organised. The duration of training is 320 hours. Conducting research, summarising data, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. This laser technology programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in physics and would like to become highly qualified specialists in laser technology.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The outcomes and aims of the programme are: to provide students with contemporary knowledge in theory and methodology of sociology, criminal law and criminology; to develop criminological analytical and practical skills; to promote better understanding of criminological professional ethics and moral principles of criminological research; to teach students to interpret problems of social control and deviance in the broad cultural perspective; to prepare students for academic research activity; to cultivate students’ research creative abilities and independent, open, and critical thinking. Learning outcomes: Master's in Sociology competences involve the knowledge of the criminological theories, criminal law, methods for collecting information, processing and analyzing the data; the competence to design and implement qualitative and quantitative research projects, the ability to analyze, evaluate and solve the problems of the crime prevention, to analyze and assess the work of the law enforcement institutions and their public relations, to participate in the process of the resocialization of offenders. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, consultations, written papers, criminological practice Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of assessment is an examination. Some courses units may be assessed by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Future holders of a master’s degree study theoretical criminology, the methodology of criminological research, the problems of criminal justice, the psychology of asocial behavior, etc. Sociological and criminological research training is organised in different law enforcement and nongovernmental organizations (6 ECTS, 160 hours). Solving research problems, interpreting results, formulating conclusions, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. Access to professional activity: A graduate can work at various academic institutions, as an expert in the fields where knowledge in criminology is required, apply their criminological analytic skills in law enforcement and other governmental institutions, co-operate with civil institutions, participate in the development of efficient public policy Access to further study: Doctoral-level studies in sociology and other social sciences

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Educate managerial level specialists for media publishing who can explore the phenomena of digital and traditional publishing, creatively apply knowledge of communication, law, management and marketing in modern publishing industry, organize and manage various processes of media publishing with regard to the new reading contents and forms, which would satisfy the needs of the users with both digital and analogue mind-sets and behaviour. Learning outcomes: • Will have theoretical and applied book science, media research, intellectual property law, management and markentin knowledge concerning publishing processes. • Will be able to analyse publishing from the historical development perspective, revieal the change of media expression ant crucial periods in communication and information technology development • Will be able critically assess, interpret and apply in practical work theories and research metnods of communication (book science and media research) • Will be able independently conduct publishing research, assess multimedia and user studies sources, select research methods, and present the results to professional audiences • Will be able to organize the processes of editorial work, design and production of media, apply traditional and digital publishing business models and create new media products • Will be able to assess the innovation in societal communication, select channels and means of marketing and distribution of digital and printed media effective in the networked society, make research of a changing market. • Will be able to plan, organize and monitor the activity of a public or private media institution, to plan its strategy • Will be able to use modern information and communication technologies in organization of digital publishing processes and while researching them • Will be able to use the internet marketing methods and instruments in effective dissemination of digital publishing products on the market • Will be able to effectively communicate orally and in written form with specialized and non-specialized audiences and work productively in multicultural environments • Will be able to motivate the team members to reach common goals, take the initiative, lead the team, take responsibility for the results of the conducted tasks • Will be able to analyze cultural and business phenomena and present grounded conclusions • Will be able to generate ideas, suggest new, original, non-traditional problem solutions, argue their opinions • Will be able to learn independently, formulate goals for selected tasks and find necessary resources as well as suitable methods • Will be able to conduct research and practical tasks, creatively use the knowledge and skills acquired in the process of studies Activities of teaching and learning: Problem-oriented lecturing, participatory lecture, active learning methods – group discussions, perparation and presentation of papers, independent writing of analytical texts, presentations. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examination, the essay writing, project, case study, research work, presentation, report, defense of a research work. Assessment grades: 1 (unacceptable) to 10 (excellent) Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Obligatory: Media expression and culture, Media research methods, Digital technologies in publishing, Publishing management, Intellectual property law, Quality of digital and printed media, Media marketing, Mass media publishing in the networked society, Research work, Media project, Master‘s thesis. Optional: Discourse of Audiovisual and Network Media, Management of editorial processes, Video Game Design and Development, Strategic planning, Market research. Specialisations: None Optional courses: In the second term a student can select one of two electives (Discourse of Audiovisual and Network Media, Management of editorial processes), in the third term a student can select one of three electives (Video Game Design and Development, Strategic planning, Market research). Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is the only one in Lithuania, the VU and other Lithuanian HEIs do not have similar study programmes. The programme seeks to educate managerial level specialists for media publishing who can explore the phenomena of digital and traditional publishing, creatively apply knowledge of communication, law, management and marketing in modern publishing industry, organize and manage various processes of media publishing with regard to the new reading contents and forms, which would satisfy the needs of the users with both digital and analogue mind-sets and behaviour. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: After graduation the students can work as managers in digital and traditional publishing companies, media and mass media institutions, seek career in other areas, which need digital and print media publishing knowledge and skills, capability of communicating, working in team, understanding information technologies or managing projects. Access to further study: Doctoral studies in the field of Communications and Information Sciences.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To impart the system of modern knowledge in forensic psychology, criminology and law; to form professional task-solving and research skills; to provide training in research techniques and to develop skills for the processing of statistic results; to develop professional values based on the psychological ethic; to provide professional practice training. Learning outcomes: A holder of Master’s degree in Psychology has acquired appropriate theoretical and methodological knowledge and is able: to raise professional objectives, plan and organize activities; solve the goals positively and reason scholarly; to gather information on the psychological difficulties, encountered by a person, group or organization; to assess the validity and reliability of psychological assessment techniques; to analyse the process of counselling and intervention; to create and apply programs of prevention of antisocial behaviour, educate and consult law enforcement personnel on different psychological topics, work in the team of specialists. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, group work, essay, practical assignments, reading of literature, case study, projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Obligatory modules (93 ECTS) – Foundations of Forensic Psychology program; Facultative modules (12 ECTS). Final work (15 ECTS) Future holders of a master’s degree in psychology study Forensic Psychology, Psychology of Crime Investigation, Problems of Criminal Justice, Modern Research Methodology and Statistical Methods in Psychology, Penitentiary Psychology, Psychology of Asocial Behaviour, etc. Professional training is organised at various institutions (public agencies and non-governmental and private organisations) under the supervision of experienced psychologists. The duration of training is 560 hours. Psychological assessment, consulting, research, analysis, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. This psychology programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in psychology and would like to earn a master’s degree in psychology. Access to professional activity: A graduate may be employed at different academic, specialized institutions and law enforcement agencies. He / she can also work at any other state and public institutions, provide private service, as well as may seek a career in other areas where psychological knowledge and special skills are applicable. Access to further study: Doctoral studies in the psychological or other direction if admission conditions and requirements are met.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The purpose of this study programme is to train highly skilled specialists of organizational psychology who are able to implement their exhaustive knowledge of organizational, work and personnel psychology in professional practice, adhere to the principles and values of professional ethics, conduct scientific and applied research, employ advanced methods of statistical data analysis, work in interdisciplinary teams of professionals, provide services of personnel assessment, training, task management, complex research and development of organizations as well as other professional services. Learning outcomes: Having completed Organizational Psychology programme, a graduate is able to plan and carry out research at organizations, make a qualified choice of research methods, substantiate conclusions and recommendations. He/she is able to provide organization counselling, to analyse the process theoretically, evaluate its effectiveness, plan and link it with counselling goals, to substantiate theoretically and to carry out scientific assessment of efficacy of his/her own work. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, studies of scientific literature, group work, essay, practical assignments, case study, projects, individual scientific research, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Future holders of a master’s degree in psychology study work motivation, work psychology, organisational consulting, personnel management, the training conducted at organisations, etc. Professional training is organised at various organisations at which highly qualified psychologists are employed to supervise training. The duration of training is 640 hours. Planning, organisation, research, identification of problems, consultation, selection of methods, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. This organisational psychology programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in psychology and would like to earn a master’s degree in psychology. Access to professional activity: A Master of Organizational Psychology may be employed as a psychologist at governmental or business organizations, or organizations for providing counselling and training to organizations, or take up private organization-counselling practice. Access to further study: Doctoral studies in the psychological or other direction if admission conditions and requirements are met.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To train high quality professionals who can help people of different age (both working individually, in groups, and in communities) to maintain and promote health, to cope with psychological problems of illness (especially non-communicable diseases), working independently or in interdisciplinary groups with other health care professionals, seeking individual and community health promotion and effective, successful treatment and recovery process. Learning outcomes: • Ability of analysis and critical assessment of the contemporary health psychology theories, important of research data results and their application in health care settings. Analyzing health problems of individual, group or community. • Ability to analyze the individual, group or society health problems being guided by the biopsychosocial perspective. • Psychological research planning and implementation, results interpretation. • Ability to follow the holistic (ecological) view in identifying, assessing and solving health and well-being problems of individual, group or society and in creation of health promotion and disease prevention programmes. • Ability to conduct a psychological individuals’ assessment by revealing the psychological aspects of health and illness, to provide and implement evidence based intervention plan for individual or group, working in interdisciplinary group, participate in various treatment and rehabilitation programmes. • Ability to create and implement various prevention and health promotion programmes, to conduct health education work, improving health, wellness and well-being of individuals, groups and entire society. • Ability to work in interdisciplinary team, collaborate with specialists of different fields and different institutions. Activities of teaching and learning: Interactive lectures, seminars, practical training, case studies, discussions, supervision, individual and project work on psychological assessment, consulting, prevention and promotion programmes. Professional practice with supervision and reflection. Scientific research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Exam, defence of Master Theses, Defence of practice portfolio, self-study tasks, tests, etc. Cumulative grading is applied. The final grade includes the components of the course (module) curriculum (e.g., active participation, intermediary tests, self-study tasks, written examination), which are expressed in percentage in the study curriculum. For assessment of study achievements, methods are used which are oriented towards providing constant feedback and (self) assessment of results of the task. Assessments of examinations are carried out by using 10 point grading scale. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study subjects are divided in a few groups: Contemporary health psychology in health care, analyzing psychological problems of individual, group, public health and health care system. Contemporary health psychology: theory and practice; Human Neuropsychology; Psychology and Rehabilitation of disabled persons; Psychological assessment in health care settings Psychological Assessment of person; WAIS-III and WASI; Psychological Counselling, intervention and prevention in health care settings Counselling in Health Care Settings; Health Promotion and Prevention; Theory and Practice of Groups; Research planning and work Modern statistical methods and research planning; Final thesis; Project of Master Thesis; Research Work. Optional courses: Current Psychotherapy Family Psychological Counselling Positive Psychology: theory and practice Psychology of Associal Behaviour Distinctive features of a study programme: Holistic (ecological) attitude towards health and biopsychosocial perspective in psychological assessment, counselling and applying psychological interventions and prevention activities. Professional practice lasting for two semesters combined with studies at the university and professional supervising. Access to professional activity: Graduates of Health Psychology programme can work in governmental and private health care institutions and settings (hospitals, policlinics, rehabilitation and care centres, health education centres etc.), where clients/patiens are consulted on health promotion and disease prevention issues, patient education is provided in order to alter their health behaviours and improve their health and well-being status. Graduates also can work in education institutions, academic and nongovernmental organizations and institutions, where health promotion activities or programmes are implemented. They can have their private practice and seek career in the fields, where psychological knowledge and special skills are applied. Access to further study: Masters of Health Psychology can continue studying Doctor’s degree in Lithuania and abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: to train professional traditional and multimedia journalists capable of working in a contemporary media organization, who understand the principles of mass communication, are able to analyze political, economic, cultural, artistic events and phenomena, are able to present them in analytical genres of journalism. The content of the program aims to reflect the development of contemporary media and journalism, and to develop research capacities in the fields of communication, information and journalism. The competences provided by the program should meet the employers' need for competent media experts, analysts capable of producing high quality specialized journalism content. Learning outcomes: Upon completion of this program, the graduate will be able to: 1. critically evaluate the problems of the development of society, to understand and justify the principles of functioning of a democratic society. 2. analyze and apply in practice the basic provisions of human rights and freedom of expression. 3. analyze the topic and present it in the chosen media (written, visual, audio, multimedia) and genre (form, style, scope), edit analytical and research texts. 4. communicate verbally and non-verbally and apply public speaking skills to a variety of audiences. 5. monitor, analyze, systematize and evaluate processes and to preset them for popular and specialized audiences. 6. carry out specific tasks by practically realizing the topic in the chosen genre and expression, apply organizational and creative skills in a modeled or real media organization (editorial office). 7. formulate, critically evaluate, interpret communication and information theories and research methods. 8. analyze the media in perspective of historical development, to reveal its change in the stages of communication and information technology breakthroughs. 9. carry out an analysis of the structure, management and performance of the media organization and present the results of the research to the public. 10. identify, reveal and describe the effects of exposure to journalistic content in traditional and new media. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, work in groups, training, practice, literature analysis, case analysis, project preparation, projects of creative writing, audio-visual projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Accumulative mark, which consist of, practical work, evaluation of attendance and activity in the seminars, evaluation of knowledge during the exam. The evaluation percentage is determined in the description of subjects. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory subjects – 75 ECTS. Philosophy of communication, Discourse of the modern journalism, Creative multimedia, Psychology of mass media, mass media economics and management, Discourse of audio-visual media, The problem of freedom of speech in public discourse, Informational influence in the global world, Networking medias. Creative analytical journalism project. Creative practice – 10 ECTS. Master thesis – 30 ECTS. Specialisations: The students have an opportunity to deepen their knowledge in culture and arts or politics and economics. Every semester the students have an opportunity to choose from two alternative subjects (political science and economics or culture and art). Optional courses: Optional subjects – 15 ECTS. Analysis of Economics and Finances, European Union Institutions and Public Policy, Political Communication or Theater Arts Seminar, Music Criticism, Photography and Film Aesthetics. Distinctive features of a study programme: It is the only postgraduate study program in journalism in Lithuania that prepares mass communication experts and providers of analytical journalism content. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to work for specialized publications and media outlets on public life, politics, economics, culture and the arts; for general publications in traditional and new media, covering current affairs, politics, economics, culture and art; for public relations departments of organizations; for organizations working on media monitoring, research and analysis. Access to further study: Graduates can choose doctoral studies in communication and information science.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study program is to develop a scientific oriented professional in clinical psychology, with an in-depth systematic knowledge of clinical psychology, psychopathology and psychotherapy; with skills in clinical evaluation, counselling and psychotherapy; well versed in scientific research methods; capable of conducting research and implementing its results into everyday practice; with strong professional ethics values, who is able to start independent professional career in both scientific and clinical institutions. Learning outcomes: A Master of Clinical Psychology understands patterns of personality structure, development, pathology development and psychological impact in terms of key psychological theories; is aware of key theoretical paradigms in psychotherapy, is able to apply specific psychotherapy and psychological counseling techniques to address personal and family challenges, interpersonal conflicts, psychological crises, qualified clinical psychological assessment, is able to make diagnostic decisions on the basis of international diagnostic classifications; is able to theoretically substantiate and practically perform scientific evaluation of his/her work efficiency. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, group work, essay, practical assignments, reading of literature, case study, projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program of Clinical Psychology consists of three groups of subjects: 1) The main theoretical paradigms in clinical psychology and psychopathology (The Main Paradigms in Clinical Psychology, Developmental Psychopathology, Psychology of Crisis and Traumas, Social Psychiatry, Dissociative and Psychotic Disorders, Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, Psychopharmacology, Psychopathology of Early Relationships); 2) Research in clinical psychology (Research Methods in Clinical Psychology, Scientific Research Work, Master Thesis); 3) Skills for professional practice (Clinical Psychological Assessment of Adults, Clinical Psychological Assessment of Children, Process of Psychological Counselling, Group Psychotherapy, Child Psychological Counselling, Family Psychological Counseling, WAIS-III/WASI, WISC-III/WASI, Professional Practice). Four months (640 hours) of professional practice is undertaken in adult and pediatric child treatment and counseling institutions. Students gain the following competencies during professional internships: clinical psychological assessment, individual and group counselling, crisis management and short-term psychotherapy, interdisciplinary team skills building, and ability to support scientifically the principles of interventions and prevention. Access to professional activity: Upon the completion of the study program of Clinical Psychology, a student may work as a psychologist in the health care institutions for adults and children: in primary, secondary and tertiary levels of somatic and psychiatric hospitals, mental health centres, rehabilitation centres, crisis intervention centres; they may engage in private psychological counselling practice and work in various institutions offering psychological assistance. Access to further study: Upon completion of the study program of Clinical Psychology, a student may engage in further studies in the doctorate studies in Psychology or other study field, if they fulfil the enrolment requirements; they may also engage in further post-graduate studies to receive the qualification of the psychologist-psychotherapist.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Objective(s) of a study programme: To provide students with the knowledge and skills to analyse, compare and asses the public policy conducted by Lithuanian and foreign governments. To develop analytical skills necessary for critical reflection and development of concepts, ideas, methods of political science in order to explain and evaluate processes in contemporary political systems. To develop skills necessary to apply the methods of political analysis, to provide sound, professional recommendations and to be able to understand ethical, cultural, and social implications of these solutions. Learning outcomes: 1. Knowledge and ability to independently analyse the socio-political processes in the society and the state; 2. Knowledge, understanding and ability to use and reflect on mainstream public policy and administration theories, models, and approaches. 3. Knowledge, understanding and ability to apply methods of social sciences and political analysis in research projects and papers. 4. Skills to analyse, implement research projects by using theories of public policy and administration and ability to evaluate the content of public policies, and establish a causal relationship between variables. 5. Knowledge, understanding and ability to asses various public policy processes and their content in Lithuania and other members of the European Union. 6. Ability and skills to provide public policy analysis assessments, to evaluate the effectiveness, the efficiency and the impact of suggested solutions by using the methods of public policy analysis. 7. Skills to write and analyse academic articles, political analysis reports, and to present results or recommendations for specific audiences (academic, practitioners). 8. Skills to organise, asses and manage projects or programs in the public sector. 9. Skills and ability to think critically, to solve academic and practical problems and provide solutions, recommendations in an innovative, creative way. 10. Awareness, knowledge of ethical, cultural, social, economic implications of their works and activities. Activities of teaching and learning: The lecturer’s ability to choose freely the most appropriate study methods for his course is respected. There are no mandatory requirements regarding the form of holding a class (lecture or seminar). However, the general tendency is that the MA programme is student-orientated; students are expected to be actively engaged during the lecture by analyzing practical problems and contemplating the solutions, working in groups, doing practical exercises, analyzing audio-visual material and discussing. In addition, students are working individually outside of the classroom by analyzing assigned literature, preparing research papers and working on their MA theses. Moreover, students oh this programme are involved in research projects of their supervisors/lecturers. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written examination, case studies, essay, presentations, projects, active and quality participation during the seminars, research papers and their presentation (oral or written form), preparing and presenting a simulation, preparation of a research project. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The duration of Public Policy Analysis master programme is 2 years, volume – 120 credits. It is comprised of: 1) theoretical courses of public policy and public administration („Comparative Public Administration“, „Public Policy and Political Analysis“, „Welfare State“) and of empirical studies; 2) courses of social science methods and political analysis („Public Sector Economics“). Also students are able to participate in different projects and be a part of international researches among with lecturers from the Institute. Optional courses: Endeavoring the possibility to provide an ability to choose specific courses, which better represents personal career interest, students from the International Relations and Diplomacy Studies programme will be able to choose from these electives: Conflict Analysis and Peace Studies; Political Psychology; Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector Organizations; Russia and the EU: Changes in the Global Politics; Problems of the State and Society in the European Intellectual Tradition; Nordic and Baltic States Studies; Energy Security; Islam in Europe; Game Theories; Body Politics. Distinctive features of a study programme: This MA programme aims to develop specific skills and knowledge necessary for academic and expert research in the fields of public policy, public analysis and public governance. Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to work as an experts and/or analysts, capable to elaborate proposals and recommendations based on theoretical analysis, empirical evidence and existing good practices, for decision-makers (public or private sector organizations operating at national, the EU and international levels). Access to further study: Graduate of this MA programme may pursue PhD studies in the field of social sciences in Lithuanian and foreign universities.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop knowledge and analytic skills needed for an independent analysis of the contemporary media and the political processes occurring in the information field. To develop an advanced understanding of theoretical and applied knowledge in the intersecting fields of politics and media research. To provide students with skills of conducting an independent and creative scientific research needed in order to prepare for the third cycle studies and academic inquiry in the interdisciplinary field of media and politics. To develop knowledge and skills enabling students to effectively, critically and creatively take part in contemporary political communication. Learning outcomes: Graduate of the Master‘s Programme in Politics and Media studies: 1) Is able to analyze and research political processes occurring in the information field as well as evaluate the effectiveness of political communication; 2) Knows, understands and is able to analyze contemporary political structures, relations among various political actors, identify their interests, goals, roles and power; 3) Knows and is able to create well argued analytic texts investigating the relations between politics and media as well as take part in public discussions; 4) Is able to conduct innovative academic research using fundamental and applied research strategies in the intersecting fields of politics and media studies. Activities of teaching and learning: Aiming to ensure the lecturers ability to choose the most appropriate methods for the course there is no mandatory requirement regarding the form of holding a lecture (lecture or seminar). In general, the MA programme is learner-orientated, students are expected to be learning during the lecture by analyzing practical problems and contemplating the solutions, working in groups, doing practical exercises, analyzing audio-visual material and discussing. In addition, students are working individually outside of the classroom by analyzing prescribed literature, preparing research papers and working on their MA theses. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written examination, case studies, essay, presentations, projects, active and quality participation during the seminars, research papers and their presentation (oral or written form), preparing and presenting a simulation, preparation of a research project. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The duration of Politics and Media Studies master programme is 1,5 years, volume - 90 credits. The main object of this programme is to show the interdependence of political events and communication and also to study media as long as it is related to politics and shapes it. Compulsory courses comprise 75 credits, elective - 15 credits. During the 1,5 years of studies students gain a solid theoretical background and scientific research skills, that later enables them to specialize better in the chosen field and to creatively apply their knowledge and skills in practice. They study the following subjects:“Power and Communication“, „The Concept of Modern Politics“, „Media and Politics“, „Visuals: practices, techniques, ideologies“ etc. Optional courses: Endeavoring the possibility to provide an ability to choose specific courses, which better represents personal career interest, students from the Politics and Media Studies programme will be able to choose from these electives: Conflict Analysis and Peace Studies; Political Psychology; Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector Organizations; Russia and the EU: Changes in the Global Politics; Problems of the State and Society in the European Intellectual Tradition; Nordic and Baltic States Studies; Energy Security; Islam in Europe; Game Theories; Body Politics. Distinctive features of a study programme: Master Programme in Politics and Media focuses on the dependence of the political phenomenon on communication issues and analyzes media‘s effects on politics and power relations in the contemporary society. Therefore, the programme concentrates on the intersections between the fields of media and politics, rather than viewing them as separate study objects. This is an advanced study programme aiming to develop skills and knowledge necessary for conducting independent scientific research. Access to professional activity: Graduates of the Master‘s Programme in Politics and Media studies are qualified to work in both, private and public sectors as academics, researchers, experts, analytics, advisors or consultants. Access to further study: Upon the completion of the study programme students may continue with their doctoral studies in the field of social sciences and humanities in Lithuania or abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Program aims to develop foreign policy experts and specialists by providing students with deep and comprehensive knowledge for understanding, analysing and assessing processes of foreign policy and international political affairs. Learning outcomes: Upon graduating from the study programme, a student will have an advanced knowledge and understanding of the development of international relations, will be able to analyse and explain various research data, to explain different stages of foreign policy formation, to identify main actors of foreign policy processes, and to apply the main principles, theories and methods of foreign policy analysis and analysis of international relations. Furthermore, he will be able to conduct an independent research in the field of international politics. Activities of teaching and learning: Aiming to ensure the lecturers ability to choose the most appropriate methods for the course there is no mandatory requirement regarding the form of holding a lecture (lecture or seminar). In general, the MA programme is learner-orientated, students are expected to be learning during the lecture by analyzing practical problems and contemplating the solutions, working in groups, doing practical exercises, simulation games, analyzing audio-visual material and discussing. In addition, students are working individually outside of the classroom by analyzing prescribed literature, preparing research papers and working on their MA theses. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written examination, case studies, essay, presentations, projects, active and quality participation during the seminars, research papers and their presentation (oral or written form), preparing and presenting a simulation, preparation of a research project. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The duration of International Relations and Diplomacy master programme is 2 years, volume – 120 ECTS. Theoretical studies comprise 85 credits, scientific research work - 35 credits. During the first semester of studies students get a deep knowledge of international relations and security issues. They study: „Theories of International Relations“, „History and Theory of Diplomacy“, „Problems of International Law“. During the second semester students concentrate on their elective course and final thesis. The progress of their research is evaluated during master‘s seminars each semester. Optional courses: Endeavoring the possibility to provide an ability to choose specific courses, which better represents personal career interest, students from the International Relations and Diplomacy Studies programme will be able to choose from these electives: Conflict Analysis and Peace Studies; Political Psychology; Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector Organizations; Russia and the EU: Changes in the Global Politics; Problems of the State and Society in the European Intellectual Tradition; Nordic and Baltic States Studies; Energy Security; Islam in Europe; Game Theories; Body Politics. Distinctive features of a study programme: This master's program differs from others in several important respects. First, this program combines theoretical and practical aspects of international relations and foreign policy analysis. Second, it focuses on various scientific research methods and prepares qualified researchers of a wider profile providing them with knowledge and skills necessary for accessing to the third cycle studies. Thirdly, this study program enables students to specialize in two different study tracks – Security or Diplomacy studies. Access to professional activity: A graduate of International Relations and Political Science studies program may pursue a career as an expert, analyst and consultant in scientific and academic institutions, diplomatic service, other (non)governmental or private institutions. Access to further study: Upon the completion of the study programme students may continue with their doctoral studies in the field of social sciences and humanities in Lithuania or abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The study programme aims to enable students to pursue research-related careers in areas of European integration, such as European and international organisations, associations and multinational companies. Drawing on an interdisciplinary and transnational set of subjects, students will explore European societies' historical, social, political and cultural processes and the role of Europe and its individual communities as global actors. Learning outcomes: Learning outcomes: 1. knowledge and deep understanding of the complex processes of European integration, Europeanisation and globalisation, as well as the ability to trace their development, critically evaluate them and understand how the concepts of Europeanisation and globalisation have been and can be applied in different regions of Europe and to define their relations with other areas of the world and international organisations; 2. knowledge, understanding and the ability to explain how global and regional developments have shaped the role(s) of Europe and Europeans as international actors; 3. the ability to apply a range of theories, perspectives and methods from different analytical and theoretical approaches, combining them in a comprehensive and critical analysis of European integration, the EU's role in the world and its relations with other actors; 4. knowledge and understanding of the European institutions and decision-making policies and the ability to carry out independent scientific analysis; 5. the ability to apply different research methodologies and approaches in an integrated way, to compare concepts and explore their interactions; 6. knowledge and understanding of one's roots in a particular discipline and academic culture, and access to different educational ways of looking at other European actors and their correlation with globalisation processes; 7. the ability to communicate effectively, using appropriate terminology, with a variety of audiences; 8. the ability to apply social insights and concepts in the design and conduct of an independent study or research project and to present it in a scientifically sound article, report or thesis; 9. the ability to develop general and professional skills for a wide range of possible future jobs and activities in a global society; 10. the ability to develop the necessary social and communication skills to work independently and in collaboration in a substantially multidisciplinary and multicultural context. Activities of teaching and learning: The Master's programme in European Studies uses a blended learning approach. Compulsory online classes for all students are combined with electives taught in classrooms at all four universities. All students are strongly encouraged to spend study time in at least two universities during the programme, but physical mobility is not compulsory. As the responsibility for the online classes is shared between the four partners, the consortium ensures that all students gain an international learning experience through the hybrid modules. In addition, students can undertake a fully credited internship outside the university to develop their professional skills further. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The dominant type of assessment in the programme is the essay. Other common types of examinations are oral, presentation or written, depending on the nature of the discipline and the local context of each university. Given the qualification objectives of this particular programme, greater emphasis is also placed on student portfolios, particularly in the hybrid modules. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme is modular, and ECTS is applied throughout. All compulsory and optional modules in the first three semesters have 10 ECTS credits and consist of two separate courses (or an optional placement in the case of Module 9). In addition to the general online colloquium of 5 credits in the fourth and final semester, each partner university offers one 5-credit elective course. For the Master's thesis, all partners provide 20 ECTS credits. In addition to a general systematic introduction to the field of European Studies in Module 1, these compulsory modules present the thematic substance of the programme from a variety of disciplinary perspectives (law, history, political science), with a particular focus on European foreign policy (Module 4) and development policy (Module 7). The other half of the programme consists of five optional modules proposed by the partner institutions in line with their strengths and research areas. Each module consists of two on-site (offline) courses on a standard and overarching theme, e.g. European regions or social transformations in Europe. Students take these elective courses at the four partner universities according to their chosen mobility pathways and personal interests. In elective modules 9 and 10, students can choose to do a research placement at one of the partner universities or a professional station outside the university instead of taking classes (offline). In the last semester, there was a compulsory joint online colloquium for all students working on a Master's thesis. Physical mobility is strongly recommended (recommended in semesters 3 and 4) but not required. Specialisations: All applicants must indicate which university they wish to apply to, which mobility pathways they prefer based on their interests, and the different specialisations partner universities offer. Optional courses: 45 ECTS are available for students' choices. Distinctive features of a study programme: Joint degree programme. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates would be qualified to work as experts, analysts, advisors and consultants in a wide range of public, non-governmental and private institutions and to carry out research activities in various academic institutions. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies in third cycle (PhD) study programmes in political sciences or related social sciences in Lithuania and abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified specialists, to provide them with deep and comprehensive knowledge about the region - its political, economic and cultural particularities, and develop their academic and analytical skills enable them to analyse, evaluate and assess key political and social processes within this dynamic and exciting region. Learning outcomes: Upon the completion of Eastern European and Russian Studies programme students will be able to work independently and in a team, collect and systematize information, organize different insights into a coherent framework of knowledge; apply theoretical knowledge to complex practical international relations issues; analyze the causes and the development of the economic and political transformation in Eastern Europe and Russia, critically assess its effects; analyze the development of economic policies and the nature of economic processes in the region as well as independently assess complex political-economic processes in the region and construct a research design and successfully implement a research programme. Activities of teaching and learning: MA programme is learner-orientated, students are expected to be learning during the lecture by analyzing practical problems and contemplating the solutions, working in groups, doing practical exercises, simulation games, analyzing audio-visual material and discussing. In addition, students are working individually outside of the classroom by analyzing prescribed literature, preparing research papers and working on their MA theses. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written examination, case studies, essay, presentations, projects, active and quality participation during the seminars, research papers and their presentation (oral or written form), preparing and presenting a simulation, preparation of a research project. Study subjects (modules), practical training: During the first semester of studies students get a deep knowledge of Eastern European countries and economic transformation there. Also students are encouraged to develop their abilities to use different research methods of political and social sciences, which will be crucial in preparing their MA thesis. The second semester offers students in-depth knowledge of economic and political particularities in Russia and also Eastern European Security. The third semester is dedicated to work on Master's thesis. Different theoretical and practical aspects of the studies are combined in this programme: theoretical subjects (sucha as „State and Society in Eastern Europe and Russia: From Autocracy to Democracy“, „Economic Transformation: From Command Economy to a New System“, etc.) are supplemented by pratical ones („Energy Security“, „Russian Politics and Economy in Post-Modern World“, „Belarus and Ukraine Studies“). This programme offers students the opportunity to build their own extensive knowledge and expertise in their preferred field of interests by choosing elective subjects from the list of courses open to all Master level students at the Institute. For more information: http://www.tspmi.vu.lt/en/master-studies/eastern-european-russian-studies/ Optional courses: Students will be able to choose from a variety of elective subjects: : International Political Economy and Globalization; Change management in public sector organizations; Theories of Social Revolutions and Movements: Comparative Analysis; Islam in Europe; Contemporary Politics of Central Eurasian Countries and Regions; Belarus and Ukraine Studies; Nordic and Baltic Studies; International Negotiations; Project Management in Public Sector; Energy Security. Distinctive features of a study programme: The Eastern European and Russian studies programme is unique in its design, as it provides deep insights into the Eastern European and Russian region and enables students to devise their own curricular which best corresponds to their academic and professional interests. The language of instruction is English which indicates that students are able to study in the multicultural group with students from all over the world (India, USA, Azerbaijan, Canada, Georgia, Italy and other. Access to professional activity: Our graduates have found a number of different possibilities: some pursue their careers as civil servants in public administration institutions and diplomatic service. Others work as analysts and experts in the international organizations, academic and research institutions, private sector in Lithuania and abroad. Access to further study: Upon the completion of the study programme students may continue with their doctoral studies in the field of social sciences and humanities in Lithuania or abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To provide advanced knowledge and develop skills necessary for the analysis, evaluation and comparison of Lithuanian and foreign political systems, political institutions, political decisions and political processes. Learning outcomes: Graduate of Contemporary Politics programme is able to conduct an empirical research, analyse political behavior, possesses a deep knowledge of ideas and concepts of contemporary philosophy, is able to independently analyse and assess political phenomena according to the standards of scientific research and is familiar with the newest Lithuanian researches. Activities of teaching and learning: The lecturers ability to choose freely the most appropriate study methods for his course is respected. There are no mandatory requirements regarding the form of holding a class (lecture or seminar). However, the general tendency is that the MA programme is student-orientated, students are expected to be actively engaged during the lecture by analyzing practical problems and contemplating the solutions, working in groups, doing practical exercises, analyzing audio-visual material and discussing. In addition, students are working individually outside of the classroom by analyzing assigned literature, preparing research papers and working on their MA theses. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Written examination, case studies, essay, presentations, projects, active and quality participation during the seminars, research papers and their presentation (oral or written form), preparing and presenting a simulation, preparation of a research project. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The duration of this master programme is 1,5 years, volume – 90 credits.This programme is created to introduce contemporary political ideas and understanding to students. The first semester is dedicated to compulsory courses as Concept of Contemporary Politics, State and Civil Society. During the secon semester students get a deep knowledge of contemporary researches. The third semester is dedicated to writing of the final thesis. Specialisations: - Optional courses: Endeavoring the possibility to provide an ability to choose specific courses, which better represents personal career interest, students from the International Relations and Diplomacy Studies programme will be able to choose from these electives: Conflict Analysis and Peace Studies; Political Psychology; Programme and Project Management in the Public Sector Organizations; Russia and the EU: Changes in the Global Politics; Problems of the State and Society in the European Intellectual Tradition; Nordic and Baltic States Studies; Energy Security; Islam in Europe; Game Theories; Body Politics. Distinctive features of a study programme: Comparative Politics programme is suitable for those, who are interested in the newest phenomenon of politics and research methods. Philosophical and theoretical discussions are supplemented with researches when students are learning how to apply theories in practice. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: A graduate can pursue a career as an analyst of domestic and foreign policy at international, national and non-governmental organisations, as a researcher at academic institutions, as a political commentator at mass-media institutions. Access to further study: Graduate of this MA programme may pursue PhD studies in the field of social sciences in Lithuanian and foreign universities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train highly qualified professionals and researchers for intellectual, creative, knowledge-based businesses, who are aware of the latest trends in information and knowledge management, and are capable of applying knowledge management methods and tools and leadership abilities to ensure effective knowledge management and creative, innovative problem solving. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be familiar with the principles and features of strategic information and knowledge management. Will be able to analyze and critically evaluate information and knowledge management problems and apply the acquired theoretical knowledge in making effective and constructive decisions. Will be able to critically evaluate and interpret theoretical concepts of organizational leadership, risk and change management, project management, human resources management, image, reputation and crisis management and communication, intellectual property law in a real business organization. Will know the methodology of communication and information research and will be able to carry out research of market of information and knowledge management products and services, internal and external information environment of organizations, information needs, apply research results creatively and flexibly in business organization modelling. The graduate of the program will be fully equipped for solving specific information and knowledge management problems as well as for presentation and dissemination of research results. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, work in groups, training, practice, case analysis, project preparation. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Every course unit is concluded with a written evaluation. Student’s knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (unsatisfactory) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The content of the program focuses on the modern concept of communication and information science based on systemic relationships, integrating various branches of this field of science. The subjects of communication and information science make up a large part of the compulsory theoretical subjects of the program. The program focuses on information science subjects. Due to the close links with the needs of practical activities, the program focuses on the fastest developing areas of science related to information management and its latest paradigm – knowledge management and application of information technologies for information organization, management and storage. Information technology subjects that make up the other core of the program are important to the information professional, as their studies enable the application of modern information technology to the organization and management of information. Optional courses: Creativity and Entrepreneurship, Intercultural Communication, Internet Marketing, Business Ethics. Distinctive features of a study programme: It is the only study program in Lithuania whose structure and content are aimed at those seeking to build a successful business based on continuous learning, creation and innovative use of new knowledge as an economic asset. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: A graduate can work in the business, academic, governmental, and public sector institutions as a professional communication and information manager, an independent knowledge management consultant, a public relations specialist, information and knowledge management project manager. Access to further study: A graduate of the program is able to continue studies on tertiary level and to seek PhD degree in the field of communication and information science.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop and strengthen the professional competence on the basis of essential geographical knowing; to bring up the competences on scientific research; knowledge and it’s applying in various circumstances; to give a knowledge and competence what are necessary for working in the spheres of land-use planning; to train constructive thinking and intellectual satisfaction in the study and working process. Learning outcomes: Specific competencies developed: • has knowledge in peculiarities of society development and territorial organization, understands cartographic and geographic information communication processes; • knows and understands the spatial planning documents and the methodology of their development; • comprehends laws of socio-economic processes and principles of regional policy, organization patterns of the cultural landscape in space and time; • masters ideology of sustainable development; • is able develop and apply methodologies for applied research, qualitatively and quantitatively analyze the territorial dissemination of social processes; • has skills in regionalization of territory, identifying development problems of the territory, solving conflicts between use and protection, forming conception of rational use of the territory; • is able to identify territorial values and to provide conservation measures for them, to make environmental impact assessment; • is able to apply reasonable legal norms, to develop plans/projects, using the computer media to cartographically visualize the analysis results and planning solutions. Learning outcomes: • A graduate has good working knowledge of interaction and spatial differentiation of natural and cultural landscape, social and economic systems; • He/she has a grasp of fundamentals in town, regional and environment protection planning, land tenure, forest and water management, methodology of applied research; • A graduate is also able to apply analytic methods and GIS technologies to problem solving and possesses a range of skills including communication, mapping, statistic research, scientific investigation, teamwork, systemic and analytic thinking. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Subjects of human geography study field (60 credits): Methodology of scientific work, Methodology of applied exploration, Methodology and application of GIS, Theories of society and human geography, Geography of cultural landscape, Methodology of territorial development, Lithuanian regions and regional policy of European Union, Social and economic structure of Lithuania, Yearly scientific report, Scientific research practice (3 weeks). Subjects of territorial planning study field (30 credits): Regulations of territory development, Forest management and greenery planning (optional), Water management (optional), Land tenure and cadastres, Regional and urban planning, Development of environmental projects. Finalizing subjects module (30 credits): Master seminar, Master final thesis (human geography), Master final project (territorial planning). Specialisations: Territorial planning Optional courses: In the 2nd semester a possibility to choose between other study field subjects: Forest management and greeneries planning and Water management. Distinctive features of a study programme: A study programme combines two study fields. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: A graduate is able to work in various ecological, sociological, economic research or territorial planning spheres as well as at institutions dealing with the issues of nature usage, environment protection, economy and governance. Access to further study: Masters in Geography and Land Management may develop their qualification at doctoral studies in sociology (social geography, urban and countryside planning) in Lithuania or in human geography and territorial planning abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of the study programme Sustainable Financial Economics is to prepare a top or higher level macro-financial (financial economics) specialist capable of properly evaluating, shaping and realising business financial assets policy and strategic objectives, creating concepts of development and to implement them, taking into account modern requirements for sustainable development and social responsibility. Learning outcomes: Having successfully completed the study programme Sustainable Financial Economics the graduate: knows current theories of finance, banking, and is able to evaluate various financial phenomena in changing macroeconomic environment holistically and systemically; is able to critically interpret the economic theoretical and methodological knowledge of sustainable development, the results of the scientific research, examining the financial, ethical and social challenges for sustainable development; is able to critically assess the theoretical and practical innovations in the development of the financial system, taking into account the evolving national market and global space; is able to critically assess operations in the financial markets and financial services sectors, and their regulatory policies in the context of globalisation and sustainable development; critically assess qualitative and quantitative research methods;is able to develop a research methodology and perform self-research by adapting up-to-date macrofinancial knowledge; uses modern ICT to organise and conduct scientific and business activities, in accordance with professional ethics and citizenship; is able to organise own and group work by assessing the resources available (time, human, infrastructure, etc.) to ethically solve the problems; understands moral and social responsibility by adopting innovative solutions; demonstrates critical, systematic, strategic, socially responsible thinking skills. Activities of teaching and learning: Problem-based teaching, theoretical literature analysis, preparation and presentation of research paper. Active teaching/learning methods: group discussion, information search, case study, group working, preparation and presentation of research paper, group project, individual project, situation modelling, trading simulation, management of investment portfolio. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative grading system is used to encourage students to work and gradually develop the required competences. The following methods are applied to assess the achievements of the students of the Sustainable Financial Economics study programme: examination, project, colloquium, defence of practical works, test, preparation of presentation, working in seminars, case study, analysis of research paper, theoretical literature, analytical paper. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory courses of the study programme: Economic Policy of Environmental Protection, Theories of Modern Economics, Financial Market Intelligence Systems, Sustainable and Responsible Investments, Global Economy and Sustainable Development, Methods of Economic Research, Social Responsibility of Transnational Corporations, Research Work, Master’s Thesis (field: Economics). Optional courses: Students are able to deepen their business knowledge from the list of optional subjects. During their first semester, students can choose one of these disciplines: Regulation of Economic Processes, Behavioral Finance, International Finance. During the second semester, students can choose from the following optional disciplines: Mergers and Acquisitions, Social Accounting and Integrated Reporting, Investment Risk Management. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is delivered both in Lithuanian and English languages; focuses on macro-financial problems and is designed on the basis of modern sustainable development principles. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate of the study programme Sustainable Financial Economics can occupy executive and other high positions in finance departments of international and Lithuanian enterprises, banks, ensurance companies and pension funds; also can occupy analytical and executive positions in national and international supervisory institutions such as National Bank, stock exchange, ministries. He can pursue the PhD degree and further scientific or pedagogical career; carry out research at scientific institutions and universities. Access to further study: Graduate of the study programme is able to carry out research in the field of finances and economics or to pursue PhD studies in social sciences (in the field of management, economics).

Main courses studied at the programme include EU law, Economics of European Integration, various EU policies, EU Internal Market and World Economy, Project management. The programme does not include internship.

Future holders of a master’s degree in economics study financial accounting, macroeconomic analysis, international finance, bank management, research of the economic environment, etc. Professional training is not planned. This finance programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in economics or management and business administration and would like to become highly qualified specialists in finance.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Prepare a broad range of mapping professionals capable of independently and consistently carry out natural and social phenomena and processes, research, analysis, and dissemination of spatial prognostic cartographic modeling required public aspirations practical implementation. Learning outcomes: • Having completed cartography programme, a graduate has complex understanding between functions and interaction of nature and anthropogenic structures; principles of sustainable development; systematic and critical approach; • Understanding scalability and existence of geographic systems; • Recognise cartographic modelling in the interdisciplinary research; • Perceive novelty, relevance, expedience of cartographic research; formulate of goals, objectives and tasks for research and applied projects; • Strategic analyse and evaluate cartographic projects requirement and complication degree; • Formulate results of scientific research; • Perform quantitative and qualitative data analysis; formulate and present research results; analyse of scientific reference sources, juridical acts; • Use varied technologies for scientific research, information search, evaluation and recall. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: In order to educate future professionals for scientific and practical skills, giving the perception of modern cartography delivered courses of study include three groups of modules: cartographic works of creation and editing, geographic information systems and their application, aero - space and engineering methods and their application. Specialisations: Field mapping methods and database management Optional courses: cartographic information dissemination on the Internet, map browser and e-services, Special-purpose maps, GIS models Distinctive features of a study programme: Cartography - a specific branch of knowledge with a wide range of applied character. So this program is to provide and educate future professionals essential cartographic theory and applied knowledge of methods, techniques and basic GIS technology, to promote a systematic approach to research phenomena, to be able to highlight, analyze and solve methodological problems, individually and collectively conduct research and implement practical cartographic projects using different technologies, to be able to create and manage application projects. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work in cartographic and topographic public and private enterprises, in scientific and in education-municipal institutions. Access to further study: Masters of cartography may continue their studies in doctoral studies (third stage) of the natural, social and nearby sciences branches (physical geography, measurement engineering, computer science, sociology) in Lithuanian and foreign universities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To educate high qualification systematically thinking specialists of economics who, applying wide scope recent knowledge on economics science as well as interdisciplinary research methods and modelling techniques, are able to analyse and creatively solve atypical economic problems under conditions of uncertainty at the enterprise, national and international levels. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Communication skills. Ability to carry out scientific research individually and in team, to apply principles of team-building and management. Ability to independently take decisions in complex and undefined situations. Ability to adapt to continuously changing situations. Skills of analytic, systemic, critical and creative thinking. Ability to solve problems and work in group, to independently plan one’s learning process, to choose the development direction and continue one‘s education independently. Ability to critically assess and professionally select the most suitable national and international information sources thus ensuring reliability and confidentiality of information. Subject specific competencies developed: A deep understanding of the theories of economics, financial analysis and related interdisciplinary theories necessary for applied research and will be able to apply them creatively. Ability to apply contemporary research methods and modelling techniques when critically assessing and forecasting various tendencies of economic development, ability to prepare and deliver reports on research. Ability to generate and verify scientific hypotheses, to conduct integrated research and critical evaluation of economic-social environment, enterprise activity, the processes of innovations, and various markets using contemporary information technologies. Ability to model and economically reason the alternatives of solutions for activity improvement. Ability to plan and evaluate effectively the provision of resources and possibilities of their usage on the level of enterprise as well as on regional, national and international levels. Ability to make economically reasoned decisions creatively in constantly changing global environment. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be able to independently carry out applied research using the latest theories of Economics, Financial Analysis and the related interdisciplinary theories. Using modern information technologies, they will be qualified to prepare and submit investigation reports, design cost-based alternatives for the performance improvement, to comprehensively analyze and critically assess the economic-social environment and the performance of the enterprise, and the innovation processes in various markets. Activities of teaching and learning: To develop subject-specific skills, methods of economic and econometric analysis are applied; they enable deepening of the abilities to systematise and interpret data of economic information. Active methods are used: case analysis, interactive simulation business models, project method, group work, inquiry-based learning, etc. To develop social and personal abilities, the following methods are applied: panel or group discussion, mind mapping, team and individual work, business simulations, expertise, opposition methods etc. Application of different teaching methods expands students’ abilities to communicate with businessmen, economists and representatives of other professions in generating ideas, identifying problems or making decisions. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main methods of learning outcomes assessment: group or individual homework, presentation of the results of a situation or case analysis, exam, written work, individual presentation / defense of a research report, colloquium, problem-solving tasks, preparation of a scientific article. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The program consists of subject two groups: • Compulsory subjects of the study field (75 credits) include disciplines that deepen and expand the knowledge and skills necessary for a highly qualified economic analyst: Microeconomic Analysis, Business Finance Analysis and Modeling, Macroeconomic Analysis, Global Economics: Theories and their Application, Econometric Analysis, Methodology of economic research, Econometric models of time series. The master thesis project and the Master's thesis deepen scientific / expert / analytical competence, form the ability to research, analyze, evaluate economic problems and argue their solutions. • Elective subjects of the study field (15 credits) are intended to supplement and deepen the knowledge and skills of the chosen field of study, which strengthen economic research (Cost-benefit analysis, Assessment of modern economic crises, Regional development economic assessment), Financial management (Investor behavior, Financial markets analysis, Analysis of International Finance) and economic evaluation of companies' activities (Corporate Social Responsibility, Business Process Assessment and Management Systems, Innovation Economics). Specialisations: Optional courses: Elective subjects of the study field (15 credits) are intended to supplement and deepen the knowledge and skills of the chosen field of study, which strengthen economic research (Cost-benefit analysis, Assessment of modern economic crises, Regional development economic assessment), Financial management (Investor behavior, Financial markets analysis, Analysis of International Finance) and economic evaluation of companies' activities (Corporate Social Responsibility, Business Process Assessment and Management Systems, Innovation Economics). Distinctive features of a study programme: The program is distinguished by the fact that the aim and anticipated learning outcomes are oriented towards education of a broad profile expert of Economics. The content of the Programme is oriented towards modelling of practical skills, evaluation of economic effects of various business solutions enabling to increase the competitive advantages of country and enterprises. Students can choose a distance learning form. Students can choose a study program in Lithuanian or English. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work as the head specialist of economics, analyst or occupy executive's position in industry, trade, transport, communications, banking and finance sectors, in marketing, business administration areas, as well as in state or international institutions, other institutions. Economists can advise politicians, pursue a career in politics or public administration, work as teachers in higher education, and continue doctoral studies. Access to further study: Can apply for admission to third-cycle degree programmes

The distinctive feature of competencies rendered by the Programme can be summarized in two words: thoroughness and comprehensiveness. This is visibly reflected in the framework of the Programme as all subjects could be classified to one of the two main blocks of competence development. The first block heavily relies upon application of mathematical methods and models for economic analysis, forecasting and planning. It includes obligatory "in-depth" advanced courses of microeconomic and macroeconomics analysis, mathematical methods of economics analysis, applied econometrics and econometric analysis, as well as electives on economic forecasting and risk management. The second, "in width", block is intended for introduction to the holistic and interdisciplinary approach towards socio-economic development and for acquaintance with the various sectors of economy where learned methods of analysis and planning can be successfully applied. This block includes courses on economic development, economics of EU integration, economic globalization, finance markets, auditing, etc.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To provide knowledge and skills necessary for Public Relations planning, management and evaluation. To develop competence in: analysis of social environment, organizations, audiences, message and media; communication planning and management of processes; media usage, creation and dissemination of messages; assessment of communication programs, research (methodology and practice) in the field of Public Relations. Learning outcomes: Graduate of Public Relations programme has theoretical knowledge and practical understanding of Public Relations and communication; skills in conducting research, planning and implementation PR campaign and managing communication processes, communication messages to the target audience; professional knowledge of media and PR institutions, administration of media business and public organizations, marketing, internal communication. Activities of teaching and learning: Students will be asked to learn through a combination of: reading and discussion of theoretical texts and practice-oriented text-books, relevant statistical data; analysis of key studies and enrolment in creative projects; research papers and thesis; group and individual tasks; peer learning and discussions; meetings with PR professionals and classes outside university (visits to PER agencies, etc.); creating own portfolio. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (unsatisfactory) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program consists of three core study units, which highlight essential competences: Public Relations Theory and Research block - compulsory subjects of the study program: Corporate Communication, Communication Research Methods, and optional subjects: Communication Theory, Policy Communication, Intercultural Communication. The purpose of this unit is to provide deep theoretical knowledge and understanding of communication research methods. The second unit consists of specialized subjects on public relations - compulsory subjects: Media Relations, Public Relations Project, Crisis Management, Marketing Communication, Public Relations in Internet, Strategic Communication, Stakeholder Relations, and optional subjects: Intellectual Property Law, Corporate Responsibility, International Media Relations, Public Diplomacy, Public Discourse Rhetoric, International Communication Campaigns. The purpose of this unit is to provide the student with theoretical and practical knowledge in the field of communication, which would allow for a broader understanding of the professional field of public relations and related disciplines. The third unit covers term research papers and master's thesis. The purpose of this unit is to develop research skills for researching the field of public relations. Optional courses: Elective subjects allow students to deepen their knowledge in communication theory, political communication, public diplomacy, and more. areas. Distinctive features of a study programme: The graduates gain distinctive theoretical knowledge and practical skills, needed for the professional work in the field of Public Relations. Classes are given by both researchers and practitioners (currently active) in the field. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: A graduate can be employed by business, state, public administration, non-profit organizations as a communications department manager, a PR agent or a project manager, he/she can work as a consultant, work in the field of marketing, public opinion and media research or do scientific research. Access to further study: Graduates can choose doctoral studies in communication and information science.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Master’s Degree Program in International Communication is to train competent and responsible strategic corporate communications professionals with the professional skills to formulate and implement international communication strategies, to develop communication content taking into account different intercultural communication contexts and to critically and analytically evaluate communication phenomena. The Program is developed to provide a specialist with a broad attitude to social dialogue between different players in global communication (states, business and governmental, public organizations, different cultures, people). This is achieved by providing theoretical knowledge that deepens and broadens previous knowledge in the field of communication and information (expanding knowledge of applied communication and communication theory and research into areas such as global communication, political or business communication, intercultural communication); by providing additional theoretical knowledge revealing the specifics of international relations and sustainable development in the conditions of globalization, emphasizing the communicative aspect; by developing the skills necessary for communication professionals to work in government, business and non-governmental organizations, education and research institutions (analyzing and evaluating communication processes; analyzing, modelling, creatively solving communication conflicts); by encouraging to use and coordinate communication research methods and critically evaluate research findings as well as encouraging the decision making; by developing general self-development skills (promoting continuous learning, internships, independent studies). Learning outcomes: Program graduates gain the following competencies: (1) formation, application, implementation and analysis of effectiveness of corporate communication, corporate social responsibility strategy in multicultural organizations; (2) planning and implementing of communication of corporate responsibility strategy for sustainable development goals as well as for critical assessment of environmental factors for corporate social responsibility; (3) development and implementation of international communication projects, taking into account the international and intercultural environment; (4) critical attitude, analytical, planning and implementation skills of public diplomacy and state strategic communication, in perspective of state politics, economics, socio-cultural environment; (5) ability to perform research on international and intercultural communication and its application to business, public sector organizations activities; understanding and critical analysis of international and intercultural communication public and scientific discourse, assessing genres, actors, texts, contexts; (6) working in multicultural groups and international teams dwelling on the principles of leadership, ethics, and social responsibility. Activities of teaching and learning: In order to ensure the selection of the most relevant study methods to achieve the study program outcomes, different teaching and learning methods are combined, emphasizing student-centered learning methods through case studies, problem-based learning, discussions, project activities, and independent work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main method to evaluate learning outcomes is through an exam. Examinations are conducted in writing or in writing and orally. Students’ knowledge is rated from 1 (unsatisfactory) to 10 (excellent). Various assessment strategies can be selected when evaluating learning outcomes. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The program consists of several core blocks of subjects: 1) Subjects of Communication Theory and Research Methodology (Communication Theory, Methods of Communication Research, Research, Master’s Thesis); 2) International Environmental Studies (Public Diplomacy and Belief, Discrimination, Violence and Human Rights, International Business Environment, Intercultural Communication); 3) Communication of Multinational Corporations (Corporate Communication, Communication Project, Corporate Responsibility, International Crisis Communication); 4) the program provides with opportunity to conduct optional Research Practice. Optional courses: In the second semester the students can choose between conducting Research Practice (5 ECTS) and optional course “Discrimination, Violence, and Human Rights”. Distinctive features of a study programme: The program is conducted in Lithuanian and English. The study program is implemented in cooperation with the members of the G. Hofstede International Communication Consortium at Leeds Becket University (UK), International University of Languages and Media (Italy). Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the program may work in governmental, business, and nonprofit institutions that cooperate with foreign partners, as well as for global corporations or international institutions. Graduates can be self-employed entrepreneurs or professional consultants in the field of international communication or communications, and may pursue a research career. Access to further study: Graduate students in International Communication have the opportunity to continue their studies in doctoral programs.

The first block of the degree programme is of theoretical nature with the aim to encourage gaining knowledge and to develop critical thinking by employing theories in practice. The second block is intended for the improvement of practical skills with the aim to deepen skills in communication management, organisational behaviour, crisis management, public relations and marketing communication. The third block offers an opportunity to deepen knowledge of social sciences in the areas of gender communication, policy communication and business communication. Having listened to theoretical courses, Master's students devote their gained knowledge to the improvement of practical skills and competences. In the third lecture block students deepen knowledge of other sciences and competences. The fourth block consists of research (semestrial works and Master's final thesis).

Future holders of a master’s degree in theoretical physics and astronomy study physical kinetics, gravitational theory, theoretical astrophysics, quantum fields, optimisation methods for computer models, stellar physics, etc. Educational and research training is organised. The duration of training is 320 hours. Research, the analysis of results, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. This theoretical physics and astronomy programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in physics and would like to become highly qualified specialists in theoretical physics and astronomy.

Future specialists in laser physics and optical technologies study solid body lasers, nonlinear optics, kinetic and laser spectroscopy, ultra-short impulse optics, the basics of modern optics, etc. Educational and research training is organised. The duration of training is 320 hours. Research, IT use, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. This laser physics and optical technologies programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in physics and would like to become highly qualified specialists in laser physics and optical technologies.

Future holders of a master’s degree in environmental and chemical physics study environmental physics, the analysis of nuclear incidents, physical kinetics, experimental spectrometry, the physics of nuclear reactors, chemical physics, etc. Professional training is not planned. This environmental and chemical physics programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree and would like to become specialists in environmental and chemical physics.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The main objective is to prepare hydrometeorologists that can work independently in various organizations (scientific, educational, public and private businesses, etc.) and make well-founded decisions on such topics like atmosphere, hydrosphere, climate change, environment protection, ecology, etc. Moreover, they can do scientific and practical research using modern technology, involve themselves successfully into local and international projects and continue their studies in doctoral programme. Learning outcomes: Graduates will be: • Capable of performing a complex scientific and practical work, such as hydrometeorological research planning, performance and decision making. • Capable of applying special meteorological and hydrological information to various social practices, provide scientific reports and conclusions. • Capable of analyzing data related to climate change and hydrosphere. • Trained in climatological and long-term meteorological forecasting methods, their operation and application to practical decision making. • Capable of performing a complex environmental, social and economic impact assessment of climate change. • Capable of using their knowledge of current ideas and developments in hydrometeorological, climatological, water management and coastal management projects. • Capable of operating the information technologies innovatively and competently. • Capable of applying numerical mathematical models and information technologies in natural process and environment factor analysis and evaluation. • Capable of refreshing and applying their knowledge independently. • Trained in scientific research methods. • Capable of systemic thought, idea application, hypotheses’, concepts’ and objectives’ suggestion, and critical analysis of data and projects. Activities of teaching and learning: Active lectures; seminars; discussions; written project, that includes scientific research and decision making; essay writing; individual scientific research project; analysis of meteorological and hydrological data; experiments using meteorological and hydrological equipment; practicum in laboratories; group project; presentations; final thesis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is a written exam or a written-oral exam. Other methods include: written and oral polls, exercises and presentations, tests, individual research presentations, self- or group assessments. Student’s performance is evaluated using a grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), where grades equal or lower than 4 are considered as failing. Framework: Study subjects (modules): 90 credits, including 72 credits major field of study, and 18 credits - the deeper study of this field. • Methodology of Scientific Research • Climate change and Global Circulation Modelling • Coastal Research and Sedimentology • Water Management • Microclimatology • Biometeorology • Long Range Weather Prediction • Database Design • Applied Programming • Master final thesis Specialisations: ‒ Optional courses: ‒ Distinctive features of a study programme: In other Lithuanian institutions of higher education the study program does not exist. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work in: • departments of Ministry of Environment of the Republic of Lithuania, • air and sea ports, • science institutions, universities and other organizations of higher education, • governmental, private, public and business offices, information agencies, • other places where both hydrometeorological and general knowledge and abilities can be applied. Access to further study: Further studies include Physical Geography, Geology, Ecology, and Environmental doctoral courses in Vilnius University, as well as other universities in Lithuania and abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a Study Programme: The Master of Arts programme in English Studies is crafted to cultivate competent, self-reliant, and innovative English literature, culture, and linguistics experts. Graduates emerge equipped with the skills required for professions connected to language, literature, and culture within the realm of public communication, encompassing domains such as the media, publishing industry, and cultural institutions. Our programme aims to foster graduates’ professional aptitude for research and teaching, both in educational and research institutions, while instilling a lifelong commitment to learning. The English Studies programme provides students with a platform to hone their capacity for contemplation on cultural traditions and to critically assess the diverse cultural landscapes and emerging trends in contemporary society. The specialisation in Media Discourse is designed to facilitate students in the application of cutting-edge theories and methodologies in the field of Critical Discourse studies. It further nurtures their communicative prowess in English, spanning various domains of public communication, and equips them with the ability to create modern media content. Learning Outcomes: Graduates of this programme will possess a diverse set of skills and competencies, enabling them to excel in various aspects of linguistics, culture, and literature. These skills include: Critical analysis: graduates will be adept at analysing, synthesising, and critically evaluating trends in linguistics, culture, and literature within social and research contexts. Problem-solving: they will possess the ability to logically and critically solve both theoretical and practical issues, offering innovative solutions while effectively communicating and collaborating as individuals or within teams. Digital literacy: graduates will be well-versed in the use of digital information technologies for research, including data collection and analysis. Strategic thinking: they will have the capacity to anticipate problem-solving strategies and propose viable solutions. Independent research: graduates will develop strong independent research skills, enabling them to study literature, analyse and synthesise theoretical frameworks, collect and categorise empirical data, and undertake medium and large-scale research projects. Cross-cultural understanding: they will be capable of comparing trends in literature, language, and thought across different cultural epochs and social groups. Application of knowledge: graduates will be well-prepared to apply their acquired knowledge and skills in their future professional careers or further research endeavours. For those specialising in Media Discourse, additional skills will be acquired, including: Media proficiency: graduates will gain proficiency in using English within contemporary media contexts. Language analysis: they will develop the ability to analyse language changes in various spheres of public communication. Professional language use: Graduates will evaluate the appropriateness of language use within professional environments. Media text creation: they will be skilled in using English to create effective media texts. These competencies will equip graduates to excel in diverse career paths and research pursuits within the realms of linguistics, culture, literature, and media discourse. Teaching and Learning Activities: The programme utilises various teaching methods and assessments, including interactive lectures, seminars, tutorials, practical tasks, written assignments, examinations, presentations, group discussions, critical-analytical reading, synthesis, reviews, and independent work. Throughout interactive lectures and seminars, students engage actively by participating in discussions, delivering reports, and composing papers on either self-selected topics or those proposed by the lecturer. Methods for Evaluating Learning Outcomes: A 10-point cumulative grading system is employed, incorporating continuous assessment methods such as research projects, tests, homework assignments, and presentations. The final grade is determined based on the evaluation of tasks completed throughout the course as well as the performance in the examination. Framework: Study Modules and Practical Training: The Master of Arts programme in English Studies comprises three core blocks of courses: literature, cultural studies, and linguistics. The language of instruction throughout the programme is English. This comprehensive programme equips students with an in-depth understanding of contemporary language research, English-speaking cultures, and literary analysis. It fosters their ability to navigate the diverse landscape of the Humanities and effectively apply their knowledge and skills in practical contexts. The seminars on literature from English-speaking countries and the history of English literature offer authentic and in-depth analyses of English literature, addressing key issues within contemporary Western literary studies. Additionally, the inclusion of cultural and media studies within the curriculum broadens the programme’s scope and enhances the philologist’s expertise. The programme begins with foundational courses and progressively introduces a wide range of subject-specific courses. As students progress, the number of compulsory courses decreases, allowing for a greater emphasis on elective courses tailored to individual interests and career goals. The culmination of the programme centres on the completion of an MA thesis (30 ECTS, in Semester 4), followed by a thesis defence, marking the conclusion of the academic journey. Specialisations: Media Discourse is a specialisation grounded in the emerging and ever-evolving field of applied linguistics within the framework of Critical Discourse studies. This discipline focuses on the study of language usage within various forms of media. Over the course of three semesters, students enrolled in the English Studies programme can opt for additional courses that delve into this field, including: Media Linguistics (three semesters, 5 ECTS per semester) Discourse Analysis Typology of Media Genres Political Discourse in the Media (5 ECTS for each course) These specialised courses offer students a comprehensive understanding of the intricacies of language within the context of media, enabling them to explore and critically analyse various aspects of media communication and discourse. Elective Courses: Students have the flexibility to select elective courses, allowing them to expand their expertise in literary studies, cultural studies, and linguistics. Notable Characteristics of the Study Programme: The interdisciplinary nature of the English Studies programme offers an opportunity to attain specialised expertise in English literature, cultural studies, and linguistics. Graduates are well-equipped to compete with peers from both Lithuanian and international universities. The programme caters not only to Lithuanian students but also extends its reach to foreign students participating in the ERASMUS+ academic exchange programme at VU. English Studies encompasses a wide-ranging interdisciplinary curriculum, examining the theoretical and empirical dimensions of the English language, culture, and literature in contemporary society. Beyond developing subject-specific competencies, the programme equips students with versatile skills that are applicable across various fields of study. The programme is structured around three equally weighted blocks of general and subject-specific courses, covering linguistics, literature, and culture. The curriculum is closely aligned with the principles of individualisation and differentiation in the learning process, fostering the development of social skills, integrating study content, and implementing contemporary teaching and learning methodologies. A standout feature of the programme is the specialisation in Media Discourse, which is distinct in Lithuania. Unlike other universities, this programme offers a unique blend of English language studies and media-related content, setting it apart in the academic landscape. Access to professional activity or further study: Opportunities for Professional Engagement: Graduates of this programme are well-prepared to pursue a diverse range of career paths, including academic and non-academic fields, where the practical application of their knowledge is highly valued. Potential career avenues include: Academic roles: graduates can engage in academic research within the realms of literature, culture, and linguistics. They may also consider teaching literary and language courses at higher education institutions. Editorial and publishing: opportunities exist in editing, translation, lexicography, proofreading, and various aspects of publishing activities. This could involve work in publishing houses specializing in literature for the general public. Cultural institutions: graduates can explore roles in literary archives, museums, and public institutions or organizations focused on cultural preservation and promotion. Media and communication: their skills are also applicable in the media industry, particularly in roles centred on scientific, professional, and cultural topics. They can contribute as content creators, writers, or editors in media outlets. Translation: with their linguistic proficiency, graduates can pursue careers as translators, handling both fictional and scientific texts. Graduates are well-prepared to meet the expectations of employers, demonstrating their strong analytical and interpretative abilities, a deep understanding of contemporary and historical contexts in literature and culture, critical thinking skills, and subject-specific competencies, including the capacity to produce scholarly and professional texts. Access to further study: Upon successful completion of the study programme, graduates are eligible to apply for a PhD programme in the Humanities or opt for further second-cycle studies within the same field.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Prepare the specialists of high qualification in environmental studies and management by providing competences required for doctoral studies as well as for work in such fields as education, ecology/environmental studies in state, commercial, non-governmental organizations related to the environmental issues and their management, for seeking a career in various governmental institutions of environmental sector (at state or self-government level), and for development of their own business in the field of environmental management. The prepared specialists must be able to solve the current and newly emerging environmental problems. Learning outcomes: Programme learning outcomes reflect the requirements raised for the qualification degree of Master: 1) to widen and deepen the competence of the students of environmental studies and management; 2) to provide knowledge and competences required to understand and solve the problems of environmental studies and management; 3) to develop competences required to perform scientific work; 4) to develop the constructive systematic thinking, perspective designing attitude and feeling of civic responsibility. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Obligatory courses: Environmental Chemistry; Preparation and Management of Environmental Projects; Environmental Pollution and Prevention; Environmental Pollution Research, Environmental Computer Programs; Environmental Hydrogeology; Statistics in Environmental Science; Geological environment assessment; Environmental Risk Assessment of Chemicals; Restoration Ecology; Environmental Performance Standards; Environmental Science; Environmental politics; Practice: Research Projects (Practice) on higher education and research as well as on business institutions researched laboratories. This environmental science and environmental management programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in biomedicine or the physical or social sciences and would like to earn a master’s degree in ecology and environmental science. Access to professional activity: Master's graduates may work in environmental, agricultural area of public administration, environmental protection and health sciences research institutions, public organizations, Lithuanian and international businesses. Access to further study: After Completion of the master's degree may continue to proceed in ecology and environmental studies at the doctoral (third cycle) of Lithuania and foreign universities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train qualified specialists who have advanced knowledge in pure and applied mathematics as well as strong problem solving skills so that they can successfully tackle challenging scientific, industrial, economic problems. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program includes: compulsory courses of Mathematics and Applied Mathematics (40% of total credits); Optional courses of Mathematics, Applied Mathematics and Computer Science (35% of total credits); and Master's thesis preparation and defence (7% of total credits). Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme provides a solid background applicable branches of mathematics (differential equations, number theory, probability theory), develops necessary skills for research and applications. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to work in science and education institutions, high-technology industries, agencies of data analysis and social investigations, management institutions. Graduates will also be able to pursue a career in any other sphere, where their mathematical knowledge, analytical skills and ability to use specialized software are needed. Access to further study: Graduates of the Master programme in Mathematics will be able to study in doctoral (PhD) studies in mathematics, informatics and related areas of physical sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: High-profile education in financial and actuarial mathematics with an emphasis on theoretical foundation of various methods and techniques of probability theory, stochastic analysis, risk theory, and related fields. Graduates of the programme are qualified to analyse and solve problems in theoretical models of finance and insurance, with implementation of obtained solutions in practice. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study program consists of: Advanced Mathematics (13 credits); Stochastic Analysis (11 credits); Actuarial Mathematics (19 credits); Financial Mathematics (17 credits); Master's thesis (30 credits). Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: The focus is on theoretical results, including current research, which allow understanding processes observed in practice. Students are taught to explain the possibilities and restrictions of applying theoretical models in practice. Acquired qualification agrees with the membership requirements of Lithuanian Actuarial Society. The competencies in Financial and Actuarial Mathematics Master programme match the requirements of international labor market. The best students are encouraged to publish their works in national and international journals. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Masters in Financial and Actuarial Mathematics can work as actuaries, financial specialists and consultants, risk managers in insurance companies, banks, investment or pension funds, consult bureaux, etc. Access to further study: Graduates of the Master programme in Financial and Actuarial Mathematics can pursue further studies at the Doctoral level in Mathematics and/or Statistics.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of Master programme in Molecular Biology is to educate specialists for independent work in research and education areas of modern life sciences and technologies. Learning outcomes: Having completed Molecular Biology programme a graduate has deep knowledge in Molecular Biology, and is able to analyze and evaluate scientific and practical data, generate and implement scientific novelties in areas of modern life sciences, independently solve problems related to molecular biology, biotechnology, biomedicine, biopharmacy, environmental safety. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self -study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent). Study subjects (modules), practical training: Obligatory courses: Molecular cell biology, Scientific research practice (16+16 weeks) and Master Thesis. Large list of elective courses: Cell technologies, Microbial genetics, Scientific research practice (16+16 weeks), Molecular biology of cancer, Molecular virusology, Molecular biology of signal transduction, Molecular mechanisms of pathogenesis, Molecular mechanisms of symbiosis, Structural biology of macromolecules, Immunotechnologies, Systems biology, Bioethics. Distinctive features of a study programme: Molecular biology master programme provides knowledge and skills in molecular biology and related sciences as well as competences necessary for development of independent scientific investigators. Access to professional activity: Graduates could be employed by life science, medical, agricultural research institutions, by biotechnological, pharmaceutical, biomedical companies. The undergraduate attributes are applicable in a wider context and help them find employment in other institutions of private and public sectors. Access to further study: Masters of Sciences in Molecular Biology have possibility to continue scientific career in doctoral (PhD) studies in Biochemistry, Biophysics, Genetics, Microbiology, Biology at the University of Vilnius and in Life Science areas at the Universities abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Deepening and expanding knowledge and capabilities requisite to highely qualified specialists of ecology, which will enable them to make thorough evaluation measures for management of natural and anthropogenic ecosystems, to analyse integrity of modeling and implementation systems designed for conservation of nature and environment, to select ethically and socially liable methods for evaluation of quality and state of natural systems and to perform in scientific and practical fields of ecology and related sciences. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Are able to continuously learn and deepen skills analysing, systematising recent and the most relevant scientific and methodical literature in the field while performing professional activities of an ecologist; to develop qualification skills actively participating in meetings, seminars, conferences in Lithuania and abroad. Having critically assessed obtained information, acceptability of a solution and regarding prognosticated alternatives, clearly and directly render conclusions and recommendations on management of the condition and quality of natural systems to specialists and non-specialists. Implement ideas related to nature protection through collaboration with various organisations; provide consultations on issues of improvement of environment as well as coordinate projects related to the ecological problems, also activities focused on other people’s qualification development and implementation of innovations. Subject specific competencies developed: Following Lithuanian and international scientific and practical experience, integrally and creatively react to challenges arising to evolution of natural systems under conditions of global change. Ground the principles of selection of applied methods; planned and responsibly analyse and prognosticate complexity of a situation or cause threat to environment; on the ground of assessment of performed tasks form competent solutions even having fragmentary or limited information and assume ethical and social responsibility for the consequences of these decisions on natural systems. Participate in preparation of normative legal acts of various levels on environmental protection and other documents related to natural systems management, provide suggestions concerning their improvement, assess possibilities for implementation. Critically asses development of environmental systems and effectiveness of application of measures in a new situation or unfamiliar natural and urbanised environment. Make innovative decisions grounded on research results concerning environmental protection with responsibility enabling effective solution of complex problems of management of the condition and quality of natural systems under multidimensional circumstances and provide grounded recommendations. Learning outcomes: The program is designed to deepen and develop the capacity of environmental professionals, to help them critically evaluate ecosystem management tools, to analyze the ecological and environmental complexity of system formation and implementation, to make ethical and socially responsible choices working with natural systems, to apply adequate assessment methods to operational ecology and related fields of science and practice. The graduate is able to create an original innovation, in accordance with the latest scientific theories of Applied Ecology focusing on the methods and technologies, to develop ideas, take responsible environmental decisions in order to deal effectively with complex condition of natural systems and implement quality management, to evaluate the complexity of the situation and foresee and assess any possible threat to the environment as well as to cope with it. Activities of teaching and learning: Explanation, conversation and interactive demonstration during lectures; methods of experimental investigations and problem solvation applied during practical work; methods of expert evaluation, individual and collective tasks for case analyses, preparation and defence of projects are applied during seminars. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Ten degree criterial scale and accumulative system of evaluation is applied. Quiz, scenario of problem solvation, judgement of ethic dilemmas, rateable essay, project, presentation, collegial evaluated paper and research in order to reveal ability of a student to select the most effective way for problem solvation. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Subjects of the main course include mandatory, alternative subjects and master thesis. Students during the first semester studying subjects of another field deepen and develop the methodology of scientific research, abilities of assessment of a situation and data analysis, i.e. prepare for performance of the expertise tasks both during the study period and later in their professional activities. From the third semester on students develop their skills of systemic and strategic thinking required for independent professional activities. In three alternatives elective study subjects allow developing personal abilities in the direction of Master’s student’s personal career projection. Master’s students prepare and defend their final theses in the fourth semester of studying. Specialisations: Optional courses: Alternative subjects. Distinctive features of a study programme: Competences of ecosystem management are trained employing innovative methods; personal qualities are formed encouraging to make decisions under certain conditions and in particular situations. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates are able to work successfully in institutions and companies related to natural systems and environmental quality management, to develop strategies, regulations and supervise their implementation; they are competent to perform activities, requiring responsibility for the development of flora and fauna as well as in industrial ecology, combining production development and environmental protection; their knowledge can be useful in local authorities and regional environmental protection departments. Access to further study: Access to the third cycle studies.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To educate specialists for research, development, education, business and public sector to solve problems in modern biomedical sciences, environment and ecology. Learning outcomes: Master of Sciences in Biophysics should know the general principles of operation and pathology in live systems, the capabilities and limitations of modern biophysical methods, principles of data analysis and planning of scientific investigation, should be able to constantly renew the knowledge and apply it to solve problems, should be able to transfer knowledge and concepts to specialists and no specialists. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Obligatory courses: Biophotonics, Research Project (I, II, III), Biophysical Nanotechnology, Bio Data Analysis, Lasers in Biology and Medicine. Elective courses: Plant sensory systems, Bioelectric phenomena, X-ray structural analysis of biological macromolecules, Cell biophysics, Neurophysiology, Population models, Biophysics of sensory systems, Synthetic biology, Systems biology, Bioethics, Cell technology, Mathematical physiology, Membrane biology, Neuron biophysics, Biophysics of management processes. Final Master's Thesis. Access to professional activity: Master of Sciences in Biophysics can work at high technology industry, research and development, education, medical institutions, private and public agencies where knowledge in a field of biophysics and life sciences are acquired or applied. Access to further study: Masters of Sciences in Neurobiology have possibility to continue scientific career in doctoral (PhD) studies in life sciences in Lithuania and abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The objective of Master programme in Neurobiology is to educate specialists for independent work in research and education in areas of neurosciences, electrophysiology, psychopharmacology etc. Learning outcomes: •master of Sciences in Neurobiology should know the general principles of structure, function and pathology of nervous system; •should be able to study the latest neuroscience related literature; •to identify and analyze neuroscience related problems; •should know the scope of application, advantages and disadvantages of modern scientific and clinical investigation techniques; •should be able to work individually and in team, transfer knowledge to professionals and nonprofessionals; •be able to identify own scientific interests in a context of modern life science, to learn continuously, improve and update their knowledge and skills, seek for new ones. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory courses: neurophysiology, neuroanatomy, biopsychology, psychophysiology, neurochemistry, michanism of sensation and perception, molecular mechanisms of sensory transduction, research project, master thesis. Elective courses: adaptive neurotechnology, plant sensory systems, histology, neuroethics, brain research methods, human neuropsychology, bio data analysis, behavioral genetics, membrane biology, neuron biophysics. Optional courses: 20 credits are awarded to elective courses (part of them – other study field). Distinctive features of a study programme: Master program Neurobiology is the only program in Lithuania to teach neurobiologists – specialists who understand mechanisms of nervous system functioning at the molecular/cellular level and are able to plan and perform experiments aiming to explore nervous system, to analyze experimental data. Access to professional activity: Master in Neurobiology can work at high technology industry, research and development, education, medical institutions, private and public agencies where knowledge, technologies and equipment in a field of neurobiology and live sciences are acquired, applied, created or traded. Access to further study: Masters in Neurobiology have possibility to continue scientific carreer in doctoral (PhD) studies in life sciences in Lithuania and abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aims of the programme are as follows: prepare well-educated wide-minded biologist, with skills dealing with biodiversity using up to date methods and technics, able to prepare and manage nature protection projects, capacitate critical and integrated evaluation and deal with biodiversity state, changes, ecology, sustainable development and protection. Learning outcomes: 1. Knowledge and its application 1.1. To be able to search for information sources, analyze, summarize, critical evaluate and systematize information, concerned wide area of biodiversity science. 1.2. To be able to use acquired knowledge when solving practical tasks, to conduct alternative decisions and outcomes. 1.3. Understands and applies Lithuanian and international law on biodiversity. 2.To be able for the independent scientific research 2.1.To be able to designate and apply research and analysis methods in taxonomy, biology and ecology. 2.2 To have skills of research of habitats, its conservation value and protections 2.3.To be able to prepare and manage nature conservation projects. 3.Special skills: 3.1. Understand the basics of structure, functioning and development of life, phylogenetic relationships, diversity and distribution 3.2. Are able to manage resources of biodiversity 4.Social skills: 4.1. Are able to discuss and defend results of own research, to prepare scientific paper or presentation for users, to develop the critical attitude to scientific and media data. 4.2. Are able to be leader, be responsible and work independently in team with other professionals 5. Personal skills: 5.1. Be capable to keep their professional competence throughout all life long learning process. 5.2. To develop their own professional interest in Biodiversity and related field. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, lab work, training, excursions to facilities of social partners, Master thesis, hands-on work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Continuous/intermediate (test, work during the exercise, performance report) and a final evaluation (exam) or credit. Exams and credits are carried in writing or orally and in writing. The results are evaluated by grades from 1 to 10 in ten-point grading system or are credited. The subject is settled, where the final evaluation is higher than 4 points, in the case of the credit is "credited“. The final evaluation of the results of subject is the cumulative grade, the composition of which is calculated according to the proportions indicated in subject‘s description. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory study subjects (modules) (65 credits): Phylogeny and systematics of organisms, Biodiversity studies, Scientific organisation of work, Studies of protected biota, Monitoring and assessment of environment and biota, Statistical methods for biodiversity research, Biogeography, Habitat studies, Forestry and agro-ecology, Molecular Systematics. Elective courses (20 credits): Applied botany, Applied Zoology, Plant Organography, Parasitology, Biodiversity Analysis and Modeling (GIS Methods), Database Biodiversity Research, Communications of environment protection, Biodiversity and Ecosystem Sustainability, Fungi Communities Ecology, Taxidermy. Courses devoted to master work preparation and defense (35 credits): Proffesional practice and Master‘s Thesis. Optional courses: Elective subjects include 20 credits from elective courses of the programme. Distinctive features of a study programme: Well-educated wide-minded biologist specialist of biodiversity who can deal with a wide range of issues related to biodiversity. Access to professional activity: • academic institutions: the Nature Research Center, Vilnius University, and other local and foreign academic institutions; • state institutions: the Ministry of Environment and its departments, municipalities and other institutions; • non-governmental organizations, private enterprises; • and elsewhere. Access to further study: The graduate will be able to continue further doctoral studies at the Lithuanian universities and the other EU universities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train legal experts and legal service professionals equipped with the comprehensive and profound knowledge about international and European legal norms that influence the most important areas of national legal systems, as well as development, interpretation and application of these legal norms; abilities to identify, analyse and solve complex problems related to law-making and legal application in the contexts of international and European law; abilities to apply the acquired competencies in professional practice of dispute resolution in international environment in an innovative and integral way; critical approach and skills to carry out independent research and provide research based findings and proposals taking into account ethics, cultural diversity, human rights and equity. Learning outcomes: 1. Analytical and critical thinking 1.1. Students will be able to analyze and evaluate international and European legal norms systematically, their impact on national legal systems, as well as case-law (including interaction between national and international courts) and other related information and to properly apply this analysis to justify legal decisions. 1.2. Students will be able to explain, interpret, analyse and evaluate legal doctrine ethically and in a critical manner. 2. Communication and interpersonal skills 2.1. Students will be able to clearly present and discuss one’s own conclusions, complex knowledge and well-grounded arguments in a constructive dialogue with professionals and laymen, orally and in writing using the correct legal language in an international environment. 2.2. Students will be able to contribute to teamwork in a cross-cultural group, to show leader’s capacities while planning time and organizing teamwork by critically assessing one’s own and others’ activities, interests and attitudes. 3. The ability to learn and autonomy 3.1. Students will be able to identify one’s own professional (inter alia, scientific) interests and the need for further development of competencies and to take responsibility for the improvement of qualification by engaging in regular self-development and pursuit of new challenges. 3.2. Students will be able to plan and manage the process of learning and professional activities, to carry out advanced tasks and work effectively independently within specified time limits. 4. Subject-specific advanced legal knowledge about legal regulation in international, European and national levels 4.1. Students will have profound knowledge of international and European legal and institutional framework, including deeper knowledge of international organizations and legal remedies, advanced rules of the conflict of laws based on development of law theory and legal practice. 4.2. Students will be able to demonstrate advanced conceptual understanding of the specifics, dynamics, interdisciplinary aspects and tendencies of international and European law, the problems of the interaction among international, European and national law, to invoke legal remedies, to identify applicable legal norms and principles, to interpret and apply them. 5. The competence of legal researcher 5.1. Students will be able to identify contemporary scientific legal challenges in International and European Law development and to model strategies for legal solutions. 5.2. Students will be able to initiate and conduct legal research autonomously, using mostly suitable research methods, relevant databases, collecting, systemizing and analyzing international, European and national data, as well as systematically interpreting and applying legal sources. 5.3. Students will be able to integrate interdisciplinary knowledge in one’s own individual research, to interpret and evaluate research results, and present research results, as well as to determine their reliability and present findings in international and European perspective. 6. The competence of applying legal knowledge and abilities in professional activity in international public or business environment 6.1. Students will be able to analyze and assess the behavior of individuals and institutions from the legal point of view, to work in international interdisciplinary areas by applying legal knowledge creatively and in multi-perspective approach, as well as attainments of different fields, inter alia, related with modern technologies. 6.2. Students will be able to draft legal acts (and other legal documents) related to international public and (or) business environment, to provide arguments for legal decisions, qualified legal advice and recommendations, represent or co-ordinate representation of legal interests of individuals or institutions. 6.3. Students will be able to independently identify, analyze and solve complex problems of various legal areas in the context of contemporary legal development by interpreting and applying methods of dispute resolution under international or European law and national legal norms. 7. Adherence to ethical principles 7.1. Students will be able to independently identify, analyze and solve complex problems of various legal areas in the context of contemporary legal development by interpreting and applying methods of dispute resolution under international or European law and national legal norms. 7.2. Students will be able to base scientific and (or) practical activities in various working groups of international nature according to the requirements of professional ethics, the principles of human equality and non-discrimination, respect to cultural differences and moral principles. Students will be able to develop innovative solutions by evaluating possible social, ethical and legal consequences, understanding moral responsibility for one’s own activities and the impact of their results in different contexts. Activities of teaching and learning: The main forms of class activities are lectures and seminars. Various interactive teaching-learning methods are combined: problem solving, discussions, case study analyses, group work, essays or short papers, simulations, presentation of arguments in writing or orally, reflections on accumulated experience, etc. The major attention is given to student's independent work. Students are engaged in self-study of diverse legal sources, get ready for the seminars, prepare for assignments. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Achieved learning outcomes are evaluated by combining several assessment methods (research paper, presentation, drafting of legal document, active participation in discussions, participation in moot court case, practical tasks, group project, test, case study, essay, etc.). Cumulative assessment is applied, the composition of which is calculated in accordance with the proportions established in the description of the course unit. Studies of a course unit are completed with the final assessment of the achieved learning outcomes – an examination or an evaluation of independent work (project) done by the student. Students' achieved learning outcomes are evaluated from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) points. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The two compulsory course units (20 credits) in the first and the second semesters are designed for students to gain an in-depth understanding of International and European legal framework and disputes’ resolution. The other four compulsory course units (20 credits) are related to the student's chosen specialization - International Law and Human Rights, Tech Law or Business Law. Optional course units (20 credits) provide students with a possibility to design their own studies profile by opting for 2 course units out of 6 per semester within the areas of their interest and to pursue individual education agenda. The third semester is devoted to Master thesis (30 credits) preparation. Students attend seminars, which are designed to provide them with additional methodological assistance and guidance as regards the preparation of the thesis. Specialisations: International Law and Human Rights, Tech Law or Business Law. Optional courses: There is a possibility to choose specialization, as well as to carry out voluntary professional practice in Lithuania or abroad. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is delivered in English. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The completion of the study programme enables graduates to be legal experts (advisers) to both public and private entities, engage themselves as problem analysts or researchers in academic institutions as well as to work in all major legal professions in national and international, governmental and non-governmental organizations and companies. A possibility of holding an office in regulated professions (judges, solicitors, prosecutors, civil servants etc.) will depend on qualification requirements applicable in a particular country and the recognition of foreign studies. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies at the third-cycle studies at Vilnius University or other higher education institution and acquire the doctoral degree, primarily in the field of law.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare experts in the fields of law enforcement and legal services, equipped with the comprehensive and profound knowledge in criminal policy, criminal law and criminal procedure, international legal assistance in criminal matters and specific features in separate fields of Lithuanian, European Union and international legal framework, to develop critical thinking, abilities to conduct scientific research and provide research-based findings and proposals, to apply the acquired competences in professional practice of dispute resolution and problem solving related to law-making and legal application, taking into account ethics, human rights and equity in an innovative and integral way. Learning outcomes: 1. Analytical and critical thinking 1.1. Students will be able to analyse and evaluate legal acts, case-law and related information, systemically and to properly apply this analysis in supporting legal decisions. 1.2. Students will be able to explain, interpret, analyse and evaluate legal doctrine ethically and in a critical manner. 2. Communication and interpersonal skills 2.1. Students will be able to communicate clearly and convey the results of legal research as well as other knowledge of different areas of science, and concepts, well-grounded arguments, one’s own ideas and conclusions in a reasoned, critical and logical way to professional and laymen audiences orally and in writing using the correct legal language on national and international levels. 2.2. Students will be able to contribute to teamwork by respecting various opinions and seeking for dialogue and consensus in a group, to show leader’s capacities while planning time and organizing teamwork by critically assessing one’s own and others’ activities, interests and attitudes. 3. The ability to learn and autonomy 3.1. Students will be able to identify one’s own professional (inter alia, scientific) interests and the need for further development of competencies, to engage in regular self-development, improve and update acquired knowledge and abilities and pursue new challenges. 3.2. Students will be able to plan and manage the process of learning and professional activities, to carry out advanced tasks and work effectively and independently within specified time limits. 4. Subject-specific advanced legal knowledge about Lithuanian and European Union criminal policy, the particularity of criminal law and criminal procedure, international legal assistance in criminal matters and its’ separate elements 4.1. Students will be able to understand and consider the complexity of problems of Lithuanian and European Union criminal policy and main factors influencing it, criminal law, criminal procedure and punishment enforcement. 4.2. Students will be able to evaluate separate elements of criminal law and criminal procedure and their impact on the criminal policy, as well as will be able to understand and evaluate trends in case-law. 5. The competence of a legal researcher 5.1. Students will be able to critically evaluate and apply the innovations of legal doctrine, such as related to pre-trial investigation, prosecution and defense, as well as relevant case-law. 5.2. Students will be able to initiate and conduct legal research autonomously, using mostly suitable research methods, relevant databases, collecting, systemizing and analyzing data and systematically interpreting and applying legal sources. 5.3. Students will be able to integrate interdisciplinary knowledge in one’s own individual research, to interpret and evaluate research results, as well as to determine their reliability and present findings in European Union and international perspective. 6. Competence of applying legal knowledge and abilities in professional practice of criminal justice 6.1. Students will be able to analyze and assess the behavior of individuals and institutions from the perspective of criminal justice, to work in interdisciplinary areas applying legal scientific knowledge creatively, to integrate knowledge of different scientific fields. 6.2. Students will be able to apply acquired knowledge and understanding in the areas of scientific research and practice, related to the administration of criminal justice, human rights and pertinent fields; ability to develop and introduce scientific innovations. 6.3. Students will be able to independently identify, analyze and solve problems related to law-making and legal application in criminal policy, as well as their complexity in the context of contemporary development of legal sciences. 7. Adherence to ethical principles 7.1. Students will be able to base scientific and (or) practical activities in diverse environment according to the requirements of professional ethics, principles of human equality and non-discrimination, respect to cultural differences and moral principles. 7.2. Students will be able to develop innovative solutions by evaluating possible social, ethical and legal consequences, understanding moral responsibility for one’s own activities and the impact of their results in different contexts. Activities of teaching and learning: The main forms of class activities are lectures and seminars. Various interactive teaching-learning methods are combined: analysis and solution of theoretical and practical problems, group discussions, case studies, modelling of hypothetical or real-life situations, preparation and delivery of presentations (independently and in groups), drafting of legal documents, etc. The major attention is given to student's independent work. Students are engaged in self-study of diverse legal sources, get ready for the seminars and practical sessions, prepare for assignments. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Achieved learning outcomes are evaluated by combining several assessment methods (research paper, presentation, drafting of legal document, interim assessment, colloquium, active participation in discussions, etc.). Cumulative assessment is applied, the composition of which is calculated in accordance with the proportions established in the description of the course unit. Studies of a course unit are completed with the final assessment of the achieved learning outcomes – an examination or an evaluation of independent work (project) done by the student. Students' achieved learning outcomes are evaluated from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) points. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: During the first and second semesters, six compulsory course units (40 credits) and four optional course units (20 credits) are studied. The third semester is devoted to the preparation of the Master thesis (22 credits) and the final examination (8 credits). Specialisations: None Optional courses: Students are able to choose 4 course units from these optional course units: Criminal policy, Issues of Sentencing, Comparative Criminal Procedure Law, Peculiarities of Forms of Criminal Procedure, Methodology on Investigation of Crimes, Problems of Punishment Execution Law, Scientific Evidence in Criminal Procedure, Procedural Compulsion in Criminal Procedure, Legal Argumentation. Students can carry out voluntary professional practice in Lithuania or abroad. Distinctive features of a study programme: This study programme is of an extended nature and the experts of highest qualification are prepared in order to adapt one‘s capabilities in contemporary complex legal sphere and solve difficult problems in the area of criminal justice. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The acquired qualification gives access for graduates to work as experts in law enforcement and legal services – prosecutors, judges, attorneys at law, pre-trial investigators and civil servants in the field of criminal justice, as well as to work in research and study institutions, in various international organisations and the European Union institutions related to criminal justice. The eligibility for graduates to qualify for positions in the professions regulated by legal norms (judge, attorney at law, prosecutor, etc.) or to engage in certain activities depends on the qualification requirements laid down in the laws or other legal acts of the relevant country. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies at the third-cycle studies at Vilnius University or other higher education institution and acquire the doctoral degree, primarily in the field of law.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train professional translators and interpreters, able to apply modern methods of translation/interpreting as well as state-of-the-art technologies in developing scholarly research abilities and professional translation/interpreting skills. Learning outcomes: After completing MA studies in Translation, a post-graduate is able to analyse and synthesize a written and oral text, adequately transfer the content and form of a source text in a target language, use the most modern information technologies, lexicographic sources, find, analyse, evaluate and apply the necessary information and theoretical methods of translation in practical work and scholarly research activities. Activities of teaching and learning: The methods applied in the programme include lectures, seminars, practical classes, professional practice and individual assignments. Classroom learning combines traditional informative methods, such as lectures, audio-visuals, handouts, with methods of active learning, such as inclusive lectures, problem-based learning, etc. Seminars and practical classes are held in small groups (approx. 8 to 10 students). At those, the methods are student-oriented: brain-storming, group discussions, translation analysis and evaluation, peer assessment, reports and presentations. Much attention is paid to individual guided studies; those include written assignments, translations, and reports – all of which imply application of different IT and CAT tools and, last but not least, professional feedback, both by the teacher and by the peers. The practice (or placement) is organized with social partners in translation agencies, publishing houses, editors’ offices, public institutions. On completion of the practice students provide their reports on competences acquired. The Master’s paper is based on an authentic empirical research Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. The written (or written and oral) examination constitutes only part of the final grade. The student accumulates the remaining part by submitting research papers, taking (mid-term) tests, delivering presentations as well as doing other assignments. The specific proportions and the grade calculating formula depend on the learning outcomes of each course. In the case of the final thesis, the assessment covers the thesis itself, its presentation during the defence and meaningful discussion with peers and the defence committee. To assess the student's achievements, the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) is used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The programme consists of two module blocs, that of professional translation/interpreting subjects (Methods of Translation / Methods of Interpreting, Editing of Translation, Consecutive and Simultaneous Interpreting, etc.) and that of theory subjects (History and Theories of Translation, Terminology, etc.) and academic research. The latter enables the alumni of the programme to enter doctoral studies and continue their academic career. Under the umbrella of Methods of Translation or Methods of Interpreting a few specific translation-related modules are located. For instance, Methods of Translation cover those subjects which help to develop competences in translation, in the application of computer assisted translation (CAT) tools, in language and translation services. Under the umbrella of Methods of Interpreting competences related to the development of skills in consecutive and simultaneous interpretation, also competences in language and interpreting services. Besides, special professional competences, such as language or translation, are developed in a set of electives. Researcher’s competence is developed in lectures on History and Theories of Translation, Terminology, Seminar of Academic Research and in the process of writing the Master’s degree paper. The competence provides for individual research in the field or further doctoral studies. Specialisations: The curriculum of the Translation and Interpreting Programme offers one of the two specialisations: translation or interpreting (conference interpreting). Optional courses: Optional subjects in literary translation, language and literature-specific courses allow students to individualise their studies and acquire additional knowledge and skills. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme curriculum is oriented toward the two major objectives: practical training of translators / interpreters of broad qualification in the fields of economics, law and politics and the development of research abilities of the students during the process of writing an MA thesis. The programme is tailored to fit the needs of the European institutions and those of international language services market. Also, it provides for students who would be interested in academic research and further doctoral studies. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work as professional interpreters or translators in the European Union institutions, state institutions, private companies or translation/interpreting agencies, coordinate international projects, work as lecturers or reseachers in higher education institutions and research institutes. Access to further study: Graduates can enrol in doctoral studies in the Humanities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Graduates will be able to research processes of Russian language and literature, analyze them in the wide context of cultural history, present suggestions based on scientific research, clearly and logically express the conclusions of their research (both in writing and orally), supporting them with the appropriate arguments. Graduates will have knowledge of modern linguistic and literary theories, characteristics of Russian culture, its history, and means of expression as well as the peculiarities of Russian worldview. They should be open-minded and able to acquire knowledge and skills, work on their own and in team and have skills of lifelong learning. Activities of teaching and learning: Problem-solving, interactive lectures, group discussions, demonstration, analytical papers and presentations. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Compulsory subjects – 60 credits; the research part comprises a master thesis in linguistics or literature (30 credits); optional subjects allow students to individualise their studies and acquire additional knowledge and abilities in the study field. Specialisations: Optional courses: The students may choose linguistic or literary and cultural optional subjects according to their needs. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme integrates studies in linguistics, literary and cultural studies. The teaching language is Russian. Possibility to participate in Erasmus+ programme. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work as a researchers at research institutes and universities in Lithuania and abroad, also in various research, culture, education, mass media, publishing institutions, intercultural and international projects. Access to further study: Graduates are eligible for further Doctoral studies in Philology or Social Sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of the study programme: The program aims at creating possibilities to become highly skilled professionals in the field of humanities, who are able to interpret – independently, methodically and critically - complex sociocultural, literary and linguistic phenomena, especially those related to the region of Northern Europe, and to act as cultural mediators. The students will be able to acquire the C1-C2 language proficiency level of the studied language, to apply this language as a research tool, as well as use it as an object of research and an instrument of literary and non-literary translation. Learning outcomes: 1. Cognitive competence: analytical, critical and creative thinking 2. Ability to solve complex problems 3. Academic and professional ethics 4. Inter-cultural competence in the areaof cooperation between Lithuania and countries of Northern Europe. 5. C1/C2 proficiency level in one of the languages of Northern Europe. 6. Analysis of the studied language and culture. 7. Research in the area oflinguistics, literary and/or cultural studies. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, research and projects (independent and groupwork), consultations and feedback. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Evaluation of oral presentations and written assignements (incl. Master thesis), of other research tasks and work during the seminars. Framework: Study subjects (modules) Compulsory modules – theoretical subjects (60 ECTS) Selected language module (Language, society, culture, translation: Danish, Swedish, Norwegian, Finnish, Latvian, Polish, German) (30 ECTS) Optional subjects (30 ECTS) Specialisations: Acc. to the language studied (Scandinavian, German, Latvian or Polish studies) Possible but not compulsory: Acc. to the philological profile (linguistics, sociolinguistics, literary/cultural studies) Optional courses: Students have 60 ECTS to select subjects for. 30 ECTS go to the language module, and for the rest 30 ECTS, students can choose freely from subjects offered in this program and also from other MA programs, after having obtained approval from the study program committee Distinctive features of a study programme: The program will be the only of its kind in Lithuania, in which theoretical linguistic, literary and cultural knowledge will be supplemented with a specialisation in a selected language and culture of the Baltic Sea (Northern Europe) region: Scandinavian, German, Polish or Latvian. It will allow the students to pursue the highest proficiency of a non-native language, as well as to specialize in (socio)linguistics and/or literary and cultural studies, according to one‘s academic interests. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Any field, which requires a high level of language and inter-cultural proficiency, good knowledge of a North European country and its culture and high cognitive abilities. It can be a business company in Lithuania or abroad, a Lithuanian or foreign state institution, private business or creative work. Access to further study: Ph.D studes in humanities or social sciences.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Arts Therapy study programme is to prepare a Master of Health Sciences who professionally applies arts therapy according to the chosen specialization (art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy) in the field of personal health and well-being. Graduate is able to: implement arts therapy (according to the specialisation) programmes for various client groups in health care, social and special education institutions, as well as within various sociocultural environments; independently solve professional problems within an ever changing context and take responsibility for the results of their activities; engage in scientific research activity, i.e. develop new ideas, participate in interdisciplinary research, develop current methods of art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy and create new ones. Learning outcomes: Upon completion of this programme students are expected to: act with integrity and in line with ethical commitments, using principles of good practice in their professional and research activities; will adhere to the principle of lifelong learning and apply theoretical knowledge in practice; respect differences between people and cultures, their “unlikeness”; be able to think (self-)critically and act creatively; manage and transmit information making use of acquired practical and scientific knowledge and intuition; cooperate within an interdisciplinary team; communicate and cooperate with the client and determine the need for art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy services, taking into account the client's health conditions; will be able to plan and organise professional activities, implement art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy programmes and evaluate changes in the clients‘ health during ongoing therapy; will know the means of artistic expression (art / drama / music / dance-movement), stylistic and genre possibilities, forms and methods of activity and will be able to apply these in the practice of art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy; will be able to conduct research in the field of arts therapies (according to the acquired specialisation) in accordance with ethical and legal principles. Study programme generic competencies developed: The provision to act with integrity, ethical obligations and to apply the principles of good professional practice and research work. The provision for lifelong learning and practice based learning. The provision to respect the cultures and diversity of people, their "otherness". Ability critical / self-critical thinking and creative influence on the ability to manage and communicate information in accordance with existing practice and scientific knowledge and ethics. The ability to organize practical activities, analyze and solve problems. Study programme subject specific competencies developed: The ability to cooperate within an interdisciplinary team. The ability to assess the a person's state of health, identify the need for art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy services, to evaluate changes in health status during the arts therapy (according to the specialisation) process. The ability to plan, organise and implement art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy programmes / projects. Knowledge and application of artistic expression in terms of style, forms, actions, and means (according to the chosen specialisation), as well as advanced creative technologies in the practice of art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy. The ability to communicate and collaborate with the patients / clients in the arts therapy process (according to the specialisation). The ability to conduct research in the field of art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy in accordance with ethical and legal principles. Activities of teaching and learning: nteractive lectures, seminars, practical training, case studies, discussions, supervision, project work, practice, scientific research based on problem solving, group work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Exam, cumulative assessment, formative assessment, defense of practical portfolio, defense of master's thesis. The methods used to assess academic achievement are focused on providing continuous feedback and assessing and evaluating the process of task completion. Students' knowledge is assessed on a scale of 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) during exams. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program consists of: Study field subjects - 95 credits, including - Master's thesis - 30 credits. Items doctoral preparation - 10 credits. Practice - 10 credits. Alternative subjects - 5 credits. Specialisations: Art therapy Drama therapy Music therapy Dance-movement therapy Optional courses: In the 3rd semester students selects an alternative subject of Health and Music. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is the only one in Lithuania that prepares specialists in all specialisations of arts therapy (art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance-movement therapy). It is a joint study programme providing an opportunity to gain quality interdisciplinary knowledge and skills while assimilating the experience of Vilnius University Medical Faculty and Lithuanian Academy of Music and Theatre, vital for becoming a highly qualified art therapist / drama therapist / music therapist / dance-movement therapist Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Those who successfully complete the program will be able to work as art therapists / drama therapists / music therapists / dance-movement therapists (depending on their specialization) in the field of mental health (in mental health centres, psychiatric hospitals), early intervention (child development centres), rehabilitation (children's and adult rehabilitation hospitals, sanatoriums), public health (implementing health promotion projects in social care and/or nursing, educational institutions). Access to further study: Graduates of the Arts Therapy study program, depending on their chosen specialization (art therapy / drama therapy / music therapy / dance and movement therapy), will be able to continue their studies in doctoral programs in Lithuania or abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: MA study programme Lithuanian Literature and Creative Writing aims at preparing highly qualified literary researchers and specialists of creative writing with good knowledge of the problems of literary development able to apply different methodologies in the analysis of literary works who could easily dispose of both data and theory of the World literature; able to apply intellectual cultural paradigms of artistic experiences. They will know the spectrum of literary phenomena; be able to create academic, critical, journalistic and other texts and be prepared for their independent scientific activities. Learning outcomes: The graduate is able to structure and organize individual studying and research by adapting it to the changing environment; understands the importance of the lifelong learning and creative development; has the ability to work in a team and mobilize the colleagues; manages to plan and creatively modify the complex team activities according to the alternating situations; has developed systematic, analytical and critical reasoning as well as the ability to generate creative ideas; is able to initiate innovative ideas and introduce original solutions of the problems; is able to analyse the genetics and history of the literary texts from different historical periods; examine text structure and functions, literary phenomena and processes within the cultural and social contexts; formulate and discuss new issues of literary criticism; apply knowledge and understanding in conceptualising the models, systems and processes of literary science; possesses knowledge in the history of the Lithuanian literature; is familiar with the contemporary scientific enquiry; is able to apply literary theories and methodologies in individual literary research; is familiar with a reader’s anthropology, principles of the interaction between the text and the audience, regularity and reception of a literary text; is competent in carrying out individual research, creating texts for the public communication, work out projects. Activities of teaching and learning: MA study programme Lithuanian Literature and Creative Writing is executed by lectures, seminars, self study assignments. The majority of the study results are attained by certain methods: during theoretical as well as practical classes and individual work. During lectures, both traditional informational methods are applied (e.g. lectures, demonstration of audiovisual recordings and other), and methods of active learning (e.g. problem-based teaching, seminars in museums, other cultural institutions). During practical classes, student-oriented study methods are applied (e.g. discussions, reports). Self-study encompasses preparation for research projects and various written assignments. Studies are finished with the defence of the final theses. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examination, project, colloquium, essay, report, public presentation, seminar activities, case study, analysis of critical text, analysis of theoretical literature, analytical essay, creative composition, evaluation of the contribution of colleagues. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The programme contains two main units, i. e. literature studies and creative writing. The literature studies are devided into three provisory segments which make up a hermeneutical system: “a method – general issues in the literary theory – the issues typical of the Lithuanian literature”. The study unit Method consists of course units Philosophy and Literature, New Literary Theories, Sociology of Literature. The paradigm of method meets the tendencies of the contemporary literary studies analysing literary works in relation to philosophy within the unified critical complex. The subjects covered by the study block of general courses in literary studies focuses on both method of writing and poetics of a literary text (Anthropology of Reading, Theory of Narration, Rhetorical Tradition in Lithuanian Literature). The programme attempts to retain a consistent critical comprehension of a literary text, starting with the micro-details of text organization into a meaningful entity, and ending with the level of the global literary meta-dialogue. The third study block deals with the meta-discourse of the Lithuanian literature in its narrow sense (Context of Lithuanian Literature: Comparativistics, Latin Literature in Lithuania, Dialogue in Lithuanian Literature, Orality and Writing in Lithuanian Literature, City, Country and Lithuanian Literature in the New Media). The Creative Writing unit consists of three segments, i. e. fiction, literature critisism and literature communication, committed for practising practical skills of writing. Professional practice for this study programme is not scheduled. Distinctive features of a study programme: The dictinctive feature of the programme is the balance between literature studies and practical creative activity. The programme develops literary critics of high skills who will have knowledge of the specificity of the Lithuanian literature; be able to apply various research methodologies and create academic, critical, journalistic and other texts. The subject-specific structure of the programme is logical and consistent, it follows the contemporary tendencies found in the Lithuanian literary studies: to preserve the Lithuanian tradition and integrate it in the context of the Western “Cultural Studies”. The programme attempts to retain a consistent critical comprehension of a literary text, starting with the micro-details of text organisation into a meaningful entity and ending with the level of the global literary meta-dialogue. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate may pursue a professional career as a literary critic; as an editor in various media agencies, publishing houses, etc.; to participate in process of public communication production and functioning, including agencies of advertising, agencies for managing projects, in departments of public relations of land offices or private companies; to work in archives, museums, libraries, etc. Access to further study: The graduate of Master’s study programme of Lithuanian Literature and Creative Writing can continue studies on the doctoral level (PhD) in the field of Philology.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the study programme is to train highly qualified philologists, able to compete in the job markets not only in Lithuania, but also in the EU; to provide them with the latest insights into literature and culture, to form professional competences in literature and culture and develop skills of scientific research; to provide research methods and train the students for practical skills of culture interpretation and text critique; to build professional values based on the ethics of Humanities; to train the students for professional internships in the fields of the history of literature and culture, sociocultural analysis, educational, scientific and cultural journalism, etc. Learning outcomes: On having graduated the student shall be able to analyse socio-cultural phenomena individually and in a team; to apply knowledge and principles of analysis in new multidisciplinary contexts; to apply norms and principles of professional and humanistic ethics; to navigate in the modern cultural and literary events and assess the latest phenomena in culture and literature; to act as an ambassador of the history of Lithuanian culture and literature in the world; to adhere to the principles of lifelong learning: to upgrade one's professional skills and knowledge; to study and research new ways of modern culture and ways and means of its dissemination. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme is student-oriented. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars as well as independent work. In addition to classical lectures, active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving tasks, group discussions, presentations, etc. Much attention is devoted to independent studies; considerable amount of student workload is required when writing research papers. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory modules: Module 1: Modern Culture and Critical Theory; Classical and Modern Text Criticism; Literary Anthropology (20 cr.). Module 2: Philosophy of Life and Lithuanian Literature; East Central Europe Poetry; Literature and Political Thought (20 cr.) Module 3: Early Modern Literature: Religious Anthropology; Greek Orthodox culture and Western Civilisation; Research Pratice (20 cr.). Module 4: Ancient Greek and Roman Aesthetics and Art Theory; Graduation Theses (30 cr.). Other (Optional) Study subjects – 30 cr. Specialisations: Optional courses: Up to 15 different optional courses, e. g: Bible - Antiquity tradition and Literature; Myth-Criticism; Literature Phenomenology; Lithuanian Cinematography; Multilingual Literature of Lithuania etc. Distinctive features of a study programme: Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates may be employed as critical analysts of literature and culture, as editors, publishers, managers of literature in the media, cultural and scientific institutions etc. Access to further study: Graduates are eligible for further Doctoral studies in Philology or any other field of Humanities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: to train competent analysts of verbal and non-verbal discourses able to integrate in the European and world context across humanities and social sciences and relate their education to the social needs of the country. Learning outcomes: • Ability to construct theoretical models illustrating the configurations of meaning generated by culture and society and their change. • Ability to apply innovative methods used in humanities in individual research and creative activities. • Ability to appropriately use the main concepts and terms of semiotics, reflect on the semiotic language of verbal and non-verbal discourses, analyze their content and realizations, explore the plastic dimension and disclose the deep structure of meaning. • Ability to critically assess verbal and non-verbal forms of communication, the quality and effectiveness of commercial and political advertising as well as to identify the validity of legal claims and the effectiveness of strategies and tactics of public relations. • Ability to carry out semiotic analysis of social and cultural discourses. • Ability to analyze the configurations of meaning created by different modes of expression (word, image, sound, space, etc.). Activities of teaching and learning: The following methods are applied in the programme of Semiotics: problem-solution, analysis of theoretical sources, independent critical analysis of literature, presentation of ideas, description of methods, text analysis, dialogue/discussion, presentations and seminar discussions. Students have to cover a number of theoretical sources independently. At the beginning of semester 3 (in September), guided by their research interests, students select the object of their future MA thesis and an aspect of semiotic analysis, discuss the thesis with their supervisor and formulate a topic, further considered and approved by the Committee of the Study Programme. Students regularly meet their supervisors; in semester 3 they attend the compulsory course Research Seminar and in semester 4 they complete their MA thesis and defend it according to the regulations set by Vilnius University. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form for assessing the final learning outcomes for a course unit (module) is examination. However, course units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with a written examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. The study programme is concluded by the defense of a MA thesis in front of a defense committee The reviewer and the Viva Voce Defense Committee assess the thesis on a 10-point scale, taking into account the level of a thesis, its presentation, response to questions and comments. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The programme comprises theory as well as methodology oriented courses in humanities and social sciences which are essential to form an interdisciplinary perspective, acquire understanding of general culture and discourse specific processes and develop analytical competences. The programme includes studies (lectures and seminars) and research. Studies contain two related thematic blocks: culture in general and semiotics. Both blocks contain theoretical courses as well practice and methodology oriented ones. The structure of the programme is compatible with its scientific (academic) and interdisciplinary profile and the aim to combine theory with practical skills in discourse analysis. To ensure the comprehension of the semiotic method, semiotic studies include more compulsory courses. Specialisations: Optional courses: Every semester optional courses can be selected from a number of courses in general culture studies and methodology that complement the study of the semiotic method. During two years students can choose a course in philosophy or culture, significant to research in humanities and social sciences. Distinctive features of a study programme: The master programme of Semiotics offers unique studies providing the basics of the semiotic method developed by Algirdas Julius Greimas (or Paris School) and trains analysts of different types of discourse capable of conducting interdisciplinary research and identifying social and cultural needs of the country in the global context. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The professional activities of the overwhelming majority of the graduates are related to the competences and learning outcomes of the programme: public-relations representatives, specialists in advertising and marketing, translators, teachers at secondary schools or institutions of higher education, editors of cultural periodicals, experts in contemporary literature and art. Access to further study: The graduates can continue their studies at the doctoral level (Humanities).

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified professionals who conform to the needs of the contemporary society, have knowledge of the theoretical and practical problems in the field of linguistics, are able to competently evaluate the processes of language planning and its realization in public discourse, to perceive language as a means for achieving the desired aim and effect and are able to professionally create and evaluate public discourse. Learning outcomes: Students will be able to: 1.1. plan and organize the process of their learning and work with regard to changing environment; 2.1. structure and coordinate team work with regard to situational alterations 3.1. think systematically, analytically and critically; 3.2. generate creative ideas, work innovatively, suggest original problem solutions; 4.1. explain the Lithuanian language units of interaction, to identify the language and variance normiškumą the systemic relations of the Lithuanian speech units, language variability and standard norms; 4.2. evaluate the facts and phenomena of the Lithuanian language with regard to practical usage and codification; 5.1. define the developmental processes in linguistics, compare and critically evaluate the insights of different schools of linguistics and their spread in the Lithuanian linguistic research; 6.1. explain, investigate and evaluate relations between linguistic and extralinguistic variables; 7.1. analyse and critically evaluate the public discourse in contemporary culture; 7.2. explain and apply the principles of public discourse management; 7.3. professionally create persuasive public discourse; 8.1. identify, formulate and substantiate the linguistic problems, select relevant empirical and theoretical material, find adequate research methods for problem solution and conduct research; 9.1. competently evaluate speech planning processes and its realization in public discourse. Activities of teaching and learning: Lecture, seminar, problem-based instruction, discussion, assignment to find proper information, case study, activity reflection, work in groups, concept and idea mapping, analysis of theoretical literature, preparation and presentation of written assignments, preparation and presentation of reports, group (team) project, individual project. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examination, project, colloquium, test, essay, report, public presentation, work during seminars, case study, analysis of scientific text, analysis of theoretical literature, analytical written paper, creative written paper, evaluation of the contribution of colleagues. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The Methods and Approaches to Linguistic Analysis, Philosophy of Language, Terminology and Language Planning, Rhetoric of Public Discourse, Sociolinguistics, Semiotics of Public Discourse, Discourse Analysis, Linguistic Pragmatics, Public and Mass Communication, Linguistic Strategies of Persuasive Discourse, Practicum in Applied Writing, Normative Linguistics and Corpus Planning Practice, Functional Discourse Grammar, Multimodality in Public Discourse, Methodology of Linguistic Analysis, Applied Onomastics, Lexicography and Metalexicography, Master Thesis. Distinctive features of a study programme: The aim and learning outcomes formed for the MA study programme Public Discourse Linguistics reflect the approximation of the problematics of two fields of study, i.e. linguistics and communication: the emphasis is put on the theoretical and practical problems of linguistics, functions of language, social context, cultural and communicational aspects that determine language usage. The study programme Public Discourse Linguistics develops the skills which contribute to the overall understanding of the mechanisms of language market and principles of public discourse management. Such a targeted interdisciplinary orientation makes the programme specifically distinct. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the study programme can work as: language planning specialists in the academic, state or commercial companies in Lithuania or EU countries; linguistic experts in legal institutions; consultants in various departments; editors in TV, radio, magazines, electronic publishing; stylists or language editors in state or cultural institutions, publishing houses, editorial offices of newspapers, magazines, TV and radio and the like; creators and analysts of public discourse in communicational, public relations or advertising agencies; advertising or public relations specialists in state or commercial institutions. Access to further study: Graduates may further pursue the PhD studies in the Humanities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The programme provides a range of options for those who wish to pursue studies in linguistics at the MA level and become qualified professionals in their field able to respond to continuing changes and developments in contemporary society. The aim of the programme is to extend and enhance students’ prior linguistic knowledge and to develop their research and evaluation skills, the ability to combine linguistic and cross-disciplinary research methods in study projects as well as the ability to deal effectively with theoretical and practical problems related to the issues of language and society, emerging concepts of cultural and social identity and education. Learning outcomes: Generic competences of the study programme: analytical and critical thinking; ability to study independently and in a team; quality orientation; ability to study. Subject-specific competences of the study programme: understanding of the dynamic relationship between language and communication, language and society, cultural and social identity, analysis and evaluation; in-depth knowledge of contemporary linguistic theories and frameworks and their effective application to individual research; research skills in linguistic study and competence in writing a research paper. Activities of teaching and learning: interactive lectures, seminars, group work, projects, research tasks, presentations, analytical written assignments. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Continuous assessment involves constructive feedback on projects in-progress and written assignments during seminars. Final assessment is given after the completion of the study programme or its part. The main form of evaluation is an examination or final paper (term paper or an MA thesis). Students’ knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: General linguistics: Trends in contemporary linguistics: Quantitative and qualitative research methods; Phonology; Morphology; Syntax; Language typology; Language variation; Semantics and pragmatics; Applied linguistics, MA thesis. Applied linguistics: Trends in contemporary linguistics: Quantitative and qualitative research methods; Applied linguistics; Sociolinguistics; Semantics and pragmatics; Discourse analysis; Corpus linguistics; Psycholinguistics; Foreign language learning, teaching and assessment: theory and practice, MA thesis. Contrastive linguistics (Italian linguistics): Trends in contemporary linguistics: Quantitative and qualitative research methods; Phonology; Morphology; Syntax; Semantics and pragmatics; History of the Italian language until the 19th century (the language of instruction is Italian); History of the 19th-20th century Italian language (the language of instruction is Italian); Geolinguistics (the language of instruction is Italian), MA thesis. Specialisations: 1) General linguistics, 2) Applied linguistics, 3) Contrastive linguistics. Optional courses: Students who specialise in the selected areas above may choose the following courses: Theory of grammar; Philosophy of language; Language and culture; Language and identity; Cognitive linguistics; Contrastive grammar: Italian and Lithuanian (the language of instruction is Italian); Lexicography; Lexical typology; Forensic linguistics; Terminology; Theory of word formation; Etymology; Psychology of communication. The list of the optional courses is not exhaustive. If necessary, it may be modified and expanded. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme provides excellent opportunities for specialising in general linguistics, applied linguistics and contrastive linguistics and acquiring both subject-specific and generic competences. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Upon successful completion of the study programme graduates may pursue doctoral studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences, progress to research and academic careers, go on to teaching or seek employment opportunities in research, cultural and educational institutions, in the area of language policy, mass media and publishing. Access to further study: Masters in Humanities qualify for doctoral studies in Linguistics.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The programme aims to train highly qualified philologists, who would be prepared to work in a changing modern society, who would have sufficient legal and linguistic knowledge, aware of the peculiarities of language for specific purposes, equipped with the skills of spoken and written legal English/German and Lithuanian; able to analyse, interpret and draft legal texts of different types and styles in a foreign language (English or German) and in Lithuanian; to think critically, to cope with theoretical and practical problems and do discipline-specific and interdisciplinary research. The programme aims to foster the development of creative personalities, who would rely in their work on the values of humanism and democracy. Learning outcomes: The graduates will be able to • solve theoretical and practical problems using critical and logical thinking, • work independently and in a team, • use modern information technologies, compare and evaluate the regulation of social relations in different states, formal and informal communicative situations in political, social and economic life, • understand, analyse, report, draft and edit legal texts of different types and styles in a foreign language and in Lithuanian, • present their arguments in writing and orally in reports, presentations, discussions, • translate and interpret. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme is student-oriented. Contact hours make approximately 30 per cent of the total student’s workload. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars as well as independent work. In addition to classical lectures, active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving tasks, group discussions, presentations, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups (about 10 students). Much attention is devoted to independent studies; considerable amount of student workload is required when writing research papers, coping with different information technologies for translation and other purposes, peer-reviewing other students’ projects. The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical linguistic research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. The written (or written and oral) examination constitutes only part of the final grade. The student accumulates the remaining part by submitting research papers, taking (mid-term) tests, delivering presentations as well as doing other assignments. The specific proportions and the grade calculating formula depend on the learning outcomes of each course. In the case of the final thesis, the assessment covers the thesis itself, its presentation during the defence and meaningful discussion with peers and the defence committee. To assess the student's achievements, the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) is used. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: • Compulsory subjects (LSP theory, terminology, the language for various legal purposes – criminal law, civil law, civil process, labour and social security law, constitutional and administrative law, international and EU law, contrastive grammar, Standard Lithuanian) aim at developing competences needed by a legal language specialist (65 credits); • the research part comprises a master thesis (30 credits). • Optional subjects (legal argumentation, lexicography, linguistic pragmatics, IT in translation, etc.) allow students to individualise their studies and acquire additional knowledge and abilities in law and linguistics. Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional subjects in law (legal argumentation, family law, Lithuanian legal system, etc.) and linguistics (lexicography, linguistic pragmatics, IT in translation, corpus linguistics, etc.) allow students to individualise their studies and acquire additional knowledge and skills. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme integrates studies in (applied) linguistics and law. It offers two distinct branches: English and German. Each of them takes the approach of content and language integrated learning, as the main courses are delivered either in English or German. The programme is similar to linguistics and translation programmes, but unique in focusing on a clearly defined field and partially in taking an interdisciplinary approach (orientation to the study of law). It is also unique in relying on the methodology and object of study of applied linguistics as a clearly defined branch of linguistics. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to work as interpreters and translators, consultants, personal assistants of officials in the EU and international institutions, national state and government institutions, lawyers' offices, notary offices, courts, translation bureaus or freelance. Access to further study: Graduates can enrol in doctoral studies in philology.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare qualified specialists who know the traditional and modern notions of heritage, the concepts and methods of heritage conservation, and are also able to work in the areas of administration, conveying and research of cultural heritage (excluding destructive research). Learning outcomes: Knowledge of the historic development of heritage and heritage conservation occurrences, classic and modern theories of heritage and heritage conservation, contemporary tendencies of heritage conservation (from a Lithuanian and worldwide perspective); knowledge application – ability to explain heritage processes and provide conceptual and practical suggestions for heritage conservation using the acquired knowledge; knowledge of the typological variety of heritage, and also both the general principles and principles of separate types of heritage conservation and conveying; knowledge application – ability to recognise (identify) traditional and modern types of heritage and heritage objects and assess them from a heritage conservation perspective, provide suggestions for heritage conservation and its conveying, and critically assess their outcomes; comprehension of the variety of scientific research of heritage, knowledge of certain research methods and their usage in practice; knowledge application – able to determine the research type for certain heritage conservation tasks (to produce heritage research programmes), to conduct non-destructive research; knowledge and comprehension of the main Lithuanian and international heritage regulations, knowledge of their usage in practice; knowledge of the structure of Lithuanian and international heritage the legal-administrative system and the aims, areas of activities and specifics of the system’s separate elements. ability to independently establish themes, hypothesis of scientific fundamental or applied research and determine the required research methods; ability to conduct heritage research using methods of humanities and other sciences of related areas, collecting, systemising, analysing and commenting on texts, documents, iconography and other sources; ability to analyse and assess problems of various heritage areas and suggest solutions based on scientific arguments, whilst considering holistic, multi-perspective, interdisciplinary and other principles and the heritage comprehension, interpretation and management problems arising from these principles; knowledge of heritage conservation ethical obligations, established in the national and international heritage conservation documents and following these obligations in the professional activities; comprehension and acknowledgment of the variety of heritage, its multi-perspective qualities, an ability to foster and enrich these qualities; ability to comprehensively convey heritage sphere information to specialist and non-specialist audience; ability to develop social awareness of history and heritage; ability to recognise and react to changing social expectations towards heritage and heritage conservation processes and choose adequate heritage conservation strategies; ability to apply critical, holistic and interdisciplinary thinking, to create new ideas (creativity), to analyse and adequately solve problems. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures; seminars; practice; consultations Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examinations (written and oral); assessment of report and presentations; written papers; practice; project Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: During the first year of studies student have two obligatory modules (24 credits): Legislation and Practice of Cultural Heritage Conservation; Theories of Cultural Heritage Conservation; Theoretical and Didactical Problems of Lithuanian History; Conservation of Immovable Cultural Heritage The third semester of study is dedicated to practical training (30 credits): Professional Practice (Applied); Scientific Practise: Research Master Seminar. The last fourth semester is dedicated to preparation of Master Thesis (30 credits). Specialisations: No specialisations Optional courses: Every course has 6 credits; students have to take 36 credits per two semesters. GIS and IT in Cultural Heritage Conservation; Lithuanian History and its Monuments in the 20th c.; Lithuanian Archaeological Heritage. Issues of Investigation and Conservation; Cultural Heritage Communication and Interpretation; Development of Heritage Concept: Theoretical and Practical Aspects; Protection of Architectural and Urban Heritage; Inventorying and Protection of Art Heritage; Economics of Cultural Heritage; Museum in communication between museology and studies of historical culture. Distinctive features of a study programme: The Programme emphasises the integrity of theoretical knowledge and practice, cooperation with state heritage conservation institutions, provides more general comprehension of heritage conservation, its theory and practice aspects, considers the practical application of the knowledge solving current heritage conservation problems and implementing current tasks of the heritage conservation system. The Programme aims to prepare heritage conservation specialists who are able to conduct scientific research work (the Programme provides the possibility to develop competences for scientific research work that are sufficient for PhD studies), know the heritage administration system and the problems of heritage conveying, are able to influence the heritage conservation processes and take part in developing social awareness of heritage. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of the Programme can be employed by state, public and private institutions involved in the administration, conveying, research and expert activity of heritage conservation (e.g. the Cultural Heritage Department of the Ministry of Culture and their local divisions, the Centre of Cultural Heritage, heritage conservation departments of local councils, directorates of cultural reserves, national and regional parks and museums) and other institutions connected to the areas of history, culture politics, cultural tourism, image creation, creative and cultural industries, publicity, publishing and similar. The learning outcomes and developed competences are tailored to these areas of employment. The Programme facilitates the acquiring of knowledge required for the heritage or heritage conservation specialist along with analytical and critical competences. The abilities to research independently, to present the results to the target audiences, to assess the problems of different areas of heritage and provide suggestions based on scientific arguments are emphasised. Access to further study: Graduates can continue to study for a Doctor degree in History.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: the aim of the programme is to train highly qualified specialists in classical philology capable of meeting the needs of modern society and possessing a good understanding of modern research, able to independently expand and deepen their knowledge, solve theoretical and practical problems and engage in scientific research in their own professional area of activity as well as in an interdisciplinary area and capable of critical thinking and cherishing humanistic and democratic values in their professional activities. Learning outcomes: graduates of classical studies will be able to: apply theoretical principles for the purpose of analysing specific linguistic phenomena and assess them in various respects (morphology, syntax, lexicology, etc.); explain the historical development of ancient languages, including their interaction with other languages; independently analyse, interpret and translate a classical text by taking into consideration its literary, historic and cultural context and give an assessment of characteristic language, literary and aesthetic features; analyse phenomena of ancient civilisation in terms of typology and historic perspective, perceive the variety of cultural forms and phenomena, including their importance; explain diachronic and synchronic social and political phenomena on the basis of classical texts, assess their influence on the subsequent development of social and humanistic thought; identify own scientific interests and areas of research, define research objectives and choose the right method of research; collect, critically assess and systematise research data by applying various strategies; take responsibility for own performance, adhere by the principles of public welfare and volunteering. Activities of teaching and learning: The programme is student-oriented. Contact hours make approximately 26 per cent of the total student’s workload. The curriculum includes lectures, seminars as well as independent work. In addition to classical lectures, active learning methods are used, including interactive lectures, problem-solving tasks, group discussions, presentations, etc. Seminars and practical classes are given to small groups. Much attention is devoted to independent studies; considerable amount of student workload is required when writing research papers, peer-reviewing other students’ projects. The preparation of the final thesis includes empirical research. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The learning achievements of the students are evaluated applying continuous and cumulative assessment. The written (or written and oral) examination constitutes only part of the final grade. The student accumulates the remaining part by submitting research papers, delivering presentations as well as doing other assignments. The specific proportions and the grade calculating formula depend on the learning outcomes of each course. In the case of the final thesis, the assessment covers the thesis itself, its presentation during the defence and meaningful discussion with peers and the defence committee. To assess the student's achievements, the grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) is used. Framework: Study subjects (modules): the programme is designed in accordance with a modular principle using recurrent 5 credits. The smallest module is 5 credits and the biggest is 15 credits (two semesters with 7.5 credits each). 15-credit modules are used only to teach the compulsory subjects in semesters 1 and 2 devoted to theoretical studies in the field of genesis, change, spread and reception of Greek and Latin cultural phenomena; the study programme is more of a cultural rather than of a linguistic nature: 35 out of 85 credits covered by compulsory subjects are assigned to scientific writing and final Master’s thesis, while another 50 credits are assigned to courses in literature and culture. Of the 35 credits covered by elective subjects, 10 credits are assigned to courses in linguistics and another 25 credits go to courses in literature and culture; the studies cover the two main branches of classical philology, i.e. Greek and Latin; their content is presented within the framework of two major modules the content of which is delivered in chronological order (divided into cultural periods): Paradigms of Archaic and Classical Greek Culture (Semester I; 7.5 cr.), Cultural Paradigms of the Helenistic Period (Semester II; 7.5 cr.), Roman Literature of the Period of the Roman Republic (Semester I; 7.5 cr.), and Roman Literature and Culture of the Principate Period (Semester II; 7.5 cr.); semesters 3 and 4 are devoted to deepening knowledge in the area of reception of ancient literature and culture, including ancient aesthetics and political thought and their continuity into later periods; a lot of attention is devoted to the Master’s thesis: in the first semester students choose the area and topic of research and collect research material; in the second semester they become versed in the methodology of scientific writing as a result of completing a course in Scientific Writing (5 cr.), continue with relevant bibliographic research and study relevant literature; in the third semester they present and discuss their research outcomes during seminars devoted to Research Work (10 cr.); in the fourth semester students write their final thesis (20 cr.); the core of the programme is supplemented by a number of various elective 5-credit modules (Intersections of Ancient and Christian Sources; Greek Lyric; Medieval Texts and Cultures; Ancient Biography and Hagiography, Ancient Historiography; Ancient Science; Epistolary Science and Epistolography in Ancient Literature and that of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania) and interdisciplinary theoretical courses or those representing other study fields (Theory of Metaphor; Modern Cultural Theories: Phenomenology, Anthropology, Poststructuralism; Medieval Texts and Cultures; Myth-criticism; Introduction to the Typology of Literary Standards; Modern Theories of Text; Language and Culture of the Vedas). Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional subjects allow students to individualise their studies and acquire additional knowledge and skills. Distinctive features of a study programme: Vilnius University is the only institution of higher education offering second cycle studies in classical studies. The study programme degree is focussed on the training of highly qualified researchers of a wide spectrum of classical cultural heritage, including its reception during later cultural epochs in Europe, and researchers and translators of Ancient and Lithuanian historical sources, including those of the Grand Duchy of Lithuania, and encompasses two branches of classical philology (Ancient Greek and Latin philology) and studies in the area of reception of classical culture. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: the graduates can do pedagogical work and perform research at scientific institutes and establishments of education; can translate Latin and Greek texts, edit and comment them; work for cultural institutions and other types of establishments and companies the nature of operations of which requires comprehensive humanitarian education, ability to think critically and creatively, take responsibility for own performance, generate new ideas and a positive disposition towards learning. Access to further study: the graduates can continue their studies with the aim to obtain a PhD in philology, philosophy, history and other areas of study at any university in Lithuania or abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the study programme is to educate professionals of contemporary Asian cultures in possession of high intercultural competences and ability to work efficiently in the global multicultural society and resolve problems that issue therein based on interdisciplinary research, foster values of diversity in thinking and acting. Learning outcomes: Understanding similarities and differences between areas of the world; Knowledge of key methods and concepts of contributory disciplines and interdisciplinary formations of Area studies; Knowledge of the dynamics of social change in Area studies; The ability to compare and contrast the appropriateness of different disciplinary approaches in an examination of the region-specific or transregional Asian cultures; The ability to critically engage with the contemporary area-specific culture from an interdisciplinary approach, including cultural, gender, visual, and postcolonial studies; The ability to use and critically interrogate primary and secondary written (in translation) and visual sources; The ability to conduct problem-oriented research; The ability to compare and contrast ideas and concepts from different disciplinary surroundings; Work independently and in a team, demonstrated in time management and critical reflection upon the scope and limitations of achievements; Lead the problem-oriented discussion; Communicate ideas with coherence and persuasiveness, and analyse issues in the light of evidence and argument; Synthesise information, adopt critical appraisals and develop reasoned argument based on such appraisals; Resolve problems. Activities of teaching and learning: The style of teaching/learning is focused on the dynamic roles of both teachers and learners: interactive lectures, seminars, group work, case studies; individual/team presentations; thought-provoking and challenging assignments; ongoing assessment. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The programme is made-up of the following course unite groups and corresponding subjects: 1. Area studies and intercultural communication (Theories of Area Studies; Theories of Intercultural Communication), 2. Cultural studies (Cultural Psychology; Visual Culture of Asia; Cultural Identity in Asian Literature; Popular Culture in East Asia; Oriental Hermeneutics and Textology; Socio-Cultural Transformations in Contemporary East Asia), 3. Gender studies (Theory of Gender Studies; Gender Relations in East Asia), 4. Postcolonial studies (Methodologies of Postcolonial Studies). Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme applies to the study of culture as social phenomenon in modern and contemporary east and South Asia rather than its historically and geographically specific developments. The programme is of interdisciplinary nature and explicitly integrates a range of academic fields, such as cultural, gender, postcolonial, and visual studies relevant to the subject-area. Access to professional activity: A graduate can be employed at governmental, business and non-governmental organizations at local and international level in the fields of culture, science and education, military defence or politics, especially those in cooperation with the Asian countries, as middle or senior specialist of various levels. Access to further study: Graduates can enrol in doctoral studies in area studies and other trends of humanities and social sciences.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To be capable to apply theories and methods based on the biopsychosocial approach, and critically evaluate innovative practice and results of independent scientific research in order to restore, maintain and compensate the biopsychosocial functions of the elderly and/or disabled as well as bring their professional input contributing to implementation of the provisions of the United Nations (WHO) and European Union Health Policy in Lithuania. Learning outcomes: Knowledge and its application: • theories and methods underlying the biopsychosocial model of rehabilitation, oriented towards ensuring quality of life of the elderly and (or) persons with disabilities; • research methodologies for solving complex problems in rehabilitation; • interpretation at the national level of the United Nations (WHO) and European Union health policy in order to ensure equal opportunities and sustainable development; elements of strategic management in planning and implementing professional activities. Abilities to carry out research: • to critically analyze scientific sources and rehabilitation practices, to identify relevant problems that require scientific research. • to plan and implement rehabilitation research autonomously, to interpret the results obtained by applying interdisciplinary approach and to evaluate their reliability. • to apply conclusions of the research in justifying professional innovation, to evaluate different alternatives as well as possible ethical, social and economic consequences. Special (professional) abilities: • to systematically evaluate person‘s biopsychosocial dysfunction and to identify individual rehabilitation needs; Special skills: • to individually adapt, develop and approve rehabilitation methods and forms of organization, to assess rehabilitation efficiency and impact on quality of life; • to creatively solve problems in rehabilitation and improving quality of life, in a broader scope; to develop, implement and manage rehabilitation innovation projects. Social skills: • to be able to express precisely and with argumentation ideas verbally and in writing; to present adequately professional issues, research results and conclusions to the audience/target group of professionals and non-professionals; • to be able to collaborate and work in a team of professionals from different fields, public authorities and patients/clients attempting to solve the problems of rehabilitation and social inclusion of the elderly and or disabled. Personal skills: • to be able to reflect on the outcomes of studies and envisage perspective of the professional development; • to be able to solve problems in unknown and/or undefined situations in accordance with ethical and scientific research ethics; to make decisions independently and responsibly after assessing their impact on the individual and the community. Activities of teaching and learning: Teachers present background information during lectures by means of plenary discussion, demonstration of video materials or real clinical situations, case studies and interactive discussion of problems. Student's self-study assignments (individual or in a group) make up 50-60% and are usually presented and discussed during seminars. Consultations are organized to solve learning problems, if any. During practice, students implement an individually-developed professional innovation project under the guidance of a practitioner. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Each course unit shall be completed by an examination or evaluation of student’s independent work (project) in 10-point scale. Examination may be organised in written or mixed oral-written form. The final evaluation of the course could be presented as a summative one based on written papers (i.e. essay, report, case study or modelling, etc.) as well as corresponding presentations. Formative assessment shall be applied during term as well. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Course units in rehabilitation study field consists of 60 ECTS, including: • 35 ECTS, dedicated to biopsychosocial functions of the elderly or disable people: Biopsychosocial approach in rehabilitation (5), Psychology of disable people (5), Geriatric rehabilitation (5), Rehabilitation in multiple pathologies (10), Innovative technologies in motion control (5), Universal design for enabling environments (5); • 10 ECTS, dedicated for specialisation studies: Pain control in physiotherapy (5) and Strategies for restoration of biopsychosocial functions (5) or Aspects of social welfare in occupational therapy (5) and Enabling methods in occupational therapy; • 15 ECTS, dedicated for applied research: Methods for assessment of rehabilitation efficiency (10), Planning of rehabilitation research (5). Other courses (10 ECTS) include Kinezigenomic (5) and Education in rehabilitation (5). 20 ECTS are allocated for practice including Strategies for sustainable development of society and professional innovation project (5) and Professional internship (15). 30 ECTS are allocated for preparation of master thesis. Specialisations: Alternative courses in rehabilitation (10 ECTS in total) are oriented towards specialisation in physiotherapy or occupational therapy. Professional internship and master thesis shall be carried out according to the specialisation. Distinctive features of a study programme: Orientation towards solving of rehabilitation and health promotion complex problems of the elderly and (or) disable people. The study subjects in Rehabilitation program are taught by qualified and experienced professionals in their field who are actively involved in research work and education both in national and international databases. The main learning base of students in study program (Vilnius University Hospital Santariskiu klinikos, Department of Rehabilitation, Physical and Sports Medicine) and it carried out four rehabilitation programs accredited by the European Union. The University of Vilnius is member of European Network of Physiotherapy in Higher Education (ENPHE) and European Network of Occupational therapy in Higher Education (ENOTHE). Access to professional activity: • Tertiary health care institutions providing complex rehabilitation services; • system of geriatric health care services; • system of medical rehabilitation and social integration of disable people; • divisions of public administration which are responsible for social and public health issues as well as for assurance of equal opportunities. • universities and higher education non-university establishments. Access to further study: Graduates of the programme may continue their studies at the PhD (doctoral) level.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the programme is to prepare competent and qualified advanced practice nurses, whose professional and scientific activity is based on the latest advanced practice knowledge and method creation as well as their application in clinical practice, while improving and expanding clinical and research competencies: those of innovative expert nursing practice, educational and research competency, patient and colleague advice and training, clinical leadership, cooperation, as well as strategic and systemic outlook in order to improve the quality of healthcare services. Learning outcomes: General competencies: 1. Social abilities 1.1. Ability to work and make innovative clinical decisions independently within the limits of their competencies, while applying leadership skills in healthcare as well as intersectoral teams in both Lithuanian and international environments. 1.2. Competent communication and cooperation as well as ability to efficiently share proved information in solving clinical practice health issues. 2. Personal abilities 2.1. Ability to evaluate the demand for scientific-clinical research, create a research design, carry out and present research results both independently and within a team as well as suggest practical recommendations on a local, national, and international level. 2.2. Ability to make innovative clinical decisions with an evaluation of ethical aspects and moral responsibility for advanced practice nursing. Specific competencies: 3.Knowledge and implementation 3.1. Will have the knowledge and ability to analyse and prepare suggestions as well as apply them in practice: Health policy formation and implementation principles and methods; EU directives, Lithuanian laws and legal acts, including substatutory legal acts that regulate nursing and healthcare; Health development and Preventative healthcare; Healthcare institution management and team work methods. 3.2. Will have the knowledge and ability to apply the modern features of pharmacology as well treatment and nursing methods of applied anatomy as well as clinical and laboratory diagnostics of acute course and complicated diseases in advanced practice nursing; Chronic non-infectious disease management; health evaluation and long-term observation principles, consulting, the principles of medication and medical tool prescription; the principles and methods of anaesthesiology, intensive therapy, emergency help organisation and service provision. 4. Research competencies 4.1. Ability to evaluate advanced practice nursing science realities and concerns as well as form the need for nursing scientific research while both working independently and leading a team; ability to perform and process research while using the latest scientific data and technologies. 4.2. Ability to develop the latest knowledge of scientific research in advanced practice nursing while creating new methods and technologies 5. Special abilities 5.1. Ability to evaluate a person’s health as well as the symptoms of chronic non-infectious diseases in primary healthcare; evaluation of a patient’s health condition and observation of its dynamics in the perioperative period as well as during the intensive care; evaluation of a person’s health and diagnosis of critical conditions as well as acute diseases when providing emergency help. 5.2. Ability to perform long-term observation and prevention of chronic non-infectious diseases; ability to independently advise patients on the questions of health and disease management as well as pharmacotherapy; ability to independently apply anaesthesia and intensive care techniques and procedures; ability to apply prophylactic measures in a variety of ways. 5.3. Ability to make an independent clinical decision; ability to prescribe and continue medicine as well as medical and nursing tools; ability to manage clinical documentation; leadership in a clinical team. Activities of teaching and learning: Activities of teaching and learning are oriented to the students’ needs. The innovations and active methods have been used during study process. The methods of information transferring such as lectures, seminars, discussions, demonstrations, interviews, conversations, illustrations, consulting would be used. Practical operational methods for encouraging the critical thinking such as twin-work, practical training, data collection, simulations, etc would be used. The problem-based learning methods by analyzing situations and cases would be used. The main core of the learning activities is independent student work with the main goal to sustain the critical thinking and power to be decision makers. Self-assessment methods would help for students to make a progress in their studies. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main way of evaluating learning outcomes is exam. Exams and mid-term evaluations are written or written and oral (http://www.vu.lt/lt/studijos/studiju-procesas/egzaminu-sesija/45-studijos/studijos/2557). The study results are assessed by the lecturer who taught the subject and led the studies. Upon a motivated request of the students, a commission for the assessment of study results may be formed. Students' knowledge of examinations is evaluated from 1 to 10 points. In order to ensure the correlation of assessment methods with the subject of assessment, various methods are applied: to the level of knowledge and perception - tests, presentations; application level - problem solving tasks; level of analysis - case study, case study; for synthesis level - review of scientific articles; assessment level - research work, case analysis, presentations, reports. The cumulative assessment is used to measure the student's achievements, which enables the student to consistently pursue the learning outcomes. The weight and number of parts of the cumulative assessment are given in the description of each subject. Subject descriptions include the structure of the number of assessments and their arrangement in the course of the semester, the interfaces of assessment tasks with the subject context, individual tasks. Study subjects (modules), practical training: The nursing care, medicine, health and social science knowledge are integrated in this programme with special attention to practical skills’ and competencies’ education: • Development and improvement of the latest innovative nursing science and practice knowledge and method creation, and their application in advanced practice nursing. • Promoting analytical and strategic thinking as well as development and improvement of clinical decision making and leadership in healthcare. • Development and improvement of expert nursing practice, education and research competency, and clinical leadership. There are obligatory and optional subjects, clinical practices in relation with specialization in the curricula. The last point of the studies is Master thesis and professional qualification exam. This programme is oriented to practical advance nursing practice and research competencies. All subjects content of 5, 10, 15 or 25 ETCS. The general amount of credits is 120 (ECTS), 3200 hours (800 hours per one semester), for direct contact 1095 hours, for independent student work 2105 hours. - compulsory general modules (60 credits): Applied Anatomy (5 credits ECTS); Health literacy and innovative technological systems (5 credits); Clinical pharmacology (5 cr.); Advanced Practice Nursing Module and Clinical Ethics (5 cr.); Nursing research methodology and biostatistics (10 cr.); Nursing quality and leadership (5 cr.); Laboratory medicine (5 cr.); Genetics and rare diseases (5 cr.); Scientific work (15 credits) and Final Master's thesis (25 credits); Professional qualification examination (5 credits); compulsory elective modules of three specialties (Primary Health Care, Anesthesia and Intensive Care, Emergency Medicine) (55 credits); -clinical practices (10 cr) for triad specializations; - special study field electives (5 credits): Hospital-acquired infection management; Lifestyle and disease prevention; Nursing Science Innovations. Specialisations: -Primary healthcare -Anesthesia and intensive therapy -Emergency medical help Optional courses: Management of nosocomial infections; Lifestyle and disease’ prevention, Nursing standards. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme is relevant and innovative, oriented to high qualified specialist in nursing practice who would be independent nurse in three fields: primary health care, anesthesia and intensive care, emergency acute health care. Access to professional activity: Absolvents would be able to work independently in health care institutions and give nursing care in primary health care, intensive care units, emergency care departments. Access to further study: Absolvents would be able to continue their studies at the doctoral programme in Lithuania and abroad.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Medical Genetics master study programme is to prepare specialists of high qualification, able to work independently as medical geneticists at the laboratories of health care institutions in Lithuania and abroad. Learning outcomes: The Medical Genetics study programme is a multidisciplinary training programme. At the level of the programme: during the first and the second semester of the first year studies the necessary basic knowledge in fundamental biomedical sciences is provided and the beginning of the research work is started; during the second study year of the study programme students are gradually provided with an integral approach to laboratory medical genetics subjects, developing their manual skills and proceeding with their research work with the final master’s thesis. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, Seminars, Laboratory work, Consultations and Independant work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: General Laboratory Diagnostics, Biochemical genetics, Cytogenetics, Molecular genetics, genomics and epigenomics, Statistics in Genetics, Biotechnology Methods and Bioinformatic Analysis, Genetic Counselling and Bioethics, Professional Practice, Master Thesis Distinctive features of a study programme: The specialty profession comprises all elements of genetic laboratory services needed to support patient or family handling by clinical/medical genetic specialist, genetic counsellors, and a wide range of other medical disciplines such as paediatrics, obstetrics and clinical oncology. Medical Genetics is a laboratory specialty on an academic level that joins cyto, onco, molecular and metabolic/biochemical genetics and genomics into one skilled profession. The specialist has deep knowledge of laboratory services and interpretation of results related to genetic disorders, both inherited and sporadic. Access to professional activity: Graduates of the Medical Genetics programme of VU MF might get employed in the laboratories of public institutions, hospitals, clinics and private clinics in Lithuania and abroad. Access to further study: Medical geneticists (master graduates) have the possibility to continue studies in doctoral studies of biomedical sciences at VU or other institutions of university higher education.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Medical biology programme is aimed to give solid theoretical and practical knowledge in laboratoty medicine as well as provide analytic research skills Learning outcomes: Graduate of Medical Biology programme is able to select, implement and apply analytical methods and equipment, independently interpret test results, control the test applicability and relevancy (including economical reasons), use IT applications and conduct scientific research. Activities of teaching and learning: Various methods employed: observational learning, discussion of cases, observation of direct application of skills, participation in seminars, practical training, Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examination; Testing Presentation Theses presentation and defence Study subjects (modules), practical training: Courses in Biomedical Science: Pathological Physiology and Pathological Anatomy (10 credits) Ethics and Management in Biomedicine (5 credits) Molecular Biology, Human Molecular Genetics and Genomics (10 credits) Subjects in the program providing biomedical and laboratory diagnostic expertise: Biotechnology (5 credits) Clinical Microbiology, Virology and Laboratory Diagnosis of Communicable Diseases (10 credits), Clinical Biochemistry (10 credits) Hematology and General Cytology (10 credits) ) Clinical Immunology and Immunohematology (5 credits) Elective subjects: Laboratory diagnostics of hereditary metabolic diseases (5 credits); Applied Chromatography (5 cr.); Cell Technology (5 cr.); Hemostasis (5 cr.). Professional laboratory practice (10 credits) Distinctive features of a study programme: The program is universal, providing broad Biomedical education and skills to critically analyze the most important theories, research methods and apply independently solve scientific, practical and theoretical work in the biomedical field. Access to professional activity: Graduate of Master Studies in Medical Biology (possessing also relevant laboratory work experience) is qualified to be employed at the governmental and private laboratory facilities of the Laboratories of Health Care Institutions and Biomedical, Research institutes. Access to further study: Graduates qualified as MS in Biology are eligible to continue their professional development at PhD studies level; post graduate studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: to educate a specialist in lifestyle medicine who can comprehensively assess lifestyle and chronic disease risk factors, formulate a lifestyle intervention plan, and apply the latest science- based non-pharmacological lifestyle interventions (nutrition, physical activity, psychoemotional resilience management, social environment) for the reversal, treatment and prevention of chronic diseases. Learning outcomes: 1.1 Be able to identify and assess risk factors for the development and progression of chronic diseases. 1.2 Be able to formulate a lifestyle intervention plan at the personal health (individualised) level. 1.3 Know and be able to apply science-based lifestyle change clinical interventions (nutrition, physical activity, psycho-emotional resilience management, social environment) for the reversal, treatment, and prevention of chronic diseases. 1.4 Know the principles of health promotion, advocacy, and disease prevention. 1.5 Know the basics of health law, health economics and management, and health insurance. 1.6. know the legal basis for the organization and operation of a personal health care institution, the principles of the administration of personal health care institutions, and be able to apply them to the field of lifestyle medicine. 2.1 Applying quantitative and qualitative scientific work principles and methods, collecting data using information systems and databases, and using empirical research methods to analyze and critically evaluate the results of lifestyle medicine research. 2.2. be able to search the latest scientific literature and critically evaluate and interpret the research results. 3.1 Be able to apply methods of assessing harmful lifestyle factors (psychoactive substance use, nutrition, physical activity, stress, emotional state) and the principles of brief interventions. 3.2 Be able to develop individual plans for nutrition, physical activity, and psycho-emotional balance and assess changes to achieve a morphological outcome. 3.3 Be able to formulate the organization, means, and methods of preventing chronic diseases, criteria for applying health promotion and preventive measures, and clinical principles of a healthy lifestyle. Demonstrate the principles of systems thinking in formulating a holistic lifestyle intervention plan that meets individual needs, arguing for opinions and choices based on the latest scientific knowledge and good clinical practice. Activities of teaching and learning: Lifestyle medicine studies use innovative learning methods to develop students' creativity and general and specific competencies. Theoretical knowledge is acquired through lectures, seminars, and exercises. Practical skills are developed through clinical case simulations in classrooms under the guidance of lifestyle medicine lecturers. Lifestyle medicine is a professional practice in personal and public healthcare institutions that have concluded cooperation agreements with the Faculty of Medicine of Vilnius University. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: It uses a cumulative assessment method (oral and written questioning, testing, presentations, case studies, projects (individual and group), presentations, discussions, critical review of a scientific publication, etc.) and assesses the tasks performed during the semester or the knowledge and skills acquired during the semester. Each subject is concluded with an examination or final test. Examinations shall be written or written and oral. Students' knowledge in the examinations shall be assessed on a scale of 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent). The assessment must be objective and professionally carried out, considering the knowledge gained in the assessment and examination. The evaluation is based on the procedure for assessing study achievements approved by Vilnius University Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Lifestyle Medicine and Health Advocacy (5 kr.), Chronic Diseases: etiology, prevention and reversal (5kr.), Research in Lifestyle Medicine (5 kr.), Psychoemotional Health and Lifestyle (5 kr.), Nutritional Interventions in Lifestyle Medicine (10 kr.), Physical Activity in Lifestyle Medicine (10 kr.), Research field in clinical lifestyle medicine (5 kr.), Principles of patient counselling (5 kr.), Prevention of harmful habits (5 kr.), Sleep hygiene and prevention (5 kr.), Fields of clinical practice in lifestyle medicine ( 5kr.), Master's thesis (15 kr.), Clinical practice (10 kr.), Practice of lifestyle medicine (10 kr.) Specialisations: - Optional courses: Human and household chemistry. Systemic effects, relationship to chronic disorders (5 kr.), Quality of healthcare and leadership (5 kr.), Health policy and health promotion strategies (5 kr.), Additional non-pharmacological measures in the management of chronic diseases: yoga, Qigong, breathing, etc. (5 kr.), Supplementary measures in the management of chronic diseases: dietary supplementation (5 kr.), Positive psychology (5 kr.) Distinctive features of a study programme: Modern and innovative teaching methods Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the GM programme are eligible to work in the health sector, as well as in private consultancy. Access to further study: The postgraduate programme offers the opportunity to study for a PhD in medicine and health sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The Systems Biology master's degree programme aims to prepare highly qualified biological systems analysts, laboratory specialists, and specialists who are able to organise and lead research projects, understand the processes of fundamental biological systems, describe the processes of evolutionary biological systems mathematically, and improve technological solutions and develop new ones to solve systems biology problems. Learning outcomes: After completing systems biology studies and acquiring a master's degree, a person will know the fundamental principles of biological systems and the development of organisms, will understand applied bioengineering laboratory equipment, and will have acquired an entirely new, holistic approach and knowledge of biological systems and the development of relationships between the parts and components as a functioning whole. A graduate will have mastered basic bioengineering (genetic and biological engineering) principles, mathematical modeling, computational principles of large systems and will be able to competently use multiprocessor computing environments to program biological (and other types of) tasks. Students will have the necessary knowledge and understanding of current methods of diagnosis and the ability to develop and apply new methods in the fields of medicine and biotechnology. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, debates, presentations, group discussions, practical assignments, case studies, report preparation, analysis of research papers, e-conferences with nominated lecturers, consultations, self-study, database analysis, laboratory work, journal club activity. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Performance in group discussion; completion of practical assignments; presentations; written research project; data analysis report; written examination. Defence of Master Thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: First semester Optional modules: Medical, life and natural sciences bachelor: 1. GNU / Linux type operating systems, 2. Programming for biological data analysis 3. Multivariate statistics with R. Mathematics and computer sciences bachelor: 1. Human physiology, 2. Genome structure 3. Cell biology. Mandatory modules: Genomics Data mining. Second semester Mandatory modules: Mathematical modelling, Epigenomics, Transcriptomics, Science forum (Seminar with a critical assessment of the latest and most advanced research articles in certain areas. Recent science news, issues, approaches are addressed. The seminars will be given by invited lecturers, potential employers). Third semester Mandatory modules: Proteomics, Neurobiology, Mathematical physiology, Science forum. Fourth semester is devoted to prepare and defend a master's thesis. The study program is designed in a modular way. The modules are given in intensive teaching cycles. Specialisations: - Optional courses: If a student has excellent knowledge from offered elective courses, in line with the Study program committee, the student can choose other course from MSc programs listed below: "Biochemistry" (621C73001), Genetics (621C40001), "Computer modelling" (621I10002), "Software Engineering" (621I30001). Restrictions for the selection: a course should have 5 ECTS; a course should not be taught later in the program. Distinctive features of a study programme: International, interdisciplinary Systems Biology master's program will prepare systems biology specialists with broad skills, integrating biomedical knowledge with mathematical modeling. Studies are conducted in English only, attracting foreign researchers/tutors, social partners and potential employers. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Systems Biology master’s can find a job position in both public (universities, health care institutions, research institutes) and private (biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies) sectors. The specialists can also be attractive in valleys where science, studies and business are integrated. Access to further study: PhD studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the study programme is to educate Masters of Education who are able to perceive and critically assess global and national trends in physical education and sport development, to organise pedagogical activities of one’s own and subordinate employees with regard to these tendencies; by applying interdisciplinary knowledge and modern methods of research to creatively manage physical (self-) education and development of people of different ages and physical mastership skills. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: The following general competences are being formed: knowing how to learn: a student becomes an independent individual who is responsible for his / her learning, able to raise and achieve learning goals, understanding importance of lifelong learning; communication: a student knows how to communicate verbally and non-verbally; to obtain, understand and render information; cognition: mastering new subjects, a student experiences a joy of cognition; social: a student becomes more conscious, aware, responsible, active, respecting other people; initiative and creativity: obtained knowledge, experience enable self-confidence in one’s own creative capacities; personal: a student becomes a dignified, self-confident, honest, responsible, not afraid of facing difficulties, knowing how to cope with difficulties, objectively assessing himself/ herself and his/ her own behaviour person. Subject specific competencies developed: The following subject-related competences are being developed: selection, creation and application of effective educational technologies in physical education; selection, creation and application of management measures for physical education and sports organisations; designing and implementation of performance strategies for physical education and sports organisations; selection, creation and application of sport training technologies for individuals with different physical mastership skills; selection, creation and application of strategies for physical education and health education. Learning outcomes: The aim of the study programme Physical and Sport Education is to educate a specialist who is able to understand and critically assess global and national trends in physical education and sport development, to organise pedagogical activities of one’s own and subordinate employees with regard to these trends; while referring to interdisciplinary knowledge and modern research methods, to creatively manage physical (self-) education of people of different ages and physical skills. The graduates are able to model the content of physical education, to apply effective methods for teaching movements and suitable methods for identification and assessment of quality in mastering movements, to create and apply technologies for self-development of physical education, are able to apply principles of management of sports organisations, to manage the training of young athletes. Activities of teaching and learning: Problem-based learning, team work, discussions, analysis of scientific publications and educational documents, traditional lectures. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Ten-point criteria-based scale as well as a system of cumulative evaluation are applied. Analysis of a scientific article, peer evaluation, individual and group homework, oral and written exams, literature analysis, project activity, case analysis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study subjects constitute three groups: I. Compulsory subjects in the study field, II. Subjects of the specialisations in the study field (Physical and Sport Education, Sport Education Management), III. Master’s Thesis. Compulsory subjects in the study field are dedicated to expanding interdisciplinary knowledge and abilities, critical assessment and selection of knowledge by grounding their functional relation in the decision-making in complex educational situations. The programme seeks those subjects constituting this group of subjects would reflect the problems of the topics dealt with and allow perceiving importance of scientific research when substantiating facts, trends etc. It is plausible that the knowledge and abilities gained in such a way will allow Masters efficiently perform their activities in the constantly changing environment. The purpose of the study specialisations is to gain forming abilities to deal with the problems in physical education science, sport education management. These specialisations are intended for perception of the methodology of physical education science, sport education management (to gain knowledge, understanding which are necessary for the competences of a researcher in the education field). The research work is intended for application of obtained theoretical, practical knowledge while preparing the final Master’s Thesis. A particular problem of education science and practice is chosen and competences of a researcher-analyst, critical thinking and performance are implemented. Specialisations: Master students can choose one study specialisation: Physical Education Science or Sport Education Management. During studies of physical education science specialisation the content of physical education is being modelled, effectiveness of the methods of teaching movements as well as suitability of the methods for identification and assessment of quality in mastering movements are analysed, technologies of self-development of physical education are interpreted. During studies of sport education management specialisation characteristics of management of sports organisations are analysed; management of the training of young athletes is emphasised with regard to intrinsic and external factors; much attention is paid to human resource management. Optional courses: Students can deepen their knowledge in their study field by choosing specialized subject of the field. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme is oriented not only towards education of specialists who can work in comprehensive schools or sport schools; it is designed to develop competences allowing graduates of the programme to successfully integrate themselves into the labour market, i.e., to find own niche in the sector of physical education and sports, to be able to create work places for himself/ herself and others. Educated specialists can also successfully work with both learners who seek high results in sports and people of various ages, whose main aim is focused on recreational leisure-time physical education and development to maintain and improve health and quality of life. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can perform educational and administrative work at physical education and sports institutions, comprehensive education and sports schools, private and public health and sports institutions, state and non-governmental organizations, to administrate, prepare and implement various projects, programmes. Access to further study: Graduates can choose to pursue doctoral studies in the field of education science.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified specialists (special pedagogues, speech therapists) who will be able to critically evaluate and independently conduct research in the areas of educational environment, diversity of students’ individual and special education needs, strive to achieve the highest quality of inclusive education, provide innovative and scientifically based solutions for the enhancement of inclusive education and educational support services while realizing their responsibility for the impact of their performance on the accessibility of education and well-being of students, as well as taking into account the context of national and international educational policies and the latest results of scientific research. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Communication and cooperation in interdisciplinary teams. Leadership, responsibility and professional ethics in managing and solving complex interdisciplinary and inter-institutional educational support problems, empowering and motivating the school community to create an inclusive and open to diversity school. Subject specific competencies developed: Application of interdisciplinary knowledge in professional activities of a special pedagogue and / or speech therapist in different professional contexts. Independent research in the areas of meeting special educational needs, educational support, inclusive education. Solution of specific problems related to student access to education, educational support system, etc. Consulation in solving complex issues of meeting special educational needs. Expert evaluation in the areas of accessability to education, effectiveness of educational support system, quality of inclusive education. Improvment of the educational support systems by implementing innovative evidence-based solutions, and dissemination of innovations to professional and non-professional communities. Learning outcomes: Master of Special Education study program will be able to conduct comprehensive scientific research, apply evidence-based innovative strategies in the assessment of children's special educational needs, provide educational support and progress monitoring, create an educational environment conducive to student diversity, and cooperate in the work of interdisciplinary teams. Master of Special and Inclusive Education Coordination specialisation will be able to organize an interdisciplinary assessment of students special educational needs, coordinate educational support at institutional and inter-institutional levels, expertly evaluate and improve the quality of educational support system, implement innovative evidence-based solutions to enhance the effectiveness of education; collaborate and lead an interdisciplinary educational support team. Master of Speech Therapy specialisation will be able to apply research-based assessment of speech, language and communication; identify special educational needs arising from speech, language and communication disorders; organize and provide speech therapy support services, consult and expertly evaluate the quality of speech therapists' professional activities, implement evidence-based speech therapy innovations. Activities of teaching and learning: Teaching and learning activities are focused on the student and his interaction with the teacher. Active learning methods are aimed at the promotion of the student's critical, conceptual, creative and constructive thinking, independent learning, and enhancement of problem-solving skills: document and research report analysis, case studies, action research, modeling, visualization, critical reflection, learning through teamwork, individual and/or group projects, discussion, etc. A form of blended learning is possible. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Students' achievements and progress are assessed throughout the semester, combining formal (cumulative) and informal (formative) assessment methods. The studies of each subject end with an exam or an evaluation of the student's independently completed work (case study, project, etc.). The final grade consists of the components of the cumulative assessment defined in the subject description. The most common methods of cumulative assessment are: case studies, exam, presentation of group research activity, presentation of scientific literature review, critical reflection, self and peer assessment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program consists of: the main subjects of the field of study (60 credits) are designed to help students acquire interdisciplinary competences - philosophy of inclusive education, psychosociology of disability, social research methodology, etc.; the subjects for studies of specializations (Speech Therapy or Special and Inclusive Education Coordination) (30 credits) are aimed at the enhancement competences of speech therapy or special pedagogy. Specialisations: Coordination of Special and Inclusive Education. The in-depth study program is intended to enhance the competences of a special pedagogue, acquired in the first-cycle of special education and speech therapy studies, and to acquire a higher level of research competences and more comprehensive level of special pedagogue competencies that will enable to effectively coordinate interdisciplinary and interinstitutional educational support and to implement the inclusive education. Speech Therapy. The speech therapy specialization study program is intended to enhance the competences of the speech therapist acquired in the first-cycle special pedagogy and speech therapy studies; attain a higher level of scientific research competences and a more comprehensive level of professional (speech therapy) competences in the areas of methodological and consulting assistance. Optional courses: It is possible to deepen the acquired knowledge by choosing a specialization. Distinctive features of a study programme: Inquiry based learning and problem-based learning methodology. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Specialization Speech Therapy. A graduate can work as a speech therapist and/or special pedagogue in Pedagogical and Psychological Services, Child Welfare Commissions, other institutions belonging to the education and (with additional conditions) health protection system; improve qualifications in national and international projects and internships. Specialization Coordination of Special and Inclusive Education. A graduate can coordinate educational support at institutional and inter-institutional levels, work as a special pedagogue in the Commission of Child Welfare or Pedagogical and Psychological Services, other educational institutions; work in national and international projects as well as serve as their chairperson, participate in national and foreign internship programmes that lead to further enhancement of qualifications Access to further study: Doctoral studies in education field

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the programme is to educate higher qualification specialists of art pedagogy who are competent, motivated, critically thinking, creative, oriented towards scientific-research activities and interdisciplinarity as well as having mastered innovative computer-assisted music technologies, who will be able to critically assess, implement in practice, investigate and project different formal and non-formal music education models; who on the ground of obtained knowledge, personal, social, specific abilities and values will be able to implement the attitudes of cultural awareness and self-development, to lead and form musical culture of society. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: The ability to generate new ideas, initiative, the ability to assume responsibility and act independently, the ability to lead, the understanding and acknowledgement of cultural diversity and multiculturalism, social and ethical engagement to professional performance, the ability to informally learn. Subject specific competencies developed: Will be able to recognise and acquaint with, analyse and critically assessatypical methodological problems of musical-educational phenomena, to independently carry out empirical research. Having mastered innovative music technologies, will be able to professionally implement various artistic/ educational projects in a new and unfamiliar environment, to creatively apply recent information in implementation of original models of music education, to experiment while implementing innovative methods of music education. Learning outcomes: Programme is designed to prepare holders of Master’s degree in art education able to creatively work in a system of both formal and non-formal education with pupils of various age groups, to design innovative models of musical education as well as to independently conduct scientific research using the methodology and methods of contemporary scientific research. Graduates acquire essential knowledge in education, psychology, musicology concerning musical education of children and youth as well as develop skills in scientific research and practical work at school, are able to create and present creative projects, have required skills of speaking and expressing thoughts in writing, are able to independently explore both theoretical and practical problems of musical education. Activities of teaching and learning: The outcomes of particular subjects, the methods designed to achieve them and the methods for students’ evaluation are elaborated on in each subject involved in the programme Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (failed) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The content of the programme is distributed in a way so that a student during the first semester verifies and establishes the knowledge and competences gained during earlier studies. Subjects Educational Philosophy, Comparative Development of Arts, Art of Sound, Music Arrangement and Compositionare dedicated to this purpose. In the second semester, students get acquainted with recent methods of music pedagogy, technologies, possibilities for application of music technologies in other areas are analysed. This is implemented in subjectsMusic Therapy, Innovations of Music Education, Musicology, Development of Creativity through Improvisational Activities, Studio Sound Technologies. In the third semester, the obtained knowledge and competences are oriented towards the subjects which are dedicated to development of personal interpretational creative expression (subjects:Interpretation of Clavier Music, Interpretation of Modern Music in an Artistic Collective, Studio Composition and Technologies). Management of education processes and importance of communicative skills are presented through the subjects Management of Culture and EducationandCommunication Psychology. The subjectMethodology of Scientific Research as well as the subject being delivered for three semesters, Applied Projects of Music Pedagogical Activities, are dedicated to enhancement and improvement of students’ scientific research abilities.The study programme is finalised with the Master’s graduation thesis. Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: Exceptionality of the programme lies in the complex of scientific research disciplines rendering Master’s students abilities of research activities necessary to properly prepare for professional activities or doctoral studies. Exceptional conditions for students are provided to use the professionally equipped Sound which uniquely contributes to the study process and orients Master’s students of the Programme towards practical applicability of subjects (to creatively develop abilities of music composing, arrangement, improvisation and other adaptation of music pieces), by mastering innovative computer-assisted music technologies, and under contemporary conditions this is especially relevant in Lithuanian education institutions. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the studies can carry out scientific pedagogical work in higher education institutions, gymnasiums, comprehensive education and arts schools, institutions of pre-school education, can lead collectives of non-formal music activities, initiate activities of music education. They have the right to enter the third cycle studies. Access to further study: A completed Master’s programme gives access to the four-year doctoral programmes.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop high-skilled marketing and communication specialists which successfully manage marketing tools in both traditional and digital environments. Learning outcomes: Will be able to systematize and critically evaluate the theoretical knowledge and models of digital marketing. Will be able to plan working time and effectively manage it in digital marketing tasks. Will be able to understand the problems of digital marketing, reformulate them into work tasks and make innovative decisions, assessing the possible ethical consequences. Working individually and in groups, they will be able to analyze digital marketing situations, identify problems and look for innovative solutions. Will be able to communicate smoothly and persuasively in writing and orally with marketers, discuss current issues of digital marketing practice and theory. Will know the most important marketing theories and models, will be able to systematically evaluate digital marketing phenomena under conditions of uncertainty. Will know the theories and models of consumer behavior, will be able to apply them for analysis of consumer behavior in the Internet space. Will know the characteristics of individual marketing elements and will be able to integrate the elements to solve complex digital marketing problems. Will be able to select and analyze scientific studies, critically evaluate their results and apply them to solve digital marketing problems. Will be able to process and interpret research results, apply various data analysis methods, make decisions when there is no detailed and defined information. Will be able to apply research-based knowledge of marketing areas, critically evaluate marketing communication campaigns in the online space. Will be able to analyze user behavior and formulate a communication message in the digital space for the target audience. Will be able to choose the most appropriate digital marketing strategies and tools to solve complex marketing challenges in a new and unfamiliar environment. Activities of teaching and learning: Studies are organized using the following forms of study: problem-based learning, interactive lectures, discussions, case studies, group project preparation and presentation, an independent study of materials, consultations, group and cross-discussions, creative workshops/simulation, preparation of scientific work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: A cumulative assessment system is used. Tests, evaluations of individual case analyzes and presentations, evaluations of group projects, activity in seminars, public defence of master's thesis, creation and presentation of creative communication strategy are used to evaluate study results. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Marketing Management, Digital marketing tools, Consumer behavior in the Internet, Communication channels in marketing, Methods for data collection and analysis, E-commerce, Integrated marketing communication, Digital marketing strategies and planning, Master theses. Specialisations: - Optional courses: During their studies, students can choose from the following electives: Innovation and Change Management, Strategic Brand Management, Mobile Marketing, Pricing, Creative Message, and Web and Social Media Analytics. Distinctive features of a study programme: The degree program is a practical master's program designed to develop digital marketing skills. Subjects are taught consistently, with lectures and seminars taking place intensively every other Thursday-Saturday. Access to the professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can successfully work in corporate marketing departments, especially in areas such as retail, media, financial and insurance services, real estate and information technology business, tourism, as well as research and consulting companies, telecommunications and online development companies. Access to further study: Opportunity continue studies in the social sciences PhD.

Objective(s) of a study programme: Training of competent educational researchers able to continue their studies in doctoral study programme. Training of highly qualified specialists of Culture of Education and Education policy and administration able to work in different types and levels of educational institutions, research centres. Learning outcomes: Master in Educational Science has developed sociocultural, cognitive, managerial and communicative competencies. Graduate has the understanding of education philosophy, perceives the mission and the role of education in the society, is able to analyze and evaluate processes in education system, forms and implements educational policy of the country on state and organizational levels; knows the principles of education administration and is able to apply them in practical work; acquires research competencies and is able to carry out independent research projects. Activities of teaching and learning: Active lecture, seminar, discussions, text analysis, comparative analysis, essays, research scenario planning and modelling, group work, documentation analysis, expert reports, presentations, projects. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Educology field compulsory courses – 39 ECTS, branch courses – 26 ECTS, optional courses include 15 ECTS, Scientific research and internship – 40 ECTS. Future holders of a master’s degree in educology study the contemporary philosophy of education, educational policy and management of education, sociological theories of education, methodology of educological research, etc. Professional training is organised at educational institutions. The duration of training is 280 hours. Planning, organisation, research, identification and solution of problems, and other skills are consolidated and improved during the training. This educology programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree and would like to earn a master’s degree in educology. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme has two branches which are novel in the context of Lithuania: The Culture of Education branch combines education and culture research by designing studies and creating solutions for education-related issues in the changing cultural environment and, conversely, by exploring cultural education issues in the context of today’s education. There are no other master programmes (branches) of this kind offered by universities in Lithuania. Education Policy and Administration branch is the first programme in Lithuania with a profile which allows the creation of a new school of education policy analysis combined with administration. Access to professional activity: Graduates of the Education Policy and Administration branch will be able to hold leading and administering positions, work as analysts-researchers, administrators and experts at different educational institutions which develop and implement education policy. Graduates of the Culture of Education branch will be able to hold leading positions, work as researchers, analysts and educators at different formal and non-formal educational institutions: cultural and youth formal and non-formal educational organisations Access to further study: Graduates of this study programme have access to Educology doctoral studies

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified masters of education studies possessing interdisciplinary knowledge necessary for comprehension of educational phenomena, processes, systems, organisations’ functions as well as for the researcher-analyst activity, capable to project different age-group people’s life-long (self-)education, to solve the problems of educational organisations’ management or child’s rights protection and management, to constantly improve, to implement research-based innovations in their professional activities. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability to understand complex interdisciplinary basics of education. Ability to critically assess and select knowledge as well as justify its functional efficiency when making decisions in complex educational situations. Ability to understand the theoretical basics of scientific research on education, as well as the particularity of research on educational activity. Moral attitude towards social, cultural, political importance of the processes of education and learning (teaching) as well as the implementation of equal opportunities of individuals and groups in education. Subject specific competencies developed: Mastering various creative application practices of educational empirical research. Ability to introduce the results of educational research to the interested groups. Ability to improve the educational practice in accordance with the contemporary requirements for life and work, to offer evidence-based decisions. Ability to consult the interested groups on the issues of realising research-based educational practice. Ability to create and implement projects related with constant improvement of professional activity and qualification. Ability to build upon the practice of innovative learning in various environments (formal and non-formal), to enable the aspirations of individuals and groups for further development. Ability to influence the processes of educational change through application of educational programmes as well as active participation in their implementation. Ability to offer alternative educational solutions based on the results of research, as well as to foresee their social and ethic outcomes. Learning outcomes: Master of Education Science with interdisciplinary knowledge, needed for understanding educational phenomena, processes, systems, and functions of organisations as well for the activity of a researcher, projects lifelong learning for people of various ages, solves problems of management of education organisations or children’s rights protection, constantly improving and implementing innovations in professional activities. A holder of the Master’s degree with the specialisation of Education Management is able to design and implement development strategies of organisations, to manage educational and organisational processes in the conditions of change on the basis of the research results, to perform managerial work in educational institutions and organisations providing educational services. A holder of the Master’s degree with the specialisation of Children’s Rights Protection Management is a highly qualified specialist of children’s rights protection able to recognize the child’s individual needs, interests, abilities, represent his/her rights, participate actively in the processes of his/her socialization and education, perform pedagogical, administrative and managerial work in various levels of the education system, education centres, institutions of children’s rights protection. Activities of teaching and learning: Immersive lecture, workshops, practical tasks, analysis of video material, case studies, discussion, reflection on performance, work presentations, modelling, critical analysis and evaluation of documents, analysis of reflective notes; practical tasks, analysis of a problem situation and formulation of a solution, preparation and presentation of an essay, practice of creative application of empirical research, study of literary sources, group tasks, individual work, consultations, preparation and presentation of a project, preparation of the Master’s thesis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examination, analytic written assignments, presentation of individual and group self-study assignments, presentation of a review of scientific literature, case analysis, group assignments, generalization of discussions, conducting research, summarizing and presenting the results, individual homework, project report, defence of the final thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The compulsory subjects of the field of study cover the interdisciplinary, methodological basis of the science of education (philosophical, sociological, psychological, cultural-historical, political, managerial) and subjects that justify the theoretical and applied foundations of the individual’s education in childhood and adulthood (mature age). The subjects of the field of education studies are intended to expand interdisciplinary knowledge and abilities, to critically evaluate and select knowledge, justifying its functional effectiveness in making decisions in complex educational situations. They are necessary for independent and creative application of existing and acquired knowledge in a constantly changing environment. The specialisations of the field of study include: A) Education Management: disciplines that form the latest knowledge of education management, abilities needed to make research-based decisions, create management strategies of a responsible educational organisation, leadership-based models; B) Children’s Rights Protection Management: disciplines that form the latest knowledge of children’s rights protection management, which is necessary to solve the problems of children’s rights protection. These specialisations are intended to understand the methodology of separate branches of education (Education Management and Children’s Rights Protection Management), to acquire ideas necessary for the competences of an educational researcher in that field and abilities necessary for choosing the direction of improvement in various fields of education science. The research work is intended for the application of acquired theoretical and practical knowledge in the preparation of the Master’s final thesis in a specific problem of the science and practice of education, demonstrating the competences of a researcher-analyst, critical thinking and activity. Specialisations: A holder of the Master’s degree with the specialisation of Education Management has modern education in Education Sciences, knows the strategic and legal foundations of the education system and organisations, is able to design and implement the development strategies of educational organisations, is able to manage educational and organisational processes in conditions of change, competently organise scientific research activities, perform managerial work in various types of educational institutions. A holder of the Master’s degree with the specialisation of Children’s Rights Protection Management is a highly qualified specialist of children’s rights protection able to recognize the child’s individual needs, interests, abilities, represent his/her rights, participate actively in the processes of his/her socialisation and education, perform pedagogical, administrative and managerial work in various levels of education system, education centres, institutions of children’s rights protection. Optional courses: It is possible to deepen the acquired knowledge by choosing a specialization. Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme responds to the development of the science of education at inter and intra levels: on the basis of the programme, the science of education is studied on the basis of inter-branch (social sciences, humanities) and interdisciplinary (social sciences) relations; the development and branches of the education science system are taken into account (Education Management, Comparative Education). Study of the subjects of the programme enables the acquisition of knowledge and abilities, significant in realizing the individual’s learning processes throughout life (Childhood Education, Andragogy), the application of the most advanced personality-oriented systems of the individual’s education (Educational Systems and Innovations). The management activities of the institute of education and organisations are studied, developing a democratic culture and relations with other institutes that ensure equal opportunities for students to quality education (specialisations: Education Management or Children’s Rights Protection Management). The programme is focused on the complex nature of educational activities, which includes not only education or training, but also consulting, expertise, and research. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to do managerial work in various types of educational and / or child rights implementing institutions, competently organize research-based activities, education of children and adults, to manage education of various social groups. Access to further study: Graduates can choose the Doctoral studies of education and Doctoral studies of Social sciences

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Programme is to educate highly qualified specialists of career education who would master theoretical conceptions of (self-) education for career and would be able to apply them when planning, modelling the process of career (self-) education, applying effective strategies for selection of a profession as well as career development and planning in the context of constantly changing educational and labour market demands. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability to think critically, constructively and creatively. Communication skills. Ability to carry out scientific research Subject specific competencies developed: Ability to perceive theories of career education, applied methods and technologies, features of career process management in educational institutions and labour market. Will have knowledge on contemporary procedures of application of analytical career process methods and technologies. Ability critically assess and select interdisciplinary knowledge, to reason their functional significance in making efficient decisions in complex situations for career (self-) education. Ability to counsel, inform and guide people of various age groups interested in career issues. Learning outcomes: After completion of the Master’s degree program "Career Education" the acquired professional competence enables the graduate to advise clients in the fields of choice of profession, vocational training, career management, identification of personal interest and diagnostics of professional aptitude. The graduates are able to organize career guidance, to provide information and career education in all formal and non-formal educational sub-systems; to investigate and assess the professional qualification and retraining needs of separate individuals and groups; to prepare correctional educational programs focusing on the possibility of constant learning, while planning the career strategy in the institution as well as increasing competitiveness of an individual in the labor market. Activities of teaching and learning: Student-oriented learning (teaching) and research-based studies: interactive lecture, literature and document analysis, practice, reflection on performance, discussion, individual consultations, scientific research, student’s independent work. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The scale of ten grades and accumulative evaluation system is being employed. Written exam, group homework, individual homework, case analysis, unconventional task, essay, portfolio of works, presentations, individual projects, group project, research work demonstrating the ability to select the most effective way to solve a problem, etc. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The conceptual (methodological) fundamental of the Programme consists of contemporary educational science giving sense to the ideology of man’s lifelong teaching and learning, constructive and reconstructive interactions between theory and practice. The Programme integrates classical and contemporary ideas of career education and on the ground of them a constructive model of a career educator is being created; it also supposes consistent possibilities for (self-) development of universal and special professional competences in university studies. Education of a career educator in the Programme is focused not only on formal processes of institutional career education, but also on non-formal career development processes, their interaction and its management. Management of these processes is highly relevant to performance of a career educator. In the Programme career education covers all chains of the education system: starting from a pre-school education institution, school (vocational information points) to career centres in higher education institutions.Volume of the main subjects (modules) of the study area is 50 credits. Students study the following subjects (modules): Methodology of Career Education; Policy of Career Education; Career Education in Various Age Stages; Methodology of Educational Research; Vocational Guidance and Counselling of Pupils; Early Career Education; Theories of Lifelong Learning; Training and Counselling of Personnel; Andragogical Technologies for Career; Systems of Career Education; Theory and Methods of Search for a Job; Labour Market Research; Quality Management in Career Education Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: Career Educology in the programme Career Educology involves all levels of educational system: from pre-school educational institution, school (centres of professional guidance) to career centres in institutions of higher education. The programme also includes issues of career modelling in other than educational institutions. The programme aims at balancing career education in educational institutions and career planning in other organizations. It fully corresponds to international tendency to prepare career specialists able to solve career-related issues with people of various age and needs, groups of people and organizations. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the Master's degree study program "Career Education" can work as career professionals in general education schools, vocational schools, colleges and universities, vocational and career counseling centers, youth employment centers, employment agencies, labor market training services as well as the staff training and career counseling centers at various companies, firms and other institutions. Access to further study: Graduates of the programme may continue their studies in doctoral programmes conducting fundamental and applied research in Lithuanian and foreign institutions by employing contemporary methods of educational research.

General Description: The objective of the study programme Financial Technology is to prepare senior and chief specialists in the industry of modern financial technologies who are able to apply the knowledge of financial instruments, advanced information and communication technologies as well as modern research achievements by realising the theoretical and practical activity models in both classical and innovative, centralised and decentralised e-markets, banking, investment insurance sectors and organisations operating in state and private sectors. Learning outcomes: Having successfully completed the study programme Financial Technology the graduate will be able to: 1.1 plan and organise both his individual and other employees’ work, carry out managerial tasks taking into consideration the existing resources (time, human resources, infrastructure etc.); solve various tasks and problems arising during activities; 1.2 responsibly and effectively carry out professional activity in the local and international context by following social, legal and ethical norms; 2.1 analyse and systemise the research data necessary for the studies, scholarly and professional activities and the implementation of innovations; effectively manage information resources; 2.2 critically evaluate information, determine its reliability and adequately use it in the studies or professional activity; 2.3 think creatively and critically; flexibly and creatively evaluate the phenomena of financial engineering and the risks arising from the innovative business and finance processes; 2.4 make reasonable business decisions, implement technology innovations in business by critically evaluating the tendencies and changes in finance industry; 3.1 identify, analyse and assess the means, knowledge, technologies and methodologies related with financial analysis and data processing that operate on the basis of information and communications technology (ICT) and apply them when solving the multifaceted tasks of financial technology; 3.2 apply the knowledge of finance informatics in both professional and research activities as well as create the systems based on cryptographic currency and smart contracts functioning in finance markets, accounting, solutions of the Internet of Things and social networks; 3.3 will know the legal framework, the market entering and tax principles of innovative products and apply this knowledge in professional activity; 4.1 analyse and critically evaluate the principles of financial technology processes, instruments, financial transaction processing systems, methodologies, tools and solutions emerging in the context of the fourth industrial revolution; 4.2 carry out technology research, forecasting and modelling activities by using adequate analytical tools and sets of the largest financial databases and applying the distributed systems and high-performance computing; 4.3 analyse information, financial and technological processes which create value in an organisation, critically evaluate the theoretical and practical aspects of analysis and decision-making by invoking the knowledge of business analytics, organisation management and their synthesis; 4.4 flexibly and creatively evaluate the risks emerging in business and innovation processes; select optimisation methods suitable for the elimination of such risks by understanding the principles and specificity of financial market supervisors; 5.1 apply the existing or offer new mathematical and statistical models for the applied tasks with large arrays of data; 5.2 use and develop the instruments for the application of information technology in the financial sector; apply technologies based on the clustering, filtering of investment instruments, fuzzy set logic by working out and developing solutions of applied character; 5.3 apply block chain-based solutions for the identification, authentication, record-keeping and validation tasks in decentralised and centralised systems. Activities of teaching and learning: Problem-based teaching, lectures, practical work, individual work, seminars; Active teaching/learning methods: group discussion, situation modelling, trading simulation, individual consultations, analysis of scientific literature, individual project, report preparation, laboratory tasks. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative grading system is used to encourage students to work and gradually develop the required competences. The following methods are applied to assess the achievements of the students of the Financial Technology study programme: examination, project, colloquium, defence of practical works, test, reports, active participation during seminars, analytic discussions, analysis of real cases in business, analytical paper. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory subjects of the study programme (80 credits) can be distinguished by a consistent integration of disciplinary (ICT) and applied (finance) areas that eliminates their division into separate components: - Modern Banking Technologies; - Analysis of Large-scale Data and Its Technologies; - Financial Market Intelligence Systems; - Methods and Means for Business Process Optimisation; - Cryptographic (Blockchain) Currencies and Applied Systems; - FinTech Applied Solutions; - Investment risk management; - Research Work (Master’s Final Project); - Legal Framework of Financial Technologies; - Master’s Thesis (field: Information Systems). Optional courses: Optional courses of the study programme allow students to select either the technological or management area of FinTech studies and sciences. During their first semester, students can choose one of these disciplines: - High-performance Computing and Distributed Systems; or - Solutions of Business Analysis and Management; During the second semester, students can choose from the following optional disciplines: - Data and System Protection; or - Technological Innovations and Entrepreneurship. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is delivered both in Lithuanian and English languages; The programme is characterised by consistent integration of disciplinary (ICT) and applied (finance) areas. Interdisciplinary Financial Technologies master’s study programme combines the subjects in the field of information systems and finance. Both the group of subjects in the field of information systems, which encompasses architectural design and administration of information systems, information systems security and implementation of innovative applied systems in financial sector, and subjects in the field of finances, which focus on the analysis of contemporary banking solutions, business credit risk management, examination of business intelligence and management issues, develop the subject-specific competences required for contemporary engineers and innovators of financial systems. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The field of professional activity of the programme graduates is the financial technology industry. Graduates will be able to independently carry out research on financial markets and instruments; to design, implement and administer innovative solutions for financial markets and financial instruments; to manage the investment portfolio of cryptographic currencies; to work as managers and consultants in financial intermediaries and financial services companies; to introduce technological innovations of the financial sector in the branches of banks, insurance companies, business enterprises. Graduates will be able to work as blockchain programmers, company executives, investment portfolio managers, large-scale data analysts, and project managers in the business of FinTech applied solutions. What is more, graduates will be able to set up FinTech Startups using their skills to creatively apply financial technology innovations, adapt the acquired analytical and research skills, develop financial technology business policies and strategies, develop the ecosystems of new financial services, advanced financial instruments, business models, communicate with the public and lead a team, creatively apply API technologies and principal solutions of the activities of decentralised and centralised transaction storage systems, blockchain technologies, crowdfunding, HUB, outsourcing. Access to further study: Graduates of the study programme will be able to carry out research in the field of finances and information technologies or to pursue PhD studies in physical sciences (in the field of computer science), and social sciences (in the field of management, economics).

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The study programme aims at qualifying students for a professional career in the cybersecurity field with emphasis in international relations and the cyberintelligence domain. Based on an interdisciplinary and international range of courses, students will acquire capabilities to understand global cybersecurity and cyberintelligence mechanisms and leverage cooperation among international actors. Learning outcomes: 1.1: Analyses threat information from multiple sources, disciplines, and agencies across the Intelligence Community. 1.2: Synthesizes and places intelligence information in context; draws insights about the possible implications. 1.3: Analyses collected information to identify vulnerabilities and potential for exploitation. 1.4: Identifies and assesses the capabilities and activities of cybersecurity criminals or foreign intelligence entities. 2.1: Executes collection using appropriate strategies and within the priorities established through the collection management process. 2.2: Performs activities to gather evidence on criminal or foreign intelligence entities to mitigate possible or real-time threats, protect against espionage or insider threats, foreign sabotage, international terrorist activities, or to support other intelligence activities. 3.1: Collects, processes, preserves, analyses, and presents computer-related evidence in support of network vulnerability mitigation and/or criminal, fraud, counterintelligence, or law enforcement investigations. 4.1: Installs, configures, tests, operates, maintains, and manages networks and their firewalls, including hardware and software that permit the sharing and transmission of all spectrum transmissions of information to support the security of information and information systems. 4.2: Installs, configures, troubleshoots, and maintains server configurations (hardware and software) to ensure their confidentiality, integrity, and availability. 4.3: Manages accounts, firewalls, and patches. 4.4: Studies an organisation's current computer systems and procedures, and designs information systems solutions to help the organisation operate more securely, efficiently, and effectively. 5.1: Oversees the cybersecurity program of an information system or network, including managing information security implications within the organisation, specific program, or other areas of responsibility, to include strategic, personnel, infrastructure, requirements, policy enforcement, emergency planning, security awareness, and other resources. 5.2: Develops policies and plans and/or advocates for changes in policy that support organisational cyberspace initiatives or required changes/enhancements. 6.1: Uses defensive measures and information collected from a variety of sources to identify, analyse, and report events that occur or might occur within the network to protect information, information systems, and networks from threats. 6.2: Responds to crises or urgent situations within the pertinent domain to mitigate immediate and potential threats. 6.3: Conducts assessments of threats and vulnerabilities; determines deviations from acceptable configurations, enterprise or local policy; assesses the level of risk; and develops and/or recommends appropriate mitigation countermeasures in operational and nonoperational situations. 7.1: Ensures appropriate treatment of risk, compliance, and assurance from internal and external perspectives. 7.2: Develops and writes/codes new (or modifies existing) computer applications, software, or specialised utility programs following software assurance best practices. 7.3: Develops and conducts tests of systems to evaluate compliance with specifications and cybersecurity requirements by applying principles and methods for cost-effective planning. 8.1: Communicates conclusions, and the knowledge and rationale underpinning these, to specialist and non-specialist audiences clearly and unambiguously. 8.2: Continues to study and learn in a manner that may be largely self directed or autonomous. 8.3: Collaborates with others, participating effectively as a member of a technical or management team. Activities of teaching and learning: Mostly used study methods are: literature reading, information search and analysis, case studies, consultations, discussions, group work, inclusive lectures, laboratory tasks with examples and exercises, preparation and writing of report or some special kind of document, presentation preparation and delivery, problem-based learning, project work, self-assessment and self-study, virtual learning environment. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: All subjects except the final thesis and the professional practice have an accumulative assessment. Each assessment strategy is worth a particular amount of points in the final evaluation. The Virtual Learning Environment and online teaching resources that provide technical environments developed by individual university partners enable feedback from the mid-term tasks. The feedback can be provided for each task and each student. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The core of the curriculum consists of the following mandatory classes: 1. Fundamentals of cryptography (I semester, Padova) 2. Digital Forensics (I semester, Padova) 3. Secure software development (I semester, Padova) 4. Fundamentals on international cybersecurity (I semester, Minho) 5. Operating systems security (II semester, Vilnius) 6. Security of applications (II semester, Vilnius) 7. International management of cybersecurity (II semester, Vilnius) 8. Research projects (II semester, Vilnius) 9. Ethical hacking (III semester, Granada) 10. Cyberprotection systems (III semester, Granada) 11. Network security (III semester, Granada) 12. International cyberintelligence (III semester, Granada) Specialisations: Optional courses: 1. Mobile security (I semester, Padova) 2. Cyberphysical and IoT security (I semester, Padova) 3. Machine Learning techniques for event correlation (I semester, Padova) 4. Formal methods for cyberphysical systems (I semester, Padova) 5. Quantum cryptography and security (I semester, Padova) 6. Privacy preserving information access (I semester, Padova) 7. Law and data (I semester, Padova) 1. Malware (II semester, Vilnius) 2. Rapid reaction and first response (II semester, Vilnius) 1. International cooperation in cyberspace (III semester, Granada) 2. Cyberwarfare (III semester, Granada) 3. Post-quantum cryptography (III semester, Granada) Distinctive features of a study programme: Joint degree study programme; Interdisciplinary field of studies - Computer Science, Computer Engineering, Management, Sociology and Psychology, and even Law; Mobility between four partner universities in Spain, Lithuania, Italy and Portugal. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduate will have opportunities to be employed at both public and private sectors, as ● Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) ● Cyber Incident Responder ● Cyber Legal, Policy & Compliance Officer ● Cyber Threat Intelligence Specialist ● Cybersecurity Architect ● Cybersecurity Auditor ● Cybersecurity Educator ● Cybersecurity Implementer ● Cybersecurity Researcher ● Cybersecurity Implementer ● Cybersecurity Risk Manager ● Digital Forensics Investigator ● Penetration Tester Access to further study: Graduates will be able to continue their studies as doctoral students in computing, mathematics, nature sciences, engineering.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified and creatively thinking Masters of Informatics, who will be able to conduct scientific research, to apply their results to the analysis and development of IT management process, will know the methodologies of IT management, will be able to create and improve software in order to manage the processes of an enterprise’s activity by making qualitative decisions. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability to critically assess his/her own and other team members’ activity results and professional experience, take up responsibility for the quality of his/her own and subordinate employees’ activity and its assessment; ability to systematically and strategically think, to work creatively in scientific research and IT projects, to communicate at national and international level, by using the knowledge of scientific research; ability to take innovative decisions, by evaluating possible public, ethical and legal consequences of activity. Subject specific competencies developed: Ability to analyse, synthesize and assess the results of scientific research, by implementing the quality of solutions of IT management processes; ability to apply the methodologies of scientific research, modern technologies of projecting and modelling to the evaluation and development of processes of an enterprise’s activity; ability to analyse the processes of IT management, to evaluate their alternative models, to apply the methodologies of IT management to the creation and management of an enterprise’s infrastructure; ability to implement innovative IT service management technology for creation and development of the software to meet the needs of business processes, to evaluate risk factors and to provide appropriate solutions. Learning outcomes: The aim of Information Technology Management study programme, leading to Master's degree in Informatics Sciences is to prepare a specialist highly qualified and creatively thinking Masters of Informatics, who will be able to conduct scientific research, to apply their results to the analysis and development of IT management process, will know the methodologies of IT management, will be able to create and improve software in order to manage the processes of an enterprise’s activity by making qualitative decisions. Activities of teaching and learning: Depending on the specificity of study subject, interactive lesson is delivered, the analysis of scientific literature, case and research article analysis, problem-based teaching, laboratory works, as well as individual and group projects are conducted, simulation of real life situations, group work, and final thesis project. The timetable is designed so, that theoretical classes would be changed by practical classes and vice versa. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The assessment criteria of students’ achievements are related to both separate learning outcomes and the outcomes of entire study programme. Ten-grade criteria scale and accumulative assessment are applied to evaluate the knowledge and abilities acquired by students. Such evaluation allows to evaluate thoroughly students’ achievements: both theoretical and analytical abilities. Learning outcomes are assessed during semester (mid-term tests are conducted; laboratory works, individual and group projects, problem-based tasks, case analysis are performed in written form then they are defended orally; the analysis of research articles) and during the final examination. The examinations are conducted in written, oral forms, as well as in the form of test. During examinations, students’ knowledge is assessed from 1 point (very poor) to 10 points (excellent). Assessment from 1 point to 4 points is unsatisfactory. Aiming at not lower than average level of achievement (7 – 8 points) in a subject, students are provided with possibility to improve their research work in accordance with remarks provided by a teacher, peer students, as well as the remarks and suggestions provided during the defence, also to improve the quality of performance of other tasks while studying individually supplementary resources, consulting with teachers and accounting for the tasks during the appointed time. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The volume of the subjects in the field of Information Technology Management is 90 credits. The programme consists of 2 parts: Compulsory part of the programme (80 ECTS); Elective courses for student (10 ECTS). Compulsory part of the programme: Strategic and situations management, Block Chain Technology, Decision making models, Information security management, Artificial intelligence systems, Information technology services management, Scientific Research in Computer Science, Information technology regulation, Risk management in Information technology, Business Process Computer-based Management. Elective courses for student: Systems of Internet of Things, Project Management Methods, Big data analysis methods, Virtual communication, Financial technology management, Development and management of open learning content. Specialisations: - Optional courses: 10 credits are allocated for optional subjects. Distinctive features of a study programme: Close collaboration with social partners provides students with great possibilities to make contacts with potential employers. The content of Programme subjects is aimed at the application of analytical research to the analysis and development of IT management process, the application of IT management standards and methodologies, creation and improvement of software to manage the processes of an enterprise’s activity, while making qualitative decisions. In Lithuania, there is a huge shortage of professionals in the technologies of activity process management that are based on the technologies aiming at services. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The persons after acquiring the qualification of Master of Informatics Sciences can work in the following areas: as the heads of projects of creation of information technologies management systems, the analysts of business processes, the heads of information and communication technologies services, leading computer programmers, etc., who are able to analyse the needs of enterprises and their users, to implement new projects in various Lithuanian and foreign enterprises that provide the service of information technology; at research institutes. Access to further study: Access to the third cycle studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The goal of master studies is to enable students to acquire fundamental knowledge in computer modeling, to be prepared for working in companies and research institutions, to conduct scientific and related research. Learning outcomes: A graduate in Computational Modelling is able to use information technologies, participate in their development and modelling. They are capable to communicate effectively and present the results of completed work. The graduate canindependently generate ideas, formulate hypotheses, analyse, test them, and apply the findings. They are capable of contributing to scientific, empirical, and applied research, interpreting collected data, andpreparing reports and academic articles. Additionally, they are able to summarise and synthesise practical work and research outcomes. Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, course units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Access to further study:

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Master’s study programme of Public Management is aimed to prepare highly qualified specialists with expert knowledge and skills, public administration values and moral norms in the field of public administration, what would enable to act professionally and creatively in solving state and local government issues, to adapt and create public administration tools, to implement innovations in their professional fields, to improve learning skills necessary for further independent studies. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability to plan one's lifelong learning, be a leader, lead, motivate, form teams and work in them, take responsibility for one's own and the team's decisions and actions. Ability to think and evaluate critically, constructively and creatively. Communication, information management, information and counselling skills. Ability to communicate ethically, cooperate and make legitimate decisions. Subject specific competencies developed: Expert knowledge and skills in the field of public policy (public policy systems and their interactions, analysis of public policy context; agenda formation, measurement of results and anticipation of long-term consequences in the context of sustainable development; creative application of public policy theories, concepts, analysis methodology to improve the system, processes, to justify significant alternatives by allocating available and attracted resources according to priorities, etc.). In-depth, advanced knowledge and skills to apply, adapt, develop public management tools (elements of public management and their interaction, theories, organizational functioning and management processes, legislation, evaluation of effectiveness and efficiency of public programmes and projects, strategic management of organizations and their resources, innovation, risk, change management, etc.). Ability to interact with citizens, other residents of the country, business entities, NGOs, stakeholders, enabling them to participate in public governance (flexible cooperation with stakeholders, involvement of experts and NGOs in decision-making, preparation and implementation of public policy strategies, etc.), ability to recognize public interest and ethical principles and apply them making decisions in unclear organizational situations. Ability to professionally apply quantitative and qualitative methods of social research in the analysis, evaluation and decision-making processes of public administration, ability to combine the methods with each other. Learning outcomes: After having completed postgraduate programme of Public Management, the graduate knows and understands core principles of public management, is able to critically assess the means of governance, to explore professionally and analyse the formation of public policy as well as processes and environments of their implementation, to convey professionally the theories and conclusions of the research as well as recommendations to both specialists and non-specialists, to be competent in solving social, economic, development-related problems of the institutions in public sector by making innovative decisions, to found his/her activity on holistic and systemic paradigms of public management, democratic values, humanistic principles and ethics standards. Activities of teaching and learning: Teaching and learning activities are student-centered and oriented to the interaction between the student and the teacher. Traditional study methods (qualitative analysis of scientific literature, interactive lecture, demonstration) are combined with modern study and new knowledge creation methods (project, subject portfolio, conference with presentations, case study, concept map, group research, etc.), widely used the form of distance learning. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: In order to assess students' achievements and progress throughout the semester in the study programme, the cumulative assessment is applied in study subjects (modules). The studies of each subject or module are completed with an exam or an evaluation of the student's independent work (essay, project, research report). The final grade consists of the components of the cumulative assessment defined in the description of the subject (module). The most commonly used assessment methods are oral presentations, written research reports, reflections, self-assessment and peer review, tests, essays, etc. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme consists of 80 credits of the main subjects (modules) of the field of Public Administration (compulsory of the study field - 65 credits and optional subjects (alternatives) - 15 credits). Mandatory subjects develop competencies to conduct researches of public management and public policy analysis methodologically, to evaluate critically and model solutions for problems of organisation management, inter-sectoral, inter-institutional interactions based on the scientific approach. Alternatives (orptional subjects) provide opportunities to analyse deeper questions of organisation and regional governance. 10 credits are interdisciplinary subjects that integrate discourses from another field, delving into issues of public law and management of public sector finances and budget. Specialisations: - Optional courses: 15 credits for optional subjects (alternatives). Distinctive features of a study programme: Novelty and originality of the programme, focused on the deepening of general public administration studies, can be revealed in several aspects. First, programme is oriented to the deepening of critical, analytical and systematic thinking competencies, helping to evaluate and accept decisions of public policy implementation, determining the continuity of democratic values, and the deepening of creative thinking skills, required to operate in conditions of uncertainty. Second, analysis of public policy formulating and it’s implementation processes and problems is combining integrally and holistically in the programme. It this way it seeks to develop the students’ holistic public administration concept and to promote then to use research analytical methods in daily activities. Third, it is permanently stressed the importance of citizenship and democratic values, partnership and cooperation principles for the quality of public administration system, it highlights the significance of complying principles of continuous learning and self-education for the professionalism of public administration system’s participant and the effectiveness of the system at the same time. Forth, one of main requirements for contemporary process of university studies – internationalization is conforming. There are opportunities for students to develop their intercultural competence by listening to lectures of foreign researchers, studying the latest scientific literature in foreign languages, participating in international academic events. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Postgraduates of Public Management can work managerial or administrative jobs and seek for the career in institutions of state and local government and public administration, in sectors of social services, health, education, economic activity, regional development and other sectors of public administration as well as to lead non-governmental organizations. Access to further study: To continue with doctoral studies in the social sciences.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The purpose of the study programme is to prepare specialists of management and trade marketing who are able to apply their knowledge of trade marketing and management based on fundamental and applied research results; specialist who are able to evaluate changes in the market critically and analytically, to investigate external and internal environment of the organisation, to develop and implement innovative projects, to communicate effectively, to organise and implement process oriented to the increase of sales; specialists who are able to use modern Internet marketing technologies; make strategic and tactical decision with regard to marketing and trade management; specialists who are able to create added value to the company in a changing multicultural environment. Learning outcomes: The graduate of the study programme Marketing and Trade Management has the knowledge of and is able to apply classical and modern theories and conceptions of marketing and trade management in order to systematically analyse and assess external and internal environment of the organisation and make strategic decisions. The graduate is able to apply the knowledge of marketing and trade management based on fundamental and applied research results; is able to analyse, evaluate and make marketing decisions to increase sales, market share, business or brand awareness and its uniqueness; is able to identify issues related to marketing and trade management, perform research and interpret research results, draw conclusions and provide solutions. The graduate is able to prepare branding, advertising, marketing communication management, logistics, consumer behaviour and trade management projects that are necessary for coordination and increase of sales volume and substantiation of innovative sales activities; is able to identify and solve complex problems of marketing, trade management and added value creation; make informed marketing and trade management decisions using modern information technology and ensuring reliability of information. Activities of teaching and learning: Marketing and Trade Management Master’s programme includes lectures, workshops, seminars, independent assignments. Study outcomes are to be achieved by gnoseological and research methods as well as methods that stimulate self-studies. During the lectures, gnoseological study methods are applied: explanation, demonstration, lecturers provide theoretical material in various forms (oral, written or digital) and activating study methods: problem-oriented teaching, reflection, discussion, interactive lectures, case studies, situation analysis, group discussion, debates, tasks, work with simulation models, thus enabling students to develop critical and creative thinking and communication skills. During the seminars and workshops, the methods that stimulate self-studies are applied: simulation of situations, conducting exercises directed to the identification of problems and their solution in the form of discussions by using theoretical material; students carry out their individual and / or team work and project presentations in form of a report in accordance with the selected topics; debates are conducted, critical analysis of practical situations in business enterprises are carried out using theoretical concepts of problem analysis, making expert, team strategic decisions. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Open and close questions, frontal and individual questioning, case study, team work, presentation of project-oriented results, individual presentations, task completion during seminars, participation in discussions, practical tasks. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory Courses: Global Communication and Negotiations, Innovation Management, Methodology of Scientific Research, Theory and Practice of Advertising, Consumer Behaviour, Marketing Communications Management, Scientific Research Work, Theory and Methods of Market Analysis, International Marketing, Internet Marketing and Technologies, Brand Management, Strategic Marketing and Sales Management, International Human Resource Management. Optional Courses: Intellectual Systems in Financial Markets, Social Responsibility of Transnational Corporations, Business Psychology and Image Management, Global Strategic Management, Cross-Cultural Management, International Trade. Master Final Thesis (Study field: Marketing). Distinctive features of a study programme: On the one hand, Marketing and Trade Management Master program is oriented to interdisciplinarity, i.e. programme subjects encompass several particular aspects on conceptual, problematic and thematic levels, on the other hand, it integrates several fields, i.e., marketing studies integrate the knowledge necessary for trade sector and management activities as well as access systems for projects and research. Having acquired the knowledge of the latest marketing, trade and management theories and methods, the students have an opportunity to form a systematic approach to coordination and management of corporate marketing trade and management activities in order to create an added value to the company under economic and social changes. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate may pursue a professional career as a marketing, market research and trade management specialist, a consultant or a project manager at all levels of national or international organizations and government institutions. Access to further study: Graduates in Marketing and Trade Management may further proceed to doctoral studies.

The core study subjects encompass special subjects and master's level subjects in economics and management. The most important special subjects are ( in the order of appearance in the study programme): "Information systems development methods", "Data and knowledge repositories", "Intelligent information systems", "Management of information services", also elective courses "Analytical information technologies", "Applied software for business management", "System-user interfaces", "Electronic business models and security". The subjects in economics and management are "Research methods", "Project management methods", "Microeconomic analysis", "International finance", and others.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the International Project Management programme is to prepare highly qualified professionals and leaders capable of defining and implementing business and public sector strategical initiatives via projects and programmes in the global context. Learning outcomes: The graduate of this programme is able to formulate initiation ideas for projects and programmes, to prepare detailed project implementation plans, taking into account stakeholders’ expectations, to ensure successful implementation of projects and programmes by effectively using organisational resources, to carry out control of projects and programmes and manage project risks, to lead project teams, to systematically develop project management competencies of organisations and individuals. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, interactive lectures, the problem-oriented teaching, literature review and analysis, verbal reports, diary, role play, group discussion (small group), group discussion (round table), debates, problem analysis and resolution, case studies, project work, preparation of presentations, individual and group research, individual and group assignments, information retrieval and analysis, educational films. The students prepare final master thesis. Preparation of the final thesis is an independent research work indicating the student’s ability to apply theoretical knowledge gained during their course of the studies, to examine current practical and research issues in the field of project management, independently collect and analyse scientific literature and conduct empirical research, formulate conclusions, suggestions, future research directions. The relevance of the research problem must be grounded, based on the internationally-known research results, as well as the project activity problems of specific organisations, needs for internationalisation development. The thesis theme must be focused on the organisation’s project performance improvement, as well thesis must reflect the international dimension and the theme must match the content of the International Project Management Master’s programme. Master’s degree students can choose the theme in accordance with one of the four fields: project management areas, project management processes, project types, organisational project management competencies. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory subjects (modules) of the study program: Operational Management of Projects and Project Organizations, Project Financial Management, Strategic Management, Human Resource Management, Agile Project Management, Process and Quality Management, Strategic Project Portfolio Management, Research Methods, Leadership. Specialisations: None Optional courses: Enterprise IT solutions in project management, Innovation and change management. Distinctive features of a study programme: International Project Management Master’s programme is a unique international modular programme. It has been designed in close cooperation with Lithuanian Project management association. Project managers from business companies are taking active part in the programme. Logics of the programme is based on International Competence Baseline of IPMA (International Project management association www.IPMA.Ch). Graduates of International Project management program are ready to be certified for IPMA level D (IPMA levels A, B, C, D). This certificate is world-wide recognised by Project management society. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can be employed as project managers in private and governmental enterprises or institutions, to manage business and public sector projects and programmes in the national and global contexts. Access to further study: Third level (PhD) studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The main aim of the programme is to educate high qualification specialists satisfying requirement of current labour market and able to work as middle and highest level managers in international business enterprises. The programme aims to deliver management, economics and other related knowledge and practical skills for graduates seeking carrier in international organizations. Learning outcomes: The graduate is able to analyse, organise and critically evaluate information from different sources and to render this information to specialists and users; formulate scientific management problems; select or create methodology for scientific research; conduct research; provide the best solution to a problem. The graduate is able to choose a location and a market for business; plan human, financial and infrastructure resources; apply methods of business analysis and tools for management innovation implementation; develop activities in intercultural environment pursuing social and ethical responsibility; integrate classical and innovative principles of management; improve international business management practice; respond to new international business trends and take decisions. The graduate is able to conduct international market research and use the results to select the product price and remuneration system as well as to assess risk and profitability; is able to model activities within a team which creates management innovation ensuring the quality and assessment of operations; perform a strategic analysis of an international business company; carry out international finance analysis and apply the latest financial instruments ensuring financial viability of the international company; initiate and manage international business development projects. Activities of teaching and learning: Problem-based teaching, literature analysis, demonstration, desk research (information query and analysis), problem solving, case analysis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: International business management programme consists of the following subject areas: a) Management of international enterprise (“International Business and internalization of companies”; “International human resource management"; “Business psychology and image management”; “Sustainable business management and society”; “Responsible leadership”); b) The international (global) business environment and activities in it (“International business environment”; “International exchange and sustainable development”; “Global economics and sustainable development” “Corporate social responsibility of transnational corporations”; “Cross-cultural management”); c) Competitive advantages of enterprises in international markets (“International Marketing”; “Global strategic management”; “International finances”; “Investment management in finance markets”; “Global communication and negotiations”). Distinctive features of a study programme: International Business Management programme foster a holistic approach to international business by emphasizing the importance of business management, advanced management tools and sustainable development trends in the common management science doctrine. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate of the study programme International Business Management may pursue a professional career as a middle and highest level manager in various departments of international companies in the field of business administration; in the international departments of the national enterprises, especially in the fields of export and foreign investment. Access to further study: If he/she wants to work as a professional manager, graduate from International Business Management master studies programme can take further studies for a doctor’s degree in management or economics.

Future holders of a master’s degree in management and business administration study economic theory, research methods, international trade and foreign direct investment, globalisation, international business strategy, the economic law of the EU, etc. Professional training is not planned. This international business economics and management programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in economics or management and business administration and would like to become highly qualified specialists in international business management.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train highly competent business development professionals who are able to prepare, adopt, and implement business development decisions in a constantly changing business environment based on applied scientific research. Learning outcomes: Subject-specific competences of the study programme: 1. Knowledge and its application. 1.1. Will be able to integrate and apply functional business development knowledge in upper-level management. 2. Research skills. 2.1. Will be able to conduct applied business research, analyse its results, and, based on the insights obtained, formulate business development priorities. 3. Special skills. 3.1. Will be able to understand and evaluate business development processes and the broader environment in order to effectively address business development challenges in a dynamic context. 3.2 Will be able to make well-founded business development decisions by assessing the impact of individual functional areas on business development. 4. General competencies of the study programme. 4.1. Collaboration. Will be able to create a collaborative working environment, plan and perform tasks both individually and in teams, and evaluate work effectiveness. 4.2. Responsibility. Will be able to identify societal challenges, apply responsible business practices, and act in accordance with professional ethics. 4.3. Intercultural Competence. Will be able to operate effectively and respectfully in an intercultural environment. 4.4. Problem-solving. Will be able to critically and systematically assess problematic areas of business development and take appropriate action. 4.5. Openness to change. Will be able to adapt to a changing business environment and identify new opportunities and innovative solutions for business development. 5. Other social and personal skills. 5.1. Will be able to communicate clearly in writing and orally, and engage in discussions on relevant business development issues. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, problem-based teaching, literature analysis, independent study of additional material, discussions, case studies, future awareness test, task completion, teamwork, applied project and its presentation, business environment analysis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Assessment of assignments, assessment of the final applied project, assessment of the final applied project presentation, assessment of contribution to teamwork, test, reflection on the literature analysis, assessment of the analysis of the company’s strategic management process and its presentation. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: In the first semester, students study the following compulsory subjects: Strategic Management, Corporate Finance for Executives, Organizational Behaviour. In the second semester, students choose one of the following study modules: Strategic Marketing, Organizational Transformation and Innovation Management, Sustainable Management, Business Management Systems, Financial Technology Management. Specialisations: - Optional courses: In the second semester, flexibility is implemented, allowing students to choose one of the offered study modules. Distinctive features of a study programme: • The Business Development programme is designed for graduates of various fields of study who have work experience in organizations and seek vertical career advancement: (1) career changers who have specialised knowledge in different fields and aspire to take on managerial roles and thereby contributing to the growth of their organisations; (2) career refreshers who need to update previously acquired management and economics knowledge and become familiar with contemporary business development practices. • The program takes a broad view of business development issues, covering all key areas of business development: strategic management, organizational behaviour, market penetration, sustainable development, financial efficiency, transformation management, etc. • The philosophy of the programme is oriented toward business development solutions based on applied research methods and the opportunities offered by modern behavioural science laboratories and individual study. • The second semester offers flexibility, allowing students to choose one of the study modules offered. It also provides the opportunity to focus on an applied project in a wide range of business issues, delving into strategic management, sales, sustainable management, or other areas of business that are of interest to students who are studying and working. • Programme is based on study modules, where teaching is focused on one subject at a time. • Studies are easily accessible to non-local residents due to the limited number of classroom sessions. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of the Business Development programme can work in various management positions in national and international business structures and government institutions, where high managerial competence and complex decision-making are required, as well as successfully create and develop their own businesses and work in scientific and educational institutions. Access to further study: Those who wish to pursue research or teaching careers at universities can continue their studies in management-oriented doctoral programmes or independently deepen their knowledge and professional skills by taking advantage of lifelong learning opportunities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified art management specialists who are able to apply management and marketing theories and social research methods in the assessment of art organisations’ environment, their internal processes and in solving the problems related to operations, to carry out innovative art and business cohesion projects which meet the needs of heterogeneous society. Learning outcomes: The graduate is familiar with: art theories and is able to apply them when analysing art objects; the principles of management theories and is able to apply them in the operations of art organisations; the strategies of marketing and is able to apply them and carry out projects of art object distribution; the methods of marketing and is able to properly apply them in analysing and summarising the data according to the needs and preferences of target audiences. The graduate is able: to assess the work, activity as well as informational sources, etc.; to assess interdisciplinary context of management work; to take initiative and coordinate activities, to make decisions and solve problems with regard to society development tendencies, peculiarities of national and international contexts and values; to apply communication strategies in order to create and develop qualitative communication on internal and external levels of organisation; to convincingly present his decisions and creative ideas; to analyse and critically asses the evolution of art, transformations of the notion of art; to analyse the interface between art industries and tendencies of the development of global society; to analyse the models of operations of art organisations, their strategies, to develop operations of art organisations by meeting the needs of contemporary society; to implement local and international projects of art objects and art objects distribution; to identify and ground the problem of art management, to choose empirical and theoretical material and methods of research dedicated for the investigation of the problem and to perform research. Activities of teaching and learning: Problem-based teaching, literature analysis, demonstration, desk research (information query and analysis), problem solving, case analysis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Open and close questions, frontal and individual questioning, case study, team work, presentation of project-oriented results, individual presentations, task completion during seminars, participation in discussions, practical tasks. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme is oriented to practical activities; the study programme embraces all art management and marketing knowledge into a joint entity. Compulsory Courses: Strategic Management in Art Organisations, Contemporary Art and Society, Creative Industries: Arts, Strategic Art Marketing. Optional Courses: Management of Art Innovations and Projects, Art Law, Technologies and Innovations of Intercultural Communication, Audience Development, Visual Semiotics, Intellectual Systems in Financial Markets, Art Policy, Private and Public Partnership in Art Business. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is the only one in Lithuania that is based on the concept of art as a socio-economic phenomenon. It encompasses the principles of arts management and marketing into a holistic unit and enhances exceptional competencies of the students. The programme's scope highlights professional practice and therefore the modules are jointly taught by researchers / University teachers and arts professionals, and students have an option to choose a Master thesis that reflects and analyses a project that they realized themselves. Length of the study programme is 1,5 years. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduate is be able to work as head of art organisation, manager and marketing expert, organizer of art events and marketing expert, agent of artists, intermediary among artist and art as well as business organisations. Access to further study: The graduate is able to continue studies as a PhD student in social sciences.

Study programme consists of basic and specialized courses. " Basic courses: Strategic management, Research methods, Cross-cultural management, Organization image management, Total quality management, Leadership, Project management, Knowledge management, Change management. " Specialized courses: Human resources management, Organizational behavior, Rewards management, Organizational theory and design, Labour relations regulation. Practice is not predicted in study plan. Practical assignments are integrated into different courses.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified specialists in the field of finance, who know basic financial theories and have fundamental and applied knowledge in the field of international finance, and who can work managerial and analytical work in middle and top management of international corporates and institutions. Learning outcomes: Knowledge of the relationship between finance, investment and sustainability goals and the impact on sustainable finance and investment management decisions. Knowledge of the processes and factors that determine strategic financial management decisions and ability to formulate business strategic financial management decisions for sustainable operations. Ability to perform a comprehensive analysis and evaluation of sustainable business and investment activities of a business enterprise, applying modern methods of sustainable business evaluation, and plan and implement the transformation of a business enterprise in the areas of sustainable operations, sustainable finance and investment; Ability to prepare business projects in the field of finance and investment, manage them and run a business based on sustainable finance and investment management, evaluating the ideas provided and analyzing the necessary data. Knowledge on communication with various stakeholders in making and implementing sustainable financial and investment management decisions, preparing reports on the work done, providing advice, in accordance with the principles of sustainable development, professional ethics, citizenship and tolerance Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, analysis of scientific literature, case study, problem discussion, individual and group project tasks. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main way of assessing study results is an exam. Moreover, most study subjects provide cumulative assessment. Some study subjects can be assessed by pass/fail evaluation. Exams and tests are written. In majority of study subjects students' knowledge is assessed during exams from 1 (very bad) to 10 (excellent) scale; in some study subjects pass/ fail. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The structure of the study program distinguishes three blocks of compulsory subjects: 1) Global financial market and asset management. 2) International business environment and its assessment. 3) Corporate Finance. Specialisations: - Optional courses: - Distinctive features of a study programme: The program focuses on the development of business finance managers and analysts capable of operating in the national and international economic space. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates of this program can successfully work as heads of finance and development departments of domestic and international companies, in management positions in financial institutions (banks, insurance and leasing companies, pension and investment fund management companies) or as financial business consultants in domestic and foreign companies, manage international projects in the public sector or build their own sustainable business. In the future, students will be able to attract and successfully use the company's financial resources for the transformation into sustainable business and activities by creating their own business or working in corporate finance departments. Access to further study: May continue doctoral studies in economics and management.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Is to educate highly qualified experts in the field of finance and data analytics, i.e., graduates equipped with knowledge of key financial and economic disciplines with emphasis on environmental, social and governance (ESG) considerations. Learning outcomes:GENERAL COMPETENCES Social competences: 1.1. Will be able to show leadership skills and coordinate activities of a team of colleagues 1.2. Will be able to convey information to experts and laypeople about the nature of professional problems and their own opinion on their solution in an understandable and convincing way 1.3. Will be able to include consideration of their ethical dimension when solving problems Personal / learning / research competences: 1.4. Will be able to solve problems in an unfamiliar and fast-changing environment with massive data availability 1.5. Will be able to carry out original research within business environment 1.6. Will be able to be innovative in a sustainable environment 1.7. Will be able to make independent and responsible decisions in the context of sustainability at the middle and senior management levels of financial institutions and other companies 1.8. Will be able to acquire independently additional professional knowledge, skills and competences SUBJECT-SPECIFIC COMPETENCES Knowledge: 2.1. Will know selected financial and economic concepts and contexts 2.2. Will know the concept of innovation and its determinants 2.3. Will know different ways of financing sustainable innovation activities 2.4. Will be familiar with statistical and econometric methods applicable to the analysis of economic and financial time series 2.5. Will know information technologies and specific software products for analytical and presentation activities and for the management of financial institutions 2.6. Will know the potential and limitations of big data analytics 2.7. Will know common European values and effective EU legislation in the field of finance 2.8. Will understand the structure and style of a scientific publication, be able to work with publication sources, software tools, citations 2.9. Will understand general financial issues and their connections to the field of corporate finance 2.10. Will know new trends in the banking sector and fintech ecosystem encompassing the applications of financial data analytics and innovative financial technologies 2.11. Will be familiar with the tools, the framework and the strategies of sustainable finance underpinned by social and environmental values 2.12. Will be familiar with the main tools and practices needed to assess and evaluate financial risks encompassing data analytics integrated with social and environmental issues 2.13. Will be familiar with the main tools and practices used for the analysis of financial markets 2.14. Will know special risks and opportunities revealed by the integration of ESG factors in capital markets 2.15. Will acquire practical information and tools to understand the impact of environmental sustainability in financial markets 2.16. Will understand the strategic role of fintech in addressing the financing challenges of sustainable development 2.17. Will understand behavioural finance for the portfolio construction process and the impact on market characteristics Skills: 3.1. Will be able to appraise the performance and financial situation of organizations through programming and computing applications 3.2. Will be able to critically evaluate the conceptual frameworks needed to assess contemporary issues for finance and data analytics disciplines 3.3. Will be able to apply technology and data analytics skills to solve accounting and finance problems faced in real-life situations in an ethical manner 3.4. Will be able to perform quantitative and qualitative analysis of economic data 3.5. Will be able to use information technology and software support for organizational, presentation and analytical work 3.6. Will be able to promote innovation in the corporate and banking environment and evaluate its evolution through digital finance 3.7. Will be able to analyse, manage, and assess financial risks and their social and environmental impact 3.8. Will be able to make complex decisions within the concept of sustainable finance in the digital era 3.9. Will be able to make decisions based on technical analysis of financial markets 3.10. Will be able to invest with full awareness of environmental and social impacts Activities of teaching and learning: The study process is organised with an emphasis on the student-centred nature of studies and the importance of students' independent work. Contact work accounts for about 21% of a student's total workload. Problem-based lectures present key material and highlight sources of study. Seminars use inclusive methods of study: case studies, review of practical examples, solution and presentation of real problems, tasks solution and consideration, individual assignments, team work or group project preparation, discussions, information gathering, study of scientific literature, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The assessment of student achievement is based on a cumulative assessment system, which ensures active student involvement and a consistent and varied assessment of student knowledge and skills. The main methods of assessing of learning achievements are individual projects or assignments, preparation and presentation of a group project, essays, assessment of the knowledge and activities demonstrated in classes or laboratories, homework – application of the material presented and demonstration of understanding. All courses are completed in different forms of examination or preparation and presentation of an independent project. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The volume of the study programme is 120 credits, of which 96 credits are for compulsory courses and 24 credits for elective courses. 30 credits are dedicated to the Master Thesis. The programme is structured in such a way as to enhance students' skills and competences in the field of financial data analysis and sustainable finance – all subjects are directly related to these areas. The study programme will combine relevant finance topics, methods and principles with the latest trends in data analytics, artificial intelligence, cloud computing, cybersecurity and other emerging digital technologies. The combination of courses is balanced, the sequencing of individual courses is coherent and the programme is structured from the more general to the more specific, so that students acquire the necessary prior knowledge in a timely manner. Specialisations: In the 3rd semester, students will be able to choose between two specialisations: Corporate Finance or Financial Markets. The specialization of Corporate Finance aims to obtain a state-of-the-art understanding of modern corporate finance and to provide in-depth insights into the field of sustainable corporate finance by developing the awareness of the social and environmental impacts and the importance of digital transformation on financial choices to create long term financial benefits. The specialization of Financial Markets aims to prepare highly qualified finance specialists with a good understanding of finance and financial markets for sustainable development trained to deal with modern-day financial and economic problems toward a long-term paradigm for sustainable investments. Optional courses: In order to provide the possibility to develop competencies relevant to each student's area of interest, a total of 24 credits are allocated for students' choice. They can choose 4 courses from 8 elective courses on various topics. Distinctive features of a study programme: • A joint master study programme reacts to the changes and challenges in the society and economy, and the urgent needs of the labour market, as it combines finance rationale with complementary digital technologies and sustainable development issues to provide students with a unique academic experience. • The study programme will offer students two specializations – Corporate Finance, and Financial Markets. • Lecturers of the study programme are active in national and international research and professional activities. • The study programme is designed so that all its students will participate in mobility. The students will visit at least 3 partner universities. • The students of the study programme benefit from different approaches and teaching methods used in different contributions by lecturers with different cultural and historical backgrounds. The students will be enriched by discussions with the students from different countries. • The graduates of this study programme will be awarded with joint degree diploma. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates will be able to work in organizations involved in the areas of financial markets, commercial banking, central banking, finance, insurance, fintech, investment and pension companies, etc. Graduates will be prepared to meet the challenges associated with the constant evolution of financial technology. Graduates will become digital professionals by being able to face and deal with financial situations using modern financial and information technologies in a variety of activities. Graduates will be highly qualified and will have a wide range and prospect of employment in positions in demand in the labour market and at the highest level of pay. Access to further study: Graduates of the master study programme will be able to pursue doctoral studies or independently develop their knowledge and professional skills.

Summary of the Profile of a Study Programme General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop highly qualified accounting, auditing and financial management professionals with a modern approach to accounting and financial management, who are able to conduct research in accounting, auditing, corporate finance and management, to evaluate accounting indicators of the enterprise according to the level of international standards, analyse and forecast business activity, shape the internal control system of the enterprise, to understand the process of auditing, and professionally apply international level knowledge as well as provide insights on accounting, auditing and financial management. Learning outcomes: 1. Will be able to collect, process, analyse and critically evaluate data to identify accounting and financial problems. 2. Will be able to work in an understandable, ethical and tolerant manner with his/her or other professionals communicating information in a clear and reasoned way, giving advice, and working independently or in a team. 3. Will be able to demonstrate analytical, systematic, critical, creative, socially responsible and ethical thinking and acting skills, with independent knowledge and critical appreciation of new developments in the field of accounting and finance, and in the context of a constantly changing national market and global environment. 4. Will be able to undertake continuous self-directed learning, initiate and carry out empirical research and take responsibility for implementing financial management solutions. 5. Will be able to demonstrate research-based, up-to-date knowledge of accounting, finance, economics, management, auditing and the ability to apply it in a changing business environment in traditional and global and networked organisations. 6. Will be able to understand the content of financial processes and policies in the context of the management of government, financial institutions and non-financial organisations and understand the processes and factors influencing strategic financial management decisions and formulate strategic financial management decisions. 7. Will be able to apply quantitative and qualitative research methods and conduct research in the field of accounting and finance and interdisciplinary issues. 8. Will be able to analyse, synthesise and evaluate research data relevant to accounting and finance studies, research, professional activity and innovation, present research findings, and prepare and review scientific publications. 9. Will be able to carry out complex financial analysis and evaluation of a business, organisation or project, applying modern analytical methods and adhering to the principles of professional ethics and social responsibility. 10. Will be able to critically evaluate the applicability of financial theories and concepts, identify complex financial management problems, and argue the appropriateness and necessity of proposed financial management solutions when critically evaluating alternatives for both long and short term solutions. 11. Will be able to design and evaluate management control systems in organisations, integrating the latest research-based knowledge. Activities of teaching and learning: Student-oriented traditional and interactive lectures, discussions, case studies, project preparations, presentations and evaluations, search for information, devoted for students’ independent work, and its generalization, analytical tasks, individual and group work, consultations. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The examination is the main assessment method. Final grade might be comprised of intermediate tests and various activities (written tests, critical analysis of the event, case studies, project preparation and presentations, activity during the classes and peer assessment, etc.). Exams are conducted in written form. During exams, students’ knowledge is evaluated from 1 (insufficient) to 10 (excellent). Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: 70 credits are allocated for compulsory courses and 20 credits for elective courses in the study programme. The preparation of Master Thesis begins in the second semester with the preparation of the first part of the Final Thesis Project, which cover 5 credits as well as the second part of the Final Thesis Project, prepared in the 3 semester. The fourth semester is devoted to the completion of Master Thesis, which is worth 20 credits. Major study field units: Audit and Assurance I/III, Financial Reporting I/II, Financial Management I/III, Investment Management and Analysis, Audit and Assurance II/III, Financial Reporting II/II, Financial Management II/III, Tax System, Audit and Assurance III/III, Financial Management III/III, Neurofinance, Research Methods, Seminar: Accounting and Financial Management, Thesis Project I, Thesis Project II, Final Master Thesis (Field: Finance). Major study field elective units: Financial Ethics (in Lithuanian language), Financial Ethics (in English language), Company Valuation (in Lithuanian language), Company Valuation (in English language), Company‘s Risk Management, Corporate Governance, Alternative Investments (in Lithuanian language), Alternative Investments (in English language). Specialisations: - Optional courses: In the 1st semester, students choose one subject out of three (Financial Ethics (in Lithuanian language), Financial Ethics (in English language), Organizational Psychology). In the 2nd semester, students choose one subject out of four (Business Process Management, International Project Management, Company Valuation (in Lithuanian language), Company Valuation (in English language). In the 3rd semester, students choose one subject out of three (Change Management, Company‘s Risk Management, Corporate Governance). In the 4th semester, students choose one subject out of four (Cross-Cultural Management, Strategies of Business Negotiations, Alternative Investments (in Lithuanian language), Alternative Investments (in English language). Distinctive features of a study programme: The duration of the programme is 2 years. Part of the study programme is conducted in English. "Accounting and Financial Management" study programme focuses on the fields of accounting, auditing, tax, finance analysis, management and their synergy. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: "Accounting and Financial Management" study programme is designed for students who seek to improve and develop their general and professional competences, who intend to work at international, foreign, or large Lithuanian private and state enterprises as financial directors, chief accountants, financial analysts, board members, heads of internal audit departments, etc., in positions that usually require a master's degree in financial/accounting/auditing. The contents of main subjects (Financial Reporting, Financial Management, Audit and Assurance) is in line with the requirements of the Qualification Examination Programmes of the Lithuanian Chamber of Auditors, and will be beneficial for graduates of the programme in seeking the certificate of an auditor. Access to further study: Graduates willing to do research or academic work may continue their studies on doctoral level or deepen their knowledge and professional skills independently. Data provided or updated (date) 2022-10-24

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: Graduates of the MBA Entrepreneurship Program will be responsible and sustainable business leaders who will be able to initiate and manage changes, create and communicate value, as well as demonstrate creativity, leadership, risk-management, flexibility, and cross-cultural diversity skills in the sector they choose to work in. Learning outcomes: 1. Be able integrate functional knowledge and apply strategic entrepreneurship skills in changing business environment. 2. Be able to analyse complex data, understanding financial implications of entrepreneurial decision-making, risk management models 3. Be able to think critically and make decisions based on complex information, knowledge of value creation, idea generation 4. Be able to maximise financial, intellectual and other resources independently and in innovative ways using applied research data for the benefit and improvement of a project, an organization and society 5. Be able to lead themselves and others in the achievement of entrepreneurial goals, contributing effectively to team environment, adapting to new situations, communicating a vision 6. Be able to independently enhance their careers and their commitment to life-long learning, engage in entrepreneurial self-management. 7. Be able to operate effectively in cross cultural settings, understanding the importance of globalisation 8. Be able to know and understand organizations and their stakeholders and create innovative solutions 9. Be able to understand the complexities of business ethics in global environment and act with integrity. Activities of teaching and learning: Entrepreneurial student-centred learning, based on problem-solving, discussions and insight generation, group work, peer experience exchange, teacher’s role as mentor and coach for independent individual and group work, active exchange of experience with practice professionals and social partners. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Group projects and their results in written form and presentation, real case and case analysis, problem solving tasks, essay, presentation and work report, formative assessment, examination and projects, self and peer feedback and assessment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Entrepreneurial Teaming, Creative Design, Prototyping and Testing, Opportunity Recognition and Evaluation, Business Modeling and Customer Validation, Financial Management and Venture Financing, Knowledge-Intensive Entrepreneurship, Innovation and Law, Commercialization and Market Development, Leadership Competences in Entrepreneurial Context, Managing Rapid Growth and Virtual Teams, Experiential Entrepreneurship Project with integrated study visit Specialisations: None Optional courses: None Distinctive features of a study programme: Problem based, action learning and applied science master level studies. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates of the Program could successfully be engaged in such positions as Entrepreneur, Business Owner and Manager, Innovation and R&D Manager, Senior Consultant, Manager of Business Accelerators, Incubators, Clusters and other intermediary organizations, Restructuring Specialist, Mentor, Project Manager, Product Manager, etc. Entrepreneurship as a competence could successfully be used in business or social community and organization. Access to further study: Continuing education and professional courses related to update and lack of knowledge and skills. PhD (DBA) studies could be possible as well.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the High Technology Business Program is to train highly qualified business and technology analysts - experts who know business and industry perspectives, are able to apply interdisciplinary theoretical and empirical knowledge to the analysis of high technology processes taking place in Lithuania and the world; able to create business development strategies, apply the competencies acquired during studies to the creation and development of their company in the field of high technology, as well as to initiate and organize the development of new high technology products and their commercialization. Learning outcomes: Students are able to combine knowledge from different fields and solve complex problems in uncertain situations, integrate knowledge of high technology and business areas, anticipate and initiate change, take advantage of high technology trends and innovations, and mediate between technology and business representatives in organizing, creating and developing innovative products. Activities of teaching and learning: 1. Knowledge and its application: 1.1. Will know and be able to evaluate the opportunities provided by technological change and their application to business creation and development. 1.2. Will be able to integrate knowledge of different fields / disciplines and apply entrepreneurial skills in a changing business environment. 1.3. Will be able to develop new and original ideas for product development and development, make innovative decisions, apply different methods, think systematically and strategically. 1.4. Will know and be able to assess the challenges of product development in the chosen field of technology and anticipate ways to address them. 2. Ability to conduct research: 2.1. Will know and be able to properly apply the methods of data collection, preparation and analysis in conducting research necessary for product design and development and product marketing research. 2.2. Will be able to make decisions based on research results, evaluating possible alternative solutions, social and ethical consequences of activities. 2.3. Will be able to independently conduct research and critically evaluate the analyzed information; will be able to formulate conclusions based on research data and will be able to make decisions based on them. 3. Special abilities: 3.1. Will be able to solve complex problems in uncertain situations by applying integrated knowledge of high technology, data analysis and business areas. 3.2. Will be able to prepare and manage interdisciplinary high-tech business projects, evaluate the validity of the ideas presented, analyze the necessary data for the creation and development of high-tech business and / or innovative products. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Group projects and their results in written form and presentation, real case and case analysis, problem solving tasks, essay, presentation and work report, formative assessment, examination and projects, self and peer feedback and assessment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory subjects of the study program: Design and Implementation of Engineering Products, High Tech Market and Business Models, Leadership and Strategic Management, Structuring Investment and Partnership, Artificial Intelligence and Data Analytics, Technology and Innovation Management, Research Thesis/ Start-up Capstone. Specialisations: None Optional courses: Optional courses of the study program: Laser Technology Practical Statistics in R for Business Analytics, Project Management, Software development process, Nano- and Microstructure Technologies, Creativity and Communication. Distinctive features of a study programme: A unique study program in which teaching (s) takes place through real-world experience, providing support to students and enabling them to turn ideas into real start-ups. The high-tech business study program distinguishes three closely interrelated elements: high-tech savvy, business (entrepreneurship) savvy, and strategic leadership. This interdisciplinary study program is implemented together with the faculties of Mathematics and Informatics, Physics of Vilnius University, and the European Organization for Nuclear Research (CERN). The program includes interdisciplinary modules related to the specifics of high-tech business, with a particular focus on the acquisition of knowledge and skills in deep technology (deeptech) and entrepreneurship. It expands students' opportunities to apply the acquired interdisciplinary knowledge to the creation and development of high-tech products and processes, to develop business development strategies, to initiate and organize the development and commercialization of new products. The subject of technology and innovation management includes an integrated study visit to CERN, during which students prepare a business plan for their innovative start-up and, together with specialists, evaluate the possibilities of developing a new product or service in Lithuania and abroad. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The graduates be able to apply acquired interdisciplinary knowledge to design and develop deep-tech products and processes, will be able to create business development strategies, to initiate and organize the design and commercialization of the new products. Graduates will possess knowledge, understanding and abilities in the deep-tech and entrepreneurship, as well as strategic leadership sector, will be able to react fast to the dynamic environment which experiences exponential changes, will be able to forecast and initiate changes to enhance business efficiency, to use deep-tech tendencies and innovations. Access to further study: May continue doctoral studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare business masters in the field of social sciences, who are able to critically evaluate theoretical methods, creatively apply the tools for business process analysis, able to prepare and consistently implement strategically based solutions, perceive business as a unified whole and not be limited to solving individual fragmentary tasks, to implement changes in business enterprises, adapt to today’s modern and versatile business environment. In the program, the term 'business processes' defines a set of business processes, relationships, methods and resources to meet the needs of private and public sector companies. Learning outcomes: General competencies and learning outcomes: 1. Competencies in leadership and teamwork 1.1 Will be able to apply the principles of leadership in the business management process and improve their professional performance based on the evaluation of the accumulated knowledge and information; 1.2 Will acquire analytical, systematic and creative thinking skills; 1.3 Will be able to use the principles of intercultural management and creatively assess cultural differences in selecting the most appropriate integrated communication techniques; 1.4 Will be able to work in a team and share responsibilities appropriately; 1.5 Will be able to critically evaluate and justify the contribution of each team member to the overall performance. Subject-specific competencies and learning outcomes: 2. Ability to develop and systematise an idea, organise a business, and use decision-making skills 2.1 Will be able to apply theoretical knowledge and skills in the analysis and evaluation of business operations management; 2.2 Will be able to critically analyse and logically evaluate the business processes and their quality; 2.3 Will be able to evaluate the experience of business enterprises and model their possible development. 3. Ability to conduct research 3.1 Will be able to conduct independent research, identify a research problem and apply a variety of tools of data analysis to broadly interpret the findings of the research; 3.2 Will be able to apply various business management principles and methodologies and ensure continuous improvement; 3.3 Will be able to critically compare analytical research methods and apply them in the analysis and improvement of business processes. 4. Ability to apply the latest theories of business process management and integrate them into business practice 4.1 Will be able to logically evaluate the business processes of a wide profile business company (private and public sectors), choose the appropriate strategy, tools and methods for solving authentic business situations and process improvement. 5. Ability to manage business as an entire independent professional performance 5.1 Will be able to independently assess business experience in the integrated market and make responsible decisions on business modernisation or development; 5.2 Will be able to evaluate business processes, identify business operations, form process architecture; 5.3 Will be able to apply project management principles and methods. 6. Ability to select and apply business process management principles by searching for solutions to problems in a business enterprise or business sector 6.1 Will be able to independently choose modern analytical tools for business operations management; 6.2 Will be able to independently identify the diversity of business processes and the scope of business process management and look for solutions in local or international business enterprises; 6.3 Will be able to identify business management and financial risks, analyse threats and risks in a dynamic environment and assess the consequences of decisions; 6.4 Will be able to explain the assessment of business process management to the audience of professionals and the general public and base it on individual insights. Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Major study field units: Research Methods, Business Analytics, Business Process Management I/II, Change Management, Corporate Risk Management, International Project Management, Service Management, Business Process Management II/II, Final Thesis Project (10 credits), Corporate Finance Management, Analysis and Evaluation of Business Process Data, Master’s Thesis (Field: Business) (20 credits). Major study field elective units: Leadership, Sales Management, Strategic Management, Intercultural Management, Insurance Process Management, Business Negotiation Strategies. Specialisations: Optional courses: Full-time students choose one out of three subjects in the 1st and 2nd semesters (in the 1st semester – Leadership, Sales Management, Strategic Management; in the 2nd semester – Intercultural Management, Insurance Process Management, Business Negotiation Strategies). Part-time students choose one out of three subjects in the 1st and 3rd semesters (in the 1st semester – Leadership, Sales Management, Strategic Management; in the 3rd semester – Intercultural Management, Insurance Process Management, Business Negotiation Strategies). Distinctive features of a study programme: Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Access to further study: Graduates who wish to work in research or pedagogy at a higher education institution can pursue doctoral studies in the field of social sciences or independently deepen their knowledge and professional skills by using the opportunities of lifelong learning tools.

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim of the Public Health Master study programme is to train competent public health specialists, public health leaders, who have the skills of strategic, analytical and systemic thinking and evaluation, who demonstrate the abilities to develop health policy and manage effectively; also, the ones who generate new theories and ideas, are able to perform practical and scientific research activities to improve the population’s health and welfare, to reduce health inequalities, to develop ethical and efficient health policy. While implementing the Public Health study programme it is aimed to ensure that the graduates, who will work in public health institutions, would have scientific insight and the need to improve, would have strong fundamental knowledge of health and social sciences and would be able professionally apply them in practice, would know health monitoring and evaluation theory and practice and would be able to apply it within modern health promotion and disease prevention programmes, could analyse and evaluate the effectiveness of new intervention methods, to spread best practices and have necessary skills for the work with population risk and vulnerable groups within a community. Learning outcomes: Learning outcomes: The ability to analyse and synthesise the information, and make reasonable decisions. The knowledge and ability to apply informational and communicational technologies, the ability to communicate and organise the dissemination of information. The ability to organise work within an interdisciplinary team, to share and exchange the information and suggest solutions to problems, to make general decisions. The knowledge of the most important informational sources, the ability to systemise the information collected from various sources. The knowledge of the principles of project planning and management. The ability to evaluate the population’s health and identify public health problems. The ability to ground public health surveillance priorities, set the aims, tasks, organise data collection and its analysis, as well as interpretation and dissemination. The ability to perform evaluation on public health supervision. The ability to evaluate the impact of different environmental factors on the health of the population and its separate groups, to suggest to ways for controlling the negative effects. The ability to organise public health safety, to evaluate the public health safety interventions. The ability to develop health policy, organise its implementation and evaluation. The ability to prepare preventive programmes, organise their implementation and be able to evaluate their efficiency. The ability to organise cooperation with the health care specialists, as well as the specialists of other areas and be able to work within an interdisciplinary team, to communicate in the mother tongue, and a foreign language. The organisation, implementation and evaluation of health promotion and education. The organisation of evidence based public health practice. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, exercises, analysis of situations and publications, teamwork, open discussion, search for literature, independent work, professional practice Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Future holders of a master’s degree in public health study advanced epidemiology, information systems in public health, public health policy and public health intervention, public health ethics and law, public health management and economics, etc. Professional training is organised. The duration of training is 160 hours. During the training, students work together with highly qualified specialists. They also consolidate and improve skills such as conducting research, interpreting results, and identifying and solving problems. Specialisations: Epidemiology Access to professional activity: A Graduate may be employed in public health centres, children education institutions, occupational medicine service within enterprises, in State labour inspectorate, Food and veterinary inspectorate, Quality inspectorate, Hygiene institute, other governmental, administrative scientific and academic institutions. Access to further study: Graduators may continue studies in public health or other relevant fields doctoral level studies, also be on internship in Lithuanian or foreign universities.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare highly qualified professionals who have knowledge of translation studies and specialised translation theories and methodologies, are capable of applying contemporary translation theories and methods, discerning, evaluating and solving the theoretical and practical problems of translation and localisation of audiovisual production in the rapidly developing industries of translation technologies and specialised translation. Learning outcomes: the graduate of this study programme will:  Possess profound knowledge in the field of translation studies and translation criticism based on the relevant scientific research.  Be able to critically analyse and evaluate existent investigations both into the process of subtitling and surtitling and the reception of subtitled/ surtitled audiovisual products, and perform self-dependent scientific analysis in the field.  Be able to analyse films localised employing the mode of voice-over, in respect of the translation strategies used, special requirements for text compression and multimodality principles.  Be able to implement inner lexical variation within a dubbed text, create and alter the script of audiovisual production in regard to the standards of natural speech in the TL, and creatively approach synchrony problems on any level.  Be able to adapt the audiovisual text to the hearing or eyesight disabled.  Be able to solve linguistic and cultural problems of localisation (software, websites etc.).  Be able to effectively use electronic tools and technologies for translation and evaluate their options.  Be able to translate audiovisual production from the second foreign language into Lithuanian.  Be able to critically analyse and evaluate translated texts in terms of language and style.  Be able to create multimodal texts and/or render them in the TL, agreeably with the principle of correlation between the verbal, audible and visual texts, and the influence of cultural differences on the meaning construction in multimedia.  Be able to individually organise and plan complex activities of audiovisual translation.  Be able to analyse research data required for the studies, academic and professional activities, and for implementation of innovations; to perform scientific research and appropriately present its results.  Be able to organize team work in a multilingual, multicultural and virtual environment. Activities of teaching and learning: Reading theoretical literature, selection and synthesis, problem-based instruction, problem identification, preparation and presentation of reports, case study, taking part in discussions, film translation in the audiovisual translation laboratory, individual and group work, preparation of the project, preparation of the MA final thesis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative assessment: active participation in seminars, home assignments, reports, individual and group work, defence of the project, examination, defence of the MA final thesis. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study programme may be divided into several blocks according to competences developed:  Modules devoted to theories, methods and tools: Translation Studies, Translation Technologies, Codification of the Lithuanian Language and Editing Practice, Polysemiotic Text Analysis.  Modules devoted to spheres of specialized translation: Research on Interlingual Subtitling and Surtitling, Intralingual Subtitling, Software and Website Localisation, Multimodal Research on Voice-Over, Dubbing and Denotative Synonymy, Strategies and Research of Audio Description, Theory and Practice of Script Writing, Audiovisual Translation from the Second Foreign Language (German/ French /Russian).  Analysis and application: Audiovisual Project (parts One and Two) executed in collaboration with social partners.  Synthesis and Assessment: Master Thesis. Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional modules comprise translation from the second foreign language (German/ French /Russian). Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme aims at interconnection of scientific research and the practical implementation of research results; therefore the Department cooperates with its social partners working in the AVT area. Although internship is not provided in the programme, 20 credits are allocated to the Audiovisual Project in semesters 2 and 3, which is performed by the students in collaboration with social partners. The final assessment of this module is the project defence before the Board of the faculty’s researchers and social partners. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Having successfully completed this study programme, the graduates can work as high-profile film translators-subtitlers in television or film industry; translators and script writers of film dialogues meant for dubbing or voice-over in television or film industry; video game and software localisation professionals; freelance translators of audiovisual art; translators-reporters in the media; translators and editors of websites; translators/interpreters in the international or foreign enterprises; translators/interpreters in the EU institutions; translation researchers and critics; scientific, structural, social project managers, junior and senior researchers. They can work in private companies, state institutions and international organizations related with the sphere of language service, or pursue their academic career in the institutions of higher education. Access to further study: The most promising graduates may pursue PhD studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare skilled professionals capable of successfully practicing law and working as an attorney at law, notary, prosecutor, judge or, in some other field of law, performing academic functions of a lecturer or scientist; to provide students with sufficient knowledge of legal norms and principles of the main fields of law with emphasis on Lithuanian legal framework and to develop their abilities to find, analyze and evaluate international, European Union and national legal acts, relevant case-law and legal doctrine, to apply them efficiently in professional practice of dispute resolution and legal problem solving in an innovative and integral way, as well as provide research based findings and proposals, taking into account ethics, human rights and equity. Learning outcomes: 1. Analytical and critical thinking 1.1. Students will be able to understand and interpret the meaning of legal norms and principles, as well as to analyze them, relevant case law and related information systemically and to properly apply this analysis to justify legal decisions. 1.2. Students will be able to explain, interpret, analyse and evaluate the legal doctrine ethically and in a critical manner. 2. Communication and interpersonal skills 2.1. Students will be able to communicate clearly and convey complex knowledge, well-grounded arguments, one’s own ideas and conclusions in a reasoned, critical and logical way to professional and laymen audiences orally and in writing using the correct legal language on national and international levels. 2.2. Students will be able to contribute to teamwork by respecting various opinions and seeking for dialogue and consensus in a group, to show leader’s capacities while planning time and organizing of teamwork by critically assessing one’s own and others’ activities, interests and attitudes. 3. The ability to learn and autonomy 3.1. Students will be able to identify one’s own professional (inter alia, scientific) interests and the need for further development of competencies and to take responsibility for the improvement of qualification by engaging in regular self-development and pursuit of new challenges. 3.2. Students will be able to plan and manage the process of learning and professional activities, to carry out advanced tasks and work effectively and independently within specified time limits. 4. Fundamental knowledge of the subject of law: comprehending law as theoretical discipline 4.1. Students will be able to explain major theories of law and some other related theories of social sciences. 4.2. Students will understand the core of the subject of law, its purpose and historical development. 4.3. Students will be able to identify and define the essential trends, recent developments and challenges in the separate theories of law. 5. Essential knowledge of the main fields of law 5.1. Students will understand principles and essential norms of the main fields of law (Lithuanian constitutional, administrative, criminal, civil, labour law, etc.). 5.2. Students will know relevant international and European Union legal and institutional framework and will comprehend interaction among Lithuanian law, international law and European Union law. 6. The competence of a legal researcher 6.1. Students will be able to identify contemporary scientific legal challenges and to model strategies for legal solutions. 6.2. Students will be able to initiate and conduct legal research autonomously, using mostly suitable research methods (inter alia, comparative method), collecting, systemizing and analyzing international, European and national data. 6.3. Students will be able to locate, access and use legal and other databases, relevant national and international legal sources, to systemically interpret and apply them, as well as to assess credibility of information and properly manage confidential information. 6.4. Students will be able to integrate interdisciplinary knowledge in one’s own individual legal research and present research results in international perspective. 7. Competence of applying legal knowledge and abilities in professional activities 7.1. Students will be able to analyse and assess global issues, as well as the behaviour of individuals and institutions from the legal point of view. 7.2. Students will be able to provide qualified legal advice, recommendations and findings, to draft legal acts (and other legal documents), creatively solve specific legal problems, represent or co-ordinate representation of legal interests of individuals or institutions. 8. Adherence to ethical principles 8.1. Students will be able to base scientific and (or) practical activities in diverse environment according to the requirements of professional ethics, principles of human equality and non-discrimination, respect to cultural differences and moral principles. 8.2. Students will be able to develop innovative solutions by evaluating possible social, ethical and legal consequences, understanding moral responsibility for one’s own activities and the impact of their results in different contexts. Activities of teaching and learning: The main forms of class activities are lectures, seminars and practical sessions. Various interactive teaching-learning methods are combined: analysis and solution of theoretical and practical problems, group discussions, brainstorming, simulations, moot, case studies, modelling of hypothetical or real-life situations, preparation and delivery of presentations (independently and in groups), drafting of legal documents, solution of practical tasks, etc. The major attention is given to student's independent work. Students are engaged in self-study of diverse legal sources, get ready for the seminars and practical sessions, prepare for assignments. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Achieved learning outcomes are evaluated by combining several assessment methods (participation in discussions, reasoning, formulation of problems, proposal of solutions, presentations, case studies, drafting of legal documents, participation in moot court case, research papers, tests, solution of practical tasks, etc.). Cumulative assessment is applied, the composition of which is calculated in accordance with the proportions established in the description of the course unit. Studies of a course unit are completed with the final assessment of the achieved learning outcomes – an examination or an evaluation of independent work (project) done by the student. Students' achieved learning outcomes are evaluated from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) points. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Legal theory, legal history, constitutional law, administrative law and administrative procedure law, criminal law and criminal procedure law, general part of civil law, property law, law of obligations, family and inheritance law, civil procedure law, labour law, European Union law fundamentals, public international law, etc. are studied during 1st-7th semesters. From the 8th semester, students study in one of the eight specializations offered. The last semester is devoted to the preparation of the Master thesis (22 credits) and the final examination (8 credits). During the studies, professional practice (15 credits) is carried out in courts, prosecutor's office, attorneys at law or notary offices, various legal institutions, business companies or international organizations. Specialisations: Criminal Justice, Labour and Social Law, Finance and Tax Law, Private Law: Civil and Business Law, Private Law: Civil Disputes, Applied Jurisprudence, International and European Union Law, Market Regulation and Business Compliance . Optional courses: During studies in 2nd-7th semesters, 30 credits are allocated to students' independently selected course units of individualized studies, which they can choose both from the Faculty of Law of Vilnius University or other faculties of Vilnius University. Students choose 4 course units (20 credits) from the optional legal course units during 8th-9th semesters. Also, students choose a place of professional practice in Lithuania or abroad. Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme is taught by top-level legal professionals: researchers and practitioners (judges, prosecutors, attorneys at law, civil servants), who have acquired their knowledge and experience in Lithuania and abroad. Students can choose to study some course units in English. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The acquired qualification enables graduate to practice as a lawyer and, in particular, to apply to work in the main legal positions in Lithuania, such as a judge, attorney at law, notary, bailiff, prosecutor, or to engage in any other legal professional activity (work as lawyers in business companies, legal consultants in both the public and the private sector, researchers or lecturers in research and study institutions, etc.). The eligibility for graduate to qualify for positions in the professions regulated by legal norms (judge, attorney at law, prosecutor, etc.) or to engage in certain activities depends on the qualification requirements laid down in the laws or other legal acts of the relevant country. Access to further study: Graduates can continue their studies at the third-cycle studies at Vilnius University or other higher education institution and acquire the doctoral degree, primarily in the field of law.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To educate internationally recognized professionals in Econometrics and Data analytics who expertly utilize the up-to-date knowledge of economics and data science in developing mathematical (statistical) models for business and public institutions for planning, management, forecasting and evaluation of their activities. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Study program of Econometrics specialization consists of: compulsory courses in econometrics, economics and statistics fields (45% total credits); optional courses in economics, econometrics and statistics fields (22% total credits); and Master's thesis preparation and defence (33% of total credits). Study program of Data science consists of: compulsory courses in informatics and statistics fields (39% of total credits); optional courses in informatics, econometrics and statistics fields (28% of total credits); and Master's thesis preparation and defence (33% of total credits). Specialisations: Econometrics; Data Science Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: The programme is the only in Baltic States, which contains advanced courses in economics, econometrics, informatics, data analytics and mathematical statistics. Teachers are actively involved in research at the international level with an extensive experience in applied projects. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: The Masters in Econometrics are able to work in research centres; governmental economy planning institutions, consulting firms; fiscal sector (pension funds, stock exchange, insurance companies, commercial banks, Hi Tech startups); the analysis and planning sectors of business enterprises. Access to further study: Successful completion of the programme can be continued by doctoral studies in economics, econometrics, data analytics and/or statistics in Lithuania and any foreign university.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To train high qualified professional social workers able to assess multifunctional character of social work as applied activity, study field and field of science on the theoretical and practical level in the context of the assurance of health and life welfare of changing society; ready for professional practical activity and scientific research on community, national and international levels, able to act under undefined and complex circumstances, rendering assistance to people in the situation of congenital, acquired and old age disability in the process of life. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Ability critically and integrally analyse by comparative aspect the most recent theories and methodologies of social, humanities and other sciences in the global context of smart society development and international social policy. By creating new knowledge and positioning the profession, ability systemically model modern technologies and methods of social work of persons who are in the situation of disability and aging. Ability initiate and independently implement interdisciplinary scientific-applied research, to interpret the results and their dissemination in national and international context. Subject specific competencies developed: Ability creatively apply research results by modelling the impact to social development of social policy and smart society, developing the innovative and empowering social services oriented to life quality of persons who are in the situation of disability and aging. Ability systemically assess the possibilities and needs of involvement in the process of social assistance for persons who are in the situation of disability and aging, organize and coordinate the process of social rehabilitation and the application of strategies and methods of social work that meet person’s needs and strengthen his/her powers. Ability initiate and coordinate the implementation of social programs and projects while meeting the complex context of social work. Ability to take the social responsibility and leadership to participate in the activity of interdisciplinary team, to collaborate and discuss at national and international levels while positively positioning the profession of social work. Ability to assess in reflective and critical way own and interdisciplinary team members’ activity in the context of personal and professional development. Learning outcomes: A person with joint master’s degree in social work has got the knowledge and skills, enabling to acknowledge social phenomena in the context of their paradigms and social problems of society; a graduate is familiarized with the methodology of quantitative and qualitative research; has got the abilities to create and to manage social programmes and projects, to evaluate social needs and problems of persons who are in the situation of disability and aging in the context of applied scientific activities, while rendering support and acting in undefined situations. Activities of teaching and learning: The traditional (lecture) and innovative (distance learning in Moodle environment and the elements of in-service learning) study forms are harmonized in the Programme. The following study methods are used during the lectures: the application of special software packages (statistical data processing SPSS and PSPP software); case analysis (the method of case creation / research / analysis), group work, discussion, critical analysis of scientific literature and scientific articles, reflection on activities, interactive lecture. The students prepare individual and group projects by applying the methods of problem solution and project management. The students develop the abilities of scientific-research work by applying theoretical analysis and empirical (quantitative and qualitative research, analysis and interpretation of research data) methods, preparing master thesis. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The criterion cumulative assessment system is applied in order to ensure the students’ active learning during the whole semester, the ability to apply theoretical knowledge in practice and objective assessment of learning outcomes. The cumulative assessment of intermediate tasks consists of the sum of evaluations of individually performed tasks and examination. The final grade consists of assessment of acquired knowledge and research abilities during examination, as well as the evaluation of social and personal abilities, that are formed in performing individual and group tasks. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: In the methodological structure of the Social work master study programme two structural parts are distinguished respectively: theoretical subjects in the study field and the subjects developing professional activity and consolidating competences of scientific-research work. In the joint study program, scientific-research practice is carried out through academic mobility way, and actual study subjects relevant to the integration of international experience are studied. For the Master thesis, students will collect research data in Lithuania and Ukraine, perform comparative data analysis. Specialisations: - Optional courses: Elective subjects of the study field (10 credits). Distinctive features of a study programme: Joint international study programme is orientated to the preparation for professional activity and scientific research at community, national and international levels, as well as the ability to act in unspecified and complex circumstances, by providing assistance for persons in the situation of congenital, acquired and old age disability. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work as social work specialists at different type institutions (non-governmental organizations, local communities, local or regional) that provide a variety of social and other services. Access to further study: Graduates have the right to enter the third cycle studie

Objective(s) of a study programme: The aims of the study program are to prepare specialists of high professional qualification in molecular microbiology. Students will obtain the skills of theoretical and practical knowledge of microbiology, molecular biology, immunology. They will be able to analyze the scientific problems, to apply the knowledge in scientific research and daily practice. The students will be self-sufficient and qualified to work in various fields related to biomedicine, biotechnology, industry, medicine, industry, environmental sciences, that require constant updating of knowledge and training. Learning outcomes: The master degree in Microbiology study program will give the graduate good knowledge in understanding of eukaryotes and prokaryotes, their cell structure, functional taxonomy in the level of system biology. The graduate will be familiar with the newest research methods in recent molecular microbiology, he will obtain deep knowledge in immunology methods and their application in immunodiagnostics. microbiologists will be able to work self-sufficient and in the team in research institutes, universities as well as in industrial and business companies and agriculture. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self-sufficient study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an exam. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent). Study subjects (modules), practical training: Functional cell biology, prokaryotic and eukaryotic cells in biotechnology, molecular taxonomy of prokaryotes, virology, bioactive compounds, applied informology, biological membranes, optimization of the fermentation process, scientific research project, metabolic processes, optional subjects: laboratory animal science/leadership/system biology, immunotechnology, Master degree final report (direction: microbiology). Distinctive features of a study programme: The study program of VU is devoted to preparing specialists of high professional qualification in molecular microbiology with a good biotechnological practice background. During the studies, students acquire the skills and experience: perform molecular manipulations of microbes gene cloning, analysis of expression, enzyme purification, use of specific molecular biology and molecular microbiology and other software tools. During the practical courses, students will gain basic technical skills and the competencies to select the proper and technically necessary methods in molecular microbiology, molecular microorganism taxonomy, and bioinformatics. Critical thinking and the ability to work independently is one of the primary goals of the program. Access to professional activity: A graduate can work in all the research institutions related to the life sciences, in the companies with the profile of biomedical sciences, biotechnology, food industry, diagnostic laboratories, and education facilities. Access to further study: Master of Science of Microbiology and biotechnology have the possibility to continue scientific career in doctoral (PhD) studies in Microbiology (Bacteriology, Virology, Mycology), Biochemistry, Genetics, Biology at the Vilnius University and in the Life Science areas at the Universities abroad.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: A holder of the professional qualification of a medical doctor has acquired sufficient knowledge of the sciences on which medicine is based and a good understanding of scientific methods; sufficient understanding of the structure, functions and behaviour of healthy and sick persons, and of the relationship between the human health and the person’s physical and social environment; and sufficient knowledge of clinical disciplines and practices. Learning outcomes: A medical doctor possesses basic skills in using main clinical methods, including obtaining and writing a detailed medical history, performing physical examination and assessing mental status of a patient; is able to interpret the patient’s case history results, and the results of physical examination, and of instrumental and laboratory tests; to make a preliminary assessment of the patient’s problems, and to determine a diagnosis, and testing and treatment plans; possesses skills of basic clinical procedures, including basic and advanced resuscitation, venipuncture, etc.; possesses communication and professional ethic skills, and ICT and research skills. Activities of teaching and learning: Innovative learning methods are used in the studies of medicine and focus on training students’ creativity, and general and specific competences. Students acquire theoretical knowledge during lectures, seminars, practice, analysis of clinical cases, and authentic clinical situations. Practical skills are trained in simulation classrooms and during practical training under the supervision of lecturers of the programme. Internships take place at the University’s clinical facilities. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: A cumulative assessment method (oral and written test, presentations, case studies, projects [individual and group], reports, discussions, critical review of scientific publications, etc.) are used; tasks performed during the semester or the knowledge and skills acquired during the semester are assessed. Each course ends with an examination or a final test. Examinations are written or written and oral. A 10-point scoring system (1 being very poor and 10 being excellent) is used. It is important that the assessment is objective and professionally carried out, taking into account the knowledge gained about assessment and examination. The assessment is based on the Learning Achievements Assessment Procedure approved by Vilnius University. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The scope of the Medicine Study Programme is 360 credits. The student workload totals 9,600 hours, of which 6,188 are contact hours (64.5%) and 3,412 hours of self-study (35.5%). (35) The Medicine Study Programme consists of the following courses: subject specific (major) courses of which 31% are the courses on the fundamentals of biomedical sciences, and 58% are clinical courses and practical training. Core courses account for 11%. Of these, 12 credits are for elective courses. These credits can be earned in the first four semesters. The courses and their number are planned to accomplish the programme objectives best. Specialisations: - Optional courses: A total of 15 credits in the Medicine Study Programme are allocated to individualised study courses (modules) (IS). These are studies independently selected by a student in the first-cycle or an integrated study programme, which are an integral part of the study programme, unless this is restricted by other legal acts of the Republic of Lithuania and/or international legislation. The student is also free to choose the desired Clinical Practice (semester 8) and one elective cycle during the Internship Distinctive features of a study programme: The Medicine Study Programme features an excellent combination of the University’s well-established traditions and modern study and research methods and achievements. Students work in small groups, get early contact with patients and have the opportunity to learn practical skills in simulation classrooms. There is an opportunity to study programme courses not only at the faculty’s departments, but also at other divisions of the university (e.g. the Faculty of Chemistry, the Faculty of Physics, the Faculty of Natural Sciences, etc.) with highly qualified academic staff. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates can work in pharmaceutical and medical equipment commercial structures, but must complete further studies to be able to engage in medical practice independently. Access to further study: Students have the right to enrol in the third cycle (residency) of studies in accordance with the legal acts of the Ministry of Health of the Republic of Lithuania and other legal acts of the Republic of Lithuania.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To teach students the importance of prevention of oral diseases in everyday work; to develop the ability of student to apply scientific approach in solving clinical situations; to introduce epidemiology of oral diseases; to train to diagnose and treat different dental diseases in patients of different age groups; to teach the student to be able to perceive limits of one’s competence; to provide practical skills sufficient for independent dental practice after graduation; to provide sufficient knowledge about general diseases for the purpose of ensuring safe patients treatment; to develop student’s creativity and scientific research skills. Learning outcomes: The objective of the program in Odontology have to possess adequate knowledge of the sciences on which Odontology is based and a good understanding of scientific methods; sufficient knowledge of epidemiology, etiopathogenesis, diagnosis and treatment of odontological diseases; sufficient amount of practicals which enable to work self-depended. Activities of teaching and learning: Traditional - lectures, seminars, and self-study component to ensure the active participation of students. Innovative methods of study focused on students' creativity and general and specific competences: problem-based learning elements, slow clinical case study, rapid clinical case study, group discussion, brainstorming, self-written work, presentation, research work, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. The exam grade is cumulative and students could get from 30 to 50 percent of exam value gathering points during study semestr. Cumulative score consists of assessment of the practical skills and theoretical tasks performance (essay writing, presentations in the group and etc.) during semester. Examinations and credit tests conducted in writing and/or orally. Students' knowledge grade rate from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent) rating in exams. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Fundamental subjects of biomedical science; Clinical subjects of biomedical science; Dental clinical issues and practices; General subjects of university education Distinctive features of a study programme: Individual training based on small groups of students (7-10 people) and individual work place for practical exercises. Access to professional activity: After receiving a diploma, students can continue their studies in specialised residency or work as dentists Access to further study: After finishing five year studies, they could work or/and can proceed with studies in speciality residenship.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare pharmaceutical professionals who have the knowledge necessary for pharmaceutical activity in different areas of health, able to carry out pharmaceutical research, drug development and address their use of medical practice problems, analyze and produce knowledge of medicinal products, provide pharmacy service and are able to maintain the appropriate level of professional excellence through lifelong learning. Learning outcomes: 1. Knowledge and application of knowledge 1.1. will know and be able to apply the fundamental knowledge and terminology of the health and pharmaceutical sciences in their professional practice; 1.2. will be able to search for and analyse information sources and organise data in Lithuanian and English; 1.3. will be able to apply the latest research-based knowledge of medicinal products and the substances used in their manufacture; 1.4. will be able to evaluate the latest information on pharmaceutical technology and physical, chemical, biological and microbiological testing of medicinal products; 1.5. will be able to apply the latest knowledge of the processes of drug metabolism and their effects, the action of toxic substances, and the function and use of medicinal products in practice; 1.6. will be able to apply the knowledge of pharmaceutical sciences working independently in all areas of pharmaceutical practice; 1.7. will be able to apply knowledge in managing pharmaceutical activities by incorporating the latest achievements of pharmaceutical sciences and practice into professional activity; 2. Ability to carry out research 2.1. will be able to plan, conduct and coordinate pharmaceutical research in accordance with bioethical requirements; 2.2. will be able to apply theoretical and experimental research methods, draw statistically valid conclusions and, if necessary, modify the study design to achieve reliable results and formulate practical recommendations based on the results; 2.3. will be able to analyse and critically evaluate different research methods and research data relevant to the research activity in order to design and develop new products, services and processes in the field of pharmaceutical sciences; 2.4. will be able to integrate knowledge and manage complex situations, evaluate alternative solutions to a research problem and assess the potential environmental impact of the research; 3. Special skills 3.1. will be able to prepare pharmaceutical forms of medicinal products, produce medicinal products and carry out research on medicinal products in compliance with all occupational safety requirements; 3.2. will be able to carry out tests of medicinal products in a pharmaceutical testing laboratory in accordance with all occupational safety requirements; 3.3. will be able to organise the acquisition, storage and supply of medicinal products and substances in the wholesale trade business; 3.4. will be able to organise the procurement, preparation, testing, storage, and dispensing to the final consumer of safe and effective medicinal products in public pharmacies; 3.5. will be able to organise the procurement, preparation, testing, storage, and dispensing or (re)distribution of safe and effective medicinal products in hospitals; 3.6. will be able to evaluate research data on medicinal products and provide information and advice on medicinal products to patients and other healthcare professionals, including information on rational use of medicines; 3.7. will be able to identify, characterise, and record suspected adverse drug reactions and provide information on such cases to competent authorities; 3.8. will be able to apply specific legal and other requirements related to pharmaceutical practice in health promotion programmes; 3.9. will be able to evaluate prescription appropriateness, to select and dispense prescription/non-prescription drugs according to the person’s needs and health condition, and select pharmacy supplies according to the prescription of healthcare professionals and the person’s needs; 3.10. will be able to provide pharmaceutical care services; 4. Social skills 4.1. will be able to think creatively and to act on the basis of democratic and ethical principles for the benefit of patients and society;4.2. will be able to work individually and collaboratively in teams of diverse healthcare professionals in Lithuania and internationally; 4.3. will be able to communicate pharmaceutical practice and knowledge to professionals and others in a clear and reasoned manner; 4.4. will be able to take responsibility for the quality and improvement of their own performance and that of their subordinates, and to enhance the image of a profession of a pharmacist by nurturing the value of the profession and its significance in society; 5. Personal skills 5.1. will be able to apply systematic and strategic thinking skills to build and effectively lead a team, and to choose a direction for personal and team development; 5.2. will be able to develop their competences and professional qualification on a regular basis, and to promote the development of colleagues’ competences; 5.3. will be able to work in a constantly changing environment, anticipate and manage change, and find solutions; 5.4. is able to think analytically, apply the latest research findings in professional activities, and be creative working at the junction of pharmaceutical and various other fields of science; 5.5. will be able to make innovative decisions independently in the field of pharmacy, to assess the potential societal and ethical implications of their activities, and to understand and take responsibility for the impact of their activities on patients, society, science development, welfare and the environment; 6. General competencies of the University Collaboration 6.1. When working in a team, a graduate of Vilnius University (hereinafter the ‘graduate’) must be able to perform various teamwork roles, formulate teamwork goals and create a collaborative environment based on interpersonal trust, support and shared commitment to objectives and success; Responsibility 6.2. The graduate, in addition to understanding the importance of personal leadership in group work, creating an appropriate environment and setting ambitious common objectives, must also be able to take responsibility for the success and/or failure of the group as well as for the planning of activities and the effective management of resources; Interculturalism 6.3. The graduate must exhibit respect, openness and interest towards people from other cultures and subcultures which manifest through the understanding of the specifics and cultural contexts of various cultures and subcultures, the ability to appreciate them fully and the capacity to create an appropriate environment for effective learning and work in an intercultural environment; Problem solving 6.4. The graduate must use critical, systemic and creative thinking in solving different issues and making decisions, try to anticipate the most problematic areas and take preventive measures, and, when problems arise, develop unique problem-solving algorithms in order to find the best solutions to issues; Openness to change 6.5. In addition to being open to potential change and understanding its importance, the graduate must also be an initiator of change and be able to manage it by employing a creative and systemic approach and devising strategic change directions. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures in auditoriums, practical exercises in the classrooms and laboratories, seminars, laboratory work, internships in companies/institutions, tutorials, master’s thesis, self-study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Continuous/intermediate (tests, work during practical exercises, reports) and a final evaluation (examination) or pass/fail assessment are conducted in writing or orally and in writing. The assessment is based on a 10-point grading system or pass/fail assessment. The passing score for a course is 5-10 points or, where appropriate, a pass. The final assessment for a course is a cumulative score according to the proportions of the work indicated in the course description. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Group 1 (Pharmaceutical Sciences): Introduction to Pharmacy; Pharmacology; Pharmacognosy and Phytotherapy; Pharmaceutical Care and Communication; Pharmacotherapy and Rational Drug Use; Pharmaceutical Technology; Hospital Pharmacy; Drug Utilisation Research; Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery; Social Pharmacy; Pharmaceutical Care Skills (GIMMICS); Master’s Thesis; Final Examination. Group 2 (Chemical Sciences): Analytical/General and Inorganic/Physical/Organic and Pharmaceutical Chemistry; Analytical Toxicology. Group 3 (Biology and Physical Sciences): Plant and Animal Biology; Human Anatomy and Histology; Biology; Applied Physics. Group 4 (Medical Sciences): Clinical Medicine; Pathological Physiology, and Immunology; Biochemistry; Microbiology; Human Physiology; Introduction to Human and Medical Genetics, Laboratory Medicine; Innovative Technologies in Medicine; Evidence-Based Complementary Medicine. Group 5 (General Education): Health Economics and Management; Pharmaceutical Legislation and Professional Ethics; English Language; Latin Language and Medical Terminology; Research Methodology and Statistical Modelling. The study programme includes professional practice (20 credits). Specialisations: Optional courses: Optional (elective) courses – 30 credits. Distinctive features of a study programme: In addition to acquiring basic knowledge on pharmacy, students will gain an understanding of modern pharmaceutical products, innovative medicines, best practices in the pharmaceutical field and pharmaceutical care, and will enhance the practical skills necessary for performing pharmaceutical activities. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: - Wholesale and retail pharmaceutical companies; - Healthcare institutions; - Drug manufacturing companies; - State institutions; - Higher education and research institutions; - Representatives of drug manufacturers/pharmaceutical companies. Access to further study: Graduates will be able to pursue doctoral studies at universities in Lithuania and other European Union countries.

Future holders of a master’s degree in telecommunication physics and electronics study electroacoustics, IT materials, acoustic optics, applied electrodynamics, mobile telecommunication systems, etc. Professional training is not planned. This telecommunication physics and electronics programme is intended for individuals who have acquired a bachelor’s degree in telecommunications engineering, electronics or physics and would like to become wide range telecommunication physics and electronic engineering specialists.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The purpose of the programme is to prepare high qualification software engineers that are able to carry out research independently; to lead software development, maintenance and process improvement projects; to apply their knowledge in different application areas; to make decisions under conditions of limited information, and logically, unambiguously and clearly argue them among specialists and non-specialists. Learning outcomes: Activities of teaching and learning: Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: Theoretical studies cover 45% of the total amount of credits. Of which, 20% credits are devoted for the compulsory subjects and 25% credits – for optional courses. Scientific research and master's thesis cover 40 % of the credits. 15% of the total credits are assigned to professional practice carried in Lithuanian/ foreign IT organizations or research institutions. Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: The study program is based on a classical approach of Informatics, including theoretical and applied aspects of computer science and providing skills for scientific research. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: A graduate can work as an analyst, designer and programmer, and after getting more experience as a team leader and project manager in the private or public sectors or manage maintenance of system software and applications. Access to further study: Graduate of Informatics programme can continue research at Doctoral degree programmes of Computer Science, Software Engineering, Information Systems, and Information Technology.

Objective(s) of a study programme: To develop experience of the experimental work in Genetics which can be realised by original experimental work in various fields of genetics: molecular, plant, human genetics or genetics of microorganisms, gene engineering, cytogenetics, genotoxicology. Learning outcomes: A holder of a Master's degree in Genetics has good working knowledge in molecular, human, plant genetics, cytogenetics, genotoxicology, gene informatics and is competent to carry out original investigations in field of theoretical and applied genetics, molecular biology, genotoxicology. He/she also has acquired IT, teamwork,critical and analytical thinking skills, has abilities of extending his knowledge without guidance and is ready to hold personal responsibility for his/her professional development. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, laboratory work, practical training, seminars, consultations, self -study. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1(very poor) to 10(excellent). Study subjects (modules), practical training: Obligatory course: Bioinformatical analysis of large data, Methods of molecular Genetics; Genotoxicology; Research Practice (I/II); Recombinogenesis; Applied plant genetics and genomics; Master Thesis. Large list of elective courses: Epigenetics, Structure and Functions of Eukaryotic Chromosomes, Genome evolution, Behavioral Genetics; Human genome Analysis; Practical course in the Molecular Genetics and Biotechnology: Basis of Experimental Work; lboratiry Animal science; Oncogenetics, Synthetic biology, Molecular virusology, Cell technologies. Distinctive features of a study programme: Programme provides with the modern knowledge and practical skills in genetics necessary for independent scientific and and professional career in rapidly developing areas of genetic technologies, biomedicine and biotechnologies. Access to professional activity: A graduate is able to work in the field of biotechnological and biomedical industry, at research institutions of biomedical profile as well as at educational institutions. Access to further study: To improve his analytical knowledge in doctoral studies in fields of biology (genetics), molecular biology or biochemistry

Objective(s) of a study programme: To educate specialists of wide range theoretic profile in multidisciplinary fields of human and social sciences, i.e. to train specialists capable of working in any field where universal erudition, creativity and ability to make decisions of strategic importance could be required. Learning outcomes: A holder of a Master's degree in Philosophy is able to carry out comprehensive analysis and interpretation of texts in the field of the humanities or social sciences, to find and systematize information, provide its thorough written or oral analysis and evaluation, to analyse processes of modern society and culture, to give their explanation in a wider historical and theoretical context, to supervise groups of people who have to make strategic or tactical decisions, to take rational decisions in concrete situations. Activities of teaching and learning: Interactive lectures, seminar discussions, presentations, oppositions, consultations (electronic and oral), tutorship. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: The main form of evaluation is an examination. However, courses units may be evaluated by the pass/fail evaluation as well. Every course unit is concluded with either a written or written-oral examination or pass/fail evaluation. Student's knowledge and general performance during the exam are evaluated using grading scale from 1 (very poor) to 10 (excellent), or by pass or fail evaluation in the cases when pass/fail evaluation is foreseen as a final evaluation of the course unit. Study subjects (modules), practical training: Compulsory Courses – 65 ECTS, Optional Courses – 55 ECTS. Future masters of philosophy study problems and perspectives of philosophical discourse, contemporary methodology in the social sciences, a positive mind in the contemporary world, controversy of analytics and hermeneutics, political philosophy, etc. Practical training is not planned. Access to professional activity: Master of Philosophy can continue professional career: as researcher; as professor at universities and colleges; as journalist; as interpreter; as public servant; as marketing consultant; as politician; as specialist in contemporary ethics; as mediator in interdisciplinary relations both in theoretical and practical capacity. Access to further study: Master of philosophy is ready to continue doctoral studies in various fields of human and social sciences, i.e., in sciences related with law, politics, society, communication, history and foreign languages.

- Chemical kinetics, selected chapters of inorganic chemistry, mechanisms of organic reactions, mechanisms of polymerization reactions.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: The aim is to prepare qualified specialists who have theoretical knowledge and practical skills to work independently in the area of archaeological research (fundamental and applied), to develop analytical skills and critical thinking and to develop professionals of a broad outlook capable of working in the areas of archaeology, heritage conservation, culture, public administration in both state and private sectors. Learning outcomes: a student knows and understands the general development of the science of archaeology and knows in detail more than one research area of archaeology in the Lithuanian and international contexts; a student knows various methods of modern archaeological research (scientific and applied) and is able to practically apply them; a student understands modern approaches of interpretation to archaeological investigations, is able to understand and interpret research results of different archaeological fields; a student understands the issues of archaeological heritage conservation and the role of the archaeology science in modern society from the Lithuanian and international perspectives, as well as the areas of archaeologist's public responsibilities; a student is able to independently collect the data and historiography necessary for research, to analyse and interpret results of archaeological research (fundamental and applied) and to critically evaluate these results; a student is able to understand the methods and results of related sciences, to critically evaluate reliability of such methods and results, and to use them to solve problems of archaeological research (fundamental and applied); a student is able to provide suggestions supported by scientific arguments to solve various theoretical and practical problems of the archaeology science; a student is able to introduce and analyse in the European context the issues of the Lithuanian archaeology; a student is able to annotate, to comment and to generalize archaeological research results and to introduce them in various forms orally and in writing. a student is able to work independently and in a team, to be initiative, to creatively solve problems arising in professional activity; a student is able to constantly and systematically update his knowledge, to critically evaluate and to purposefully improve personal competence; a student is able to organise and to plan, to creatively adapt to a dynamic professional environment. Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures; seminars; practice; consultations Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Examinations (written and oral); assessment of report and presentations; written papers; practice; project Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: During the first year of studies student have obligatory modules (24 credits): Problems of the Baltic Region Archaeology: Research Seminar; Landscape Archaeology: Strategies and Research Methods I; Theoretical and Didactical Problems of Lithuanian History; Landscape Archaeology: Strategies and Research Methods II. 36 credits go to the optional course units. The third semester of study is dedicated to practical training (30 credits): Professional Practice (Applied); Professional Practice (Scientific). The last fourth semester is dedicated to preparation of Master’s final Thesis (30 credits). Specialisations: Optional courses: Distinctive features of a study programme: Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Master degree in Archaeology is useful for the employment in the field of archaeology and in the field of scientific research related to archaeology. Degree holder can take positions of greater responsibility in the field of cultural heritage protection, museums, protected territories, institutions of archaeological research, to conduct independent destructive archaeological research. Access to further study: Graduates can continue to study for a Doctor degree in History.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare students who are able to understand educational theories, apply pedagogical knowledge in practice, analyse and evaluate teaching processes, develop innovative educational solutions and reflect on their pedagogical activity in order to work as subject teachers and perform functions related to pedagogical activity in different types of general education schools and other institutions carrying out educational activities. Learning outcomes: Upon completion of the study programme, the graduate will acquire all the necessary competences, knowledge and skills to work as a subject teacher and perform pedagogical functions in various types of general education institutions. The Professional Studies in Pedagogy programme leads to a qualification as a teacher and subject competences (120 study credits in the Subject module (60 study credits) and a Pedagogy module (60 study credits). Activities of teaching and learning: Lectures, seminars, discussions, independent studies, debates, essays, as well as literary, comparative, SWOT, case, problem-solving and other analyses, observation, planning and organisation of various pedagogical activities, individual, group and pair work, presentations, projects, research activities, portfolio method. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Cumulative (formative and summative) assessment in a 10-point system, selecting assessment methods that provide evidence of the results achieved: presentations of individual and group assignments, project work, reports, analytical written work, testing, essays, the essay method, the folder method, written answers to questions, (self-)reflection on pedagogical practice, self-assessment, and the final essay, its presentation and defence. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: 1. Pedagogy module (General Pedagogy; Subject Didactics; School Psychology; Pedagogical Practice 1; Pedagogical Practice 2; Final Thesis) 2. Subject module (Biology/ Chemistry/ Physics/ Computer Science/ Mathematics/ English/ Lithuanian/ French/ German/ Geography/ Philosophy and Ethics). Specialisations: Optional courses: The student chooses one module of the subject selected as a specialisation, and the corresponding didactics and professional practice are assigned Distinctive features of a study programme: The study programme consists of two separate modules: the Pedagogy module (60 study credits) and the Subject module (60 study credits). Credits accumulated as evidence of the results achieved in the study programme may be transferred (credit for previously studied subjects (modules)) corresponding to the subjects taught in the programme. The decision on the transfer of accumulated credits shall be taken by the Study Programme Committee. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates will be able to work as subject teachers and perform the functions associated with pedagogical activities requiring a teaching qualification. Access to further study: Graduates of the programme can apply for a Master's degree in Education without additional studies.

General Description: Objective(s) of a study programme: To prepare qualified educators who are able to creatively implement educational activities in formal and non-formal education institutions, taking into account the needs of individuals and society and the latest scientific and practical achievements, in cooperation with participants in the educational process. Learning outcomes: Generic competencies developed: Will be able to communicate with students of various abilities and their family members; work in a team, constructively communicate and cooperate with students, their parents, teachers and other participants in the educational process. Will be able to understand the importance of personal responsibility in creating a safe, tolerant and motivating educational/learning environment that meets the needs and competencies of educational/learning participants, will be able to follow professional ethics. Will be able to conceptually express and interpret ideas and facts of pedagogical activity, guided by respect and openness to individual, social, cultural, religious, ethnic, etc. differences. Will be able to identify and solve problems arising in the teacher's activities, argue their decisions, assess their effectiveness and risk, and select the most appropriate alternative for solving the problem. Will be able to analyze and critically evaluate educational change processes and trends and, based on this, improve their pedagogical activities in accordance with the modern concept of education. Subject specific competencies developed: Will be able to explain the regularities of psychology by applying their principles in practical activities; Will be able to reasonably apply the principles of pedagogical management, psychology and didactics in planning, organizing and evaluating the learning process; Will be able to prepare a research project for pedagogical activity and conduct a study, choose research methods with justification, justify their application in studying educational phenomena; Will be able to analyze, evaluate and summarize the results of pedagogical activity with justification; Will be able to create the educational content of the educational subject, taking into account the characteristics of the age group of students, individual needs, environmental factors and educational priorities, and to creatively implement it in order to achieve individual progress of the student. Other social and personal competencies developed: Will be able to create innovations, basing them on the motives of improving pedagogical activities; Will be able to take leadership in identifying and solving problems arising in the pedagogical process and developing professional competencies. Learning outcomes: The graduate of the program will successfully communicate and cooperate with participants in the educational process, will be able to work in homogeneous and heterogeneous teams. When making decisions, will act responsibly, seeking to create a safe and favorable environment for the development of personal strengths, will observe the requirements of professional ethics. When explaining, analyzing, interpreting, critically evaluating and designing the educational process, its change, will act respectfully, openly, taking into account social, cultural, religious, ethical, etc. differences. Will identify, select optimal solutions and solve problems arising in pedagogical work, seeking effective activity, minimal risk. Will proactively, reasonably, constructively design and implement the improvement of their pedagogical activities. Will be able to study the educational process and, based on this research, as well as knowledge of pedagogy and psychology, will carry out pedagogical activities taking into account the individual needs of participants in the educational process. Activities of teaching and learning: Methods applied for contact work: lecture / active listening; involving lecture, demonstration; explanation; problem-based discussion; problem-based teaching in groups; heuristic conversation; analysis of a video excerpt; debates; discussions; consultations, group work, pair work; presentation and reflection of personal experience; provision of feedback; simulation and contextual practical classes: commentaries, explanation, moderation; creative practical classes: brainstorming, mind mapping, patchwork / gallery, etc. Methods applied for self-dependent work: literature analysis, modelling and investigation of pedagogical activity: data collection, recording, analysis and generalisation; creative exploratory methods: observation, experimentation, exploratory conversation; interpretation of research data and formulation of recommendations; mentor assistance; self-dependent delivery of lessons; competence portfolio, etc. Methods of assessment of learning achievements: Methods applied for the assessment of learning outcomes: written examination; generalisation of group discussion; project presentation; critical assessment of self-dependent work and experience generalisation; generalisation and critical assessment of group work; self-assessment of accomplishment of roles in team-work; collection and recording of observation data and assessment report of its results; description of pedagogical experience analysis; written individual reflection and self-assessment; analysis of reflective diaries; analysis of a problem-based situation and precision and validation of decision formulation; preparation and presentation of a plan of mentor assistance; preparation of reasoned recommendation recommendations for the improvement of own pedagogical activity; assessment of structure and content of study portfolio; self-assessment. Framework: Study subjects (modules), practical training: The study program consists of compulsory study subjects (24 study credits): General Pedagogy; General Didactics, Developmental and Pedagogical Psychology, the Management of Educational process, Research of Pedagogical Activity; Inclusive and Special education; Teaching practice (30 study credits): Practice of Pedagogical Assistance, Practice of Pedagogical Cooperation, Practice of Pedagogical Activity. Final work (3 study credits): Final Thesis of Pedagogical Studies. Specialisations: - Optional courses: Elective study subjects, 3 study credits. Distinctive features of a study programme: The program is intended for individuals who aspire to become a teacher of a subject or non-formal education. Access to professional activity or further study: Access to professional activity: Graduates who have successfully graduated from the program will have the right to work or complete the work of a subject teacher in formal and non-formal educational institutions as well as other institutions providing educational services which require a teacher qualification. Access to further study Graduates who have successfully completed the study program will be able to continue their studies in Master's programs according to the procedures established by the higher education institution.